-
1 CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE
■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. The Oxford Book of Portuguese Verse: XIIth Century-XXth Century. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1925, 1952 (2nd edition, B. Vi-digal, ed.).■. Portuguese Literature. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922, 1970 (2nd edition, B. Vidigal, ed.).■ Bleiberg, German, Maureen Ihrie, and Janet Pérez, eds. Dictionary of the Literature of the Iberian Peninsula, 2 vols. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1993.■ Castro, Francisco Lyon de, ed. História da literatura portuguesa, 7 vols. Lisbon: Alfa, 2001-02.■ Cidade, Hernani. Lições de Cultura e Literatura Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.■ Cook, Manuela. Portuguese: A Complete Course for Beginners. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1996. Figueiredo, Fidelino. História literária de Portugal. Coimbra, 1944. Gentile, Georges Le. La Littérature Portugaise. Rev. ed. Paris, 1951. Kunoff, Hugo. Portuguese Literature from Its Origins to 1990: A Bibliography Based on the Collections at Indiana University. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1994.■ Longland, Jean. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry. A Bilingual Selection. Irvington-on-Hudson: Harvey House, 1966. Prado Coelho, Jacinto do. Dicionário das Literaturas Portuguesas, Galega e Brasileira, 3rd ed. Oporto, 1978. Rossi, Giuseppe C. Storia della letteratura portoghesa. Florence, 1953.■ Santos, João Camilo dos. "Portuguese Contemporary Literature." In Antônio Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 218-42. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.■ Saraiva, Antônio José. História da cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-60.■. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990 ed.■, and Oscar Lopes. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Oporto and Coimbra, 1992 ed.■ Seguier, Jaime de, ed. Dicionário Prático Ilustrado. Oporto: Lello, 1961 and later eds.■ Simões, João Gaspar. História da poesia portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1955-56 and later eds.■. História da poesia portuguesa do século XX. Lisbon, 1959 and later eds.■ Stern, Irwin, ed.-in-chief. Dictionary of Brazilian Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1988.■ TRAVEL AND TOURIST GUIDES ON PORTUGAL■ Ballard, Sam, and Jane Ballard. Pousadas of Portugal: Unique Lodgings in State-owned Castles, Palaces, Mansions and Hotels. Boston: Harvard Common, 1986.■ Bridge, Ann, and Susan Lowndes Marques. The Selective Traveller in Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1968.■ Ellingham, Mark, et al. Portugal: The Rough Guide. London: Rough Guides, 2008 ed.■ Hogg, Anthony. Travellers' Portugal. London: Solo Mio, 1983.■ Kite, Cynthia, and Ralph Kite. Portuguese Country Inns & Pousadas. New York: Warner Books; Karen Brown's Country Inn Series, 1988.■ Lowndes, Susan, ed. Fodor's Portugal 1991. New York: Fodor's, 1990.■ Proença Raúl, and Sant'anna Dionísio, eds. Guía De Portugal. I. Generalidades. Lisboa E, Arredores. Lisbon: Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1924; 1983.■ Robertson, Ian. Portugal: Blue Guide. London: Benn; New York: Norton, 2000 and later eds.■ Stoop, Anne de. Living in Portugal. Paris and New York: Flammarion, 1995. Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Minho and North Portugal: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1968.■. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.■. Algarve: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1973.■ HISTORY OF PORTUGAL Ancient and Medieval (2000 BCE-1415 CE)■ Alarção, Jorge de. Roman Portugal. Volume I: Introduction. Warminster, U.K., 1988.■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História de Portugal. Vol. I. Coimbra, 1922. Arnaut, Salvador Dias. A Crise Nacional dos fins do século XVI. Vol. 1. Coimbra, 1960.■ Baião, Antônio, Hernani Cidade, and Manuel Múrias, eds. História de Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40. Caetano, Marcello. Lições de História do Direito Português. Coimbra, 1962. Cortesão, Jaime. Os Factores Democráticos no Formação de Portugal. Lisbon, 1960.■ David, Pierre. Etudes Historiques sur la Galice et le Portugal du VI au XII siécle. Paris, 1947.■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999. Diffie, Bailey W. Prelude to Empire: Portugal Overseas before Henry the Navigator. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1960. Dutra, Francis A. "Portugal: To 1279." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 35-48. New York: Scribners, 1987.■. "Portugal: 1279-1481." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 48-56. New York: Scribners, 1987. Gama Barros, Henrique de. História de Administração Pública em Portugal nos séculos XII à XV, 11 vols. Lisbon, 1945-51. Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. A Economia dos Descobrimentos Henriquinos. Lisbon, 1962.■ Gonzaga de Azevedo, Luís. História de Portugal, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1939-44.■ Herculano, Alexandre. História de Portugal, 8 vols., 9th ed. Lisbon, 1940.■ Kennedy, Hugh. Muslim Spain and Portugal: A Political History of al-Anda-lus. London: Longman, 1996.■ Lencastre e Tavora, Luía Gonzaga. O Estudo da Sigilografia Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.■ Livermore, H. V. The Origins of Spain and Portugal. London: Allen & Unwin, 1971.■ Lopes, David. "Os Árabes nas obras de Alexandre Herculano." Boletim da Segunda Classe. Lisbon: Academia Real das Sciéncias, III (1909-10). MacKendrick, Paul. The Iberian Stones Speak. New York: Funk & Wagnalls, 1969.■ Martinez, Pedro Soares. História Diplomática De Portugal [chapter I, 114315]. Lisbon, 1986.■ Mattoso, José, ed. A Nobreza Medieval Portuguesa: A Família e o Poder. Lisbon: Estampa, 1981.■. Religião e cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1982.■. Identificaçao de um país ( ensaio sobre as orígens de Portugal), 2 vols. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.■. Novos Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1988.■. Historia de Portugal. Vol. 2: A Monarquia Feudal ( 1096-1480). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. Hansa e Portugal na Idade Média. Lisbon, 1959.■. Introduçao à História da Agricultura em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.■. Daily Life in Portugal in the Middle Ages. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1971.■. Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1980.■. "Introduçao à História da Cidade Medieval Portuguesa." Bracara Augusta XXV, 92-93 (January-December 1981): 367-87.■. Guía do Estudante de História Medieval Portuguesa, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1985.■. Portugal Na Crise Dos Séculos XIV e XV-Vol. IV of Serrão and Oliveira Marques, Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.■ Peres, Damião de, ed. História de Portugal. Vols. I, II. Barcelos, 1928-29.■ Rau, Virginia. Subsídios para o estudo das Feiras Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1943.■. Sesma'rias Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1946.■ Ribeiro, Orlando. "Portugal, formação de." Dicionário da História de Portugal. Vol. III, 432-51. Lisbon, 1966.■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.■ Russell, P. E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955.■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. New York: Thames and Hudson, 1968.■ Silva, Armando Coelho Ferreira. A Cultura Castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Pacos de Ferreira, 1986.■ Varagnac, André. O Homem antes da Escrita ( Pre-história). Lisbon, 1963.■ Azevedo, J. Lúcio de. História de António de Vieira, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1918-20.■. Épocas de Portugal Económico. Lisbon, 1929.■ Borges de Macedo, Jorge. Problemas de História de Indústria Portuguesa no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1963.■. "Pombal." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. III, 415-23. Lisbon, 1968.■ Bovill, Edward W. The Battle of the Alcazar: An Account of the Defeat of Dom Sebastian at El-Ksar el-Kebir. London, 1952.■ Boxer, C. R. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg, South Africa: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.■. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.■. João de Barros: Portuguese Humanist and Historian of Asia. New Delhi, India: Xavier Centre, 1981.■ Cheke, Marcus. Dictator of Portugal: A Life of the Marquis of Pombal, 16991782. London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1938.■ Cunha, Luís da. Testamento Político. Lisbon, 1820.■ Davidson, Lillias C. Catherine of Bragança. London: John Murray, 1908.■ Dutra, Francis A. "Membership in the Order of Christ in the Seventeenth Century." The Americas 27 (1970): 3-25.■ Eberlein, H. D., and R. W. Ramsdell. The Practical Book of Italian, Spanish and Portuguese Furniture. Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1927.■ Ericeira, Luís de Meneses [Count of]. História de Portugal Restaurado, 4 vols. Oporto, 1945.■ Fisher, H. E. S. "Anglo-Portuguese Trade, 1700-70." Economic History Review XVI, 2 (1963): 219-33.■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal: 1691-1708. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.■ Hanson, Carl A. Economy and Society in Baroque Portugal, 1668-1703. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1981.■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. New York: AMS Press, 1968 reprint.■ Kendrick, T. D. The Lisbon Earthquake. London: Methuen, 1956.■ Livermore, H. V. "The Privileges of an Englishman in the Kingdom and Dominions of Portugal." Atlante 11 (1954): 57-77.■ Macauley, Neil. Dom Pedro: The Struggle for Liberty in Brazil and Portugal, 1798-1834. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 1986.■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.■. They Went to Portugal, Too. London: Carcanet, 1990.■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. Prix et Monnaies au Portugal. Paris, 1955.■. "Portugal and Her Empire." In New Cambridge Modern History. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1961): 509-10.■. A Economia dos descobrimentos henri-quinos. Lisbon, 1962.■. Estructura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.■ Mauro, Frédéric. Le Portugal et l'Atlantique au XVII siécle ( 1570-1670). Paris: SEVPEN, 1960.■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Pombal and the Nationalization of the Luso-Brazilian Economy." Hispanic American Historical Review XLVIII (November 1968): 608-31.■. Conflicts and Conspiracies: Brazil and Portugal, 1750-1808. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1973.■ Norris, A. H., and R. W. Bremner. The Lines of Torres Vedras. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal, 1980.■ Oliveira, Antônio de. A Vida Económica e Social de Coimbra de 1537 à 1640, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1971-72.■ Prestage, Edgar. The Royal Power and the Cortes in Portugal. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1927.■. Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.■. "The Mode of Government in Portugal during the Restoration [1640-68] Period." In Edgar Prestage, ed., Melange d'Etudes Portugaises Offerts a M. Georges Le Gentil, 265-70. Lisbon, 1949.■ Rabassa, Gregory. "Padre Antônio Vieira: Portugal's Amazing Polymath." Camões Centre Quarterly 2, 3-4 (Autumn and Winter 1990): 27-32. Rau, Virginia. D. Catarina de Bragança: Rainha de Inglaterra. Lisbon, 1944. Ricard, Robert. "Prophecy and Messianism in the Works of Antônio Vieira." The Americas 37 (1960): 357-88.■ Roche, T. W. E. Philippa: Dona Filipa of Portugal. London: Phillimore, 1971.■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.■ Rooney, Peter T. "Hapsburg Fiscal Policies in Portugal, 1580-1640." Journal of European Economic History 23, 3 (1994): 545-62.■ Roth, Cecil. "The Religion of the Marranos." Jewish Quarterly Review 22 (1931): 1-33.■. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.■ Saraiva, Antônio José. Inquisição e Cristãos-Novos. Oporto, 1969.■. A Inquisição Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969 and later eds.■ Schneider, Susan. O Marquês De Pombal E O Vinho Do Porto: Dependência e subdesenvolvimento em Portugal no século XVIII. Lisbon, 1980.■ Shaw, L. M. E. Trade, Inquisition and the English Nation in Portugal, 16401690. London: Carcancet, 1989.■ Shillington, V. M., and A. B. W. Chapman. The Commercial Relations of England and Portugal. London: Routledge, 1907.■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.■ Smith, John Athelstone [Conde de Carnota]. Marquis of Pombal, 2nd ed. London, 1872.■ Thomas, Gerturde Z. Richer Than Spices. New York: Knopf, 1965. Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon. Lisbon, 1940.■ Baptista, Jacinto. O Cinco de Outubro. Lisbon, 1965. Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1969 ed.■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. O desenvolvimento do capitalismo em Portugal no século XIX. Lisbon, 1981. Caetano, Marcello. História Breve das Constituções portuguesas. Lisbon, 1971 ed.■ Carnota, Conde da. Memoirs of Marshal, the Duke of Saldanha, with Selections from His Correspondence, 2 vols. London: John Murray, 1880. Carvalho, Joaquim de. Estudos sobre a cultura portuguesa do século XIX. Coimbra, 1955.■ Cheke, Marcus. Carlota Joaquina, Queen of Portugal. London: Sidgwick and Jackson, 1947.■ França, José-Augusto. Zé Provinho na Obra de Rafael Bordalo Pinheiro. Lisbon, 1975.■ Fuschini, Augusto. Liquidações políticas. Lisbon, 1896.■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. Estrutura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975 ed.■ Hammond, Richard J. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.■ Homem, Amadeu Carvalho. A Propaganda Republicana ( 1870-1910). Coimbra, 1990.■ Livermore, H. V. Portugal: A Short History. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1973. Machado, Alvaro Manuel. A Geração de 70-uma revolução cultural e literária. Lisbon, 1986 ed.■ Martins, Joaquim Pedro de Oliveira. Portugal Contemporâneo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953 ed.■ Medina, João. Eça Político. Lisbon, 1974.■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Fontes Pereira de Melo. Oporto: Ed. Afrontamento, 1999.■ Nobre, Eduardo. Paixoes Reais. Lisbon: Quimera, 2002.■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. Livre Câmbio e Desenvolvimento Económico: Portugal na segunda metade do século XIX. Lisbon, 1971.■ Peres, Damião, ed. História de Portugal. Volume III. Barcelos, 1935 ed.■ Ramos, Rui. D.Carlos. 1863-1908. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2006.■. Liberal Reformism in Portugal. Oliveira Martins, the Movement for New Life and the Politics of the Constitutional Monarchy ( 1885-1908). Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1998.■ Rorick, David. Maria da Fonte: History and Myth. M.A. thesis, History Department, Sonoma State University, Sonoma, Calif., 1984.■ Sá, Vítor de. Perspectivas do Século XIX. Lisbon, 1964.■ Serrão, Joel. Sampaio Bruno: O homem e o pensamento. Lisbon, 1958.■. Temas Oitocentistas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1959-62.■. "Liberalismo." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. II, 732-41. Lisbon, 1965.■. Do Sebastianismo ao Socialismo. Lisbon, 1975 ed.■ Silbert, Albert. Do Portugal de Antiga Regime ao Portugal Oitocentista. Lisbon, 1972.■ Teles, Basílio. Do Ultimatum ao 31 de Janeiro. Lisbon, 1968 ed.■ Parliamentary, Republican Portugal (1910-26)■ Antunes, José Freire. A Cadeira do Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1980. Arriaga, Manuel de. Na primeira presidência da República Portugueza: Um rápido relatório. Lisbon, 1916.■ Bell, Aubrey, F. G. In Portugal. London, 1912.■. Portugal of the Portuguese. London: Pitman, 1915.■ Bragança-Cunha, V. de. Revolutionary Portugal, 1910-1936. London: Swift, 1937.■ Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. In Brandão, Obras Completas. Lisbon, 1969.■ Burity, Braz [Pseudonym of Joaquim Madureira]. A Forja da Lei. Coimbra, 1915.■ Cabral, Manuel V. Portugal Na Alvorada Do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.■. 'The Aesthetics of Nationalism: Modernism and Authoritarianism in Early 20th-Century Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 15-43. Campos, Ezequiel. Política. Oporto, 1924.■ Cardia, Sottomayor, ed. Seara Nova: Antologia. Pela Reforma da República (1, 2) 1921-1926, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1971-72.■ Carqueja, Bento. O Povo de Portugal. Oporto, 1916.■. O Futuro de Portugal: Portugal Apos À Guerra. Oporto, 1920.■ Cortesão, Jaime. "Memórias da Grande Guerra." In Obras Completas de Jaime Cortesão. Lisbon, 1969.■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. As Minhas Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1966-68.■ Derou, Jean. Les Relations Franco-Portugaises ( 1910-1926). Paris: Publications de la Sorbonne, 1986.■ Fazenda, Pedro. A Crise Política. Lisbon, 1926.■ Ferrão, Carlos. História De la República. Lisbon, 1976.■ Ferreira, David. "5 De Outubro de 1910." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História De Portugal III (1968): 264-67. Ferreira Martins, Gen. Luís, ed. Portugal na Grande Guerra, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1945.■ Gomes da Costa, Gen. Manuel. Memórias. Lisbon, 1930. História Política da Primeira República Portuguesa ( 1910-1915), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973.■ Lorenzo, Felix. Portugal ( cinco anos de republica). Madrid, 1915.■ Machado, Bernardino. Depois de 21 de Maio. Lisbon, 1922.■ Machado Santos, Antônio. 1907-1910: A revolução portugueza. Relatôrio.■ Lisbon, 1911. Madureira, Arnaldo. 0 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1982.■ Magno, David. Livro da Guerra de Portugal na Flandres. Oporto, 1920.■. A Situação Portuguesa. Oporto, 1926.■ Marques Guedes, Armando. Cinco Meses no governo. Oporto, 1926.■ Martins, Rocha. Memórias sobre Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1921.■ Medeiros, Fernando. Nas Orígens Do A Sociedade E A Economia Portuguesas Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1978. Medina, João. "Oh! a República!...," Estudos sobre o Republicanismo e a Primeira República Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.■, ed. História Contemporânea De Portugal: Primeira República, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986.■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. "Uma Aristocracia Operária: Os Chapeleiros (18701913)." Análise Social 60, 2nd series (1979). Montalvor, Luís de, ed. História de Regimen Republicano em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1930-32.■ Oliveira, César. O Operariado E A República Democrática, 1910-1914. Oporto, 1972.■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. "The Portuguese 1920s: A General Survey." Iberian Studies 2 (1973): 32-40.■. História De la República Portuguesa: As Estruturas De Base, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973-74.■. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Alguns aspectos estruturais. Lisbon, 1975 ed.■. O Terceiro Governo Afonso Costa— 1917. Lisbon, 1977.■. Pabôn, Jesus. La Revolución Portuguesa, 2 vols. Madrid, 1945-46; Portuguese edition: Lisbon, 1961. Paxeco, Oscar. Os Que Arrancaram Em 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1937. Peres, Damião, ed. História De Portugal. Ediçao Monumental: Supplemento. Oporto, 1954.■ Pessoa, Fernando. A Memória do Presidente— Rei Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1928.■ Relvas, José. Memórias Políticas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1977-78.■ Schwartzman, Kathleen C. "Lucros, investimentos e coligações políticas na I República." Análise Social XVIII, 72-71 (1982): 741-58.■. The Social Origins of Democratic Collapse: The First Portuguese Republic in the Global Economy. Lawrence: University of Kansas Press, 1989.■ Serrão, Joel. Liberalismo, socialismo e republicanismo. Lisbon, 1979.■ Silva, Antônio Maria da. O Meu Depoimento, 2 vols. Mem Martins, 1978-82.■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Poder e a guerra, 1914-1918. Lisbon: Estampa, 1996.■, and Antônio Costa Pinto, eds. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 2000.■ Telo, Antônio José. Decadência E Queda Da I República Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980-84.■ Torre (Gomez), Hipôlito dela, and J. Sanchez Cervello. Portugal En El Siglo XX. Madrid: Ediciones Istmo: Colecciôn La Historia en sus textos, 1992.■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. "A República e as classes trabalhadores (Outubro 1910-Agosto 1911)." Análise Social IX, 31 (1972): 293-316.■. O Poder e o Povo: A Revolução de 1910. Lisbon, 1974.■ Veríssimo Serrao, Joaquim. História De Portugal. Volume XI: A Primeira República ( 1910-1926): História Política, Religiosa, Militar e Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1989.■. História De Portugal Volume XII: História Diplomática, Social, Económica e Cultural. Lisbon, 1990.■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain and Portugal, 1910-1916." Ph.D. dissertation, History, University of London, 1971.■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese Revolution of 1910." Journal of Modern History 44 (June 1972): 172-94.■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978.■. "Nightmare Republic: Portugal, 1910-1926." History Today (London) 32 (September 1981): 5-10.■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young: An Historical Study. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1917.■ Afonso, Rui. Injustiça: O Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.■ Antunes, José Freire. Os Americanos E Portugal. Vol. 1. Os anos de Ricard Nixon, 1969-1974. Lisbon, 1986.■. Os Americanos e Portugal. 1961. Kennedy e Salazar: O Leão e a Raposa. Lisbon, 1991.■. Salazar/Caetano. Cartas Secretas. 1932-1968. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1993.■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.■. Portugal na guerra do petróleo: Os Açores E As Vitórias de Israel 1973. Lisbon: Edeline, 2000. Aquino, Acácio Tómas de. O Segredo das Prisões Atlânticas. Lisbon, 1978. Araquistain, Luis. "Dictatorship in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 7 (October 1928): 41-53.■ Assac, Jacques Ploncard. Salazar. Paris: La Table Ronde, 1967.■ Baklanoff, Eric N. "The Political Economy of Portugal's Old Regime: Growth and Change Preceding the 1974 Revolution." World Development 7, 8-9 (August-September 1979): 799-812.■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. New York: Doubleday, 1975.■ Blume, Norman. "SEDES: An Example of Opposition in a Conservative Authoritarian State." Government and Opposition 12 (Summer 1977): 351-66.■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. A origem da democracia-cristã em Portugal e o Sala-zarismo. Lisbon, 1979.■. "Notas para uma caracterização política do salazarismo." In Gabinete de Investigações Sociais. Análise Social: A Formação de Portugal Contemporâneo: 1900-1980. Vol. I, 72-74 (April-December 1981): 773-94.■. "O Integralismo nas origens do Salazarismo." Análise Social XVIII (1982): 1409-19.■. "A Oposição Eleitoral ao Salazarismo." Revista de História das Ideias V (1983).■. Monárquicos e Republicanos no Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1986.■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Sobre o fascismo e o seu avento em Portugal." Análise Social XII, 48 (1976), 873-915.■ Caetano, Marcello. A Missão Dos Dirigentes. Lisbon, 1966, 4th ed.■. Depoimento. São Paulo, 1974.■. História Breve das Constituições Portugueses. Lisbon, 1974.■. As Minhas Memórias de Salazar. Lisbon, 1977.■ Campinos, Jorge. A Ditadura Militar, 1926-1933. Lisbon, 1975. Carrilho, Maria. Forças Armadas e Mudança Política em Portugal no Século XX. Lisbon, 1985.■, et al. Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial Contributos para uma reavaliação. Lisbon, 1989.■ Carvalho, Otelo Saraiva de. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.■ Castanheira, Jose Pedro and Valdemar Cruz. A Filha Rebelde. Lisbon: Temas & Debates, 2003.■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, et al. O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, Lisbon, March 1980]. Lisbon, 1982.■. 'The Radical Right and the Military Dictatorship in Portugal: The National May 28 League (1928-1933)." Luso-Brazilian Review 23, 1 (Summer 1986): 1-15.■. "O Salazarismo No Recente Investigação Sobre o Fascismo Europeu...." Análise Social XXV (1990): 695-713.■. As camisas azuis: Ideologias, elites e movimentos fascistas em Portugal, 1914-1945. Lisbon: Estampa, 1994.■. Salazar's Dictatorship and European Fascism: Problems of Interpretation. New York: Columbia University Press, 1995.■. The Blue Shirts: Portuguese Fascists and the New State. New York: Columbia University Press, 2000.■ Delgado, Humberto. The Memoirs of General Delgado. London: Cassell, 1964.■. Memórias De Humberto Delgado. Iva Delgado and Antônio de Figueiredo, eds. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.■ Duarte Silva, A. E., et al. Salazar E O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1989.■ Egerton, F. C. C. Salazar, Rebuilder of Portugal. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1943.■ Ferraz, Artur Ivens. A Asenção de Salazar: Memórias de Ivens Ferraz. Lisbon, 1988.■ Ferro, Antônio. Salazar: O Homem E A Sua Obra. Lisbon, 1933. English edition: Salazar: Portugal and Her Leader. London: Faber & Faber, 1939, and editions in other languages.■. Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Ausentes. Lisbon, 1946.■ Figueiredo, Antônio. Portugal and Its Empire: The Truth. London: Gollancz, 1961.■. "The Case Against Portugal." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 46-57. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.■. Portugal. Fifty Years of Dictatorship. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1975.■ Fox, Ralph. Portugal Now. London, 1937.■ Freitas do Amaral, Diogo. O Antigo Regime E A Revolução. Memórias Políticas ( 1941-1975). Lisbon: Bertrand, 1995.■ Fryer, Peter, and Patricia McGowan Pinheiro. Oldest Ally: A Portrait of Sala-zar's Portugal. London: Dobson, 1961.■ Gallagher, Tom. "Controlled Repression in Salazar's Portugal." Journal of Contemporary History 14, 3 (July 1979): 385-403.■. "The Mystery Train: Portugal's Military Dictatorship 1926-32." European Studies Review 11 (1981): 325-54.■. "From Hegemony to Opposition: The Ultraright Before and After 1974." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 81-103. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■. Portugal: A Twentieth Century Interpretation. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1983.■ Galvão, Henrique. Santa Maria: My Crusade for Portugal. London: Weiden-feld and Nicholson, 1961.■. Carta Aberta ao Dr. Salazar. Lisbon, 1975.■ Gamier, Christine. Vacances avec Salazar. Paris, 1952; American edition: Salazar in Portugal: An Intimate Portrait. New York, 1954. Georgel, Jacques. O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1985.■ Gouveia, Fernando. Memórias de um Inspector da PIDE. Lisbon, 1979.■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Portugal: The Bureaucracy of Empire." LADAC Occasional Papers series 2, 9 (1973). Austin, Tex.: Institute of Latin American Studies.■. Portugal: The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.■. "The Military in Politics: The Politicization of the Portuguese Armed Forces." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 221-56. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■ Guyomard, George. La Dictature Militaire au Portugal. Paris, 1927.■ Janeiro, Helena Pinto. Salazar E Pétain. Relações Luso-Francesas Durante A II Guerra Mundial ( 1940-44). Lisbon: Cosmos, 1998.■ Kay, Hugh. "A Catholic View." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 80-103. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.■. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.■ Leeds, Elizabeth. "Labor Export, Development and the State: The Political Economy of Portuguese Emigration." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1984.■ Lewis, Paul H. "Salazar's Ministerial Elite, 1932-1968."Journal of Politics 40 (August 1987): 622-47.■ Lins, Alvaro. Missão em Portugal. Lisbon, 1974.■ Linz, Juan. "Foreword." In L. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, xii-xi. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■ Lucena, Manuel. A evolução do sistema corporativo português, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.■. "The Evolution of Portuguese Corporatism under Salazar and Caetano." In L. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 47-88. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■ McCarthy, Mary. "Letter from Lisbon." The New Yorker XXX, 51 (February 5, 1955): 80-96.■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. O Socialismo e o Futuro da Peninsula. Lisbon, 1969.■ Makler, Harry M. A " Elite" Industrial Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969.■. "The Portuguese Industrial Elite and Its Corporative Relations." Economic Development and Cultural Change 24, 3 (April 1976): 495-526.■ Martins, Hermínio. "Opposition in Portugal." Government and Opposition 4 (Spring 1969): 250-63.■. "Portugal." In S. J. Woolf, ed., European Fascism, 302-36. New York: Vintage, 1969.■. "Introduction: Tristes durées." In R. Feijô, H. Martins and J. de Pina-Cabral, eds., Death in Portugal: Studies in Portuguese Anthropology and Modern History. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.■ Medina, João. Salazar em França. Lisbon, 1977.■. Salazar E Os Fascistas: Salazarismo e Nacional-Sindicalismo: A história dum conflito 1932/1935. Lisbon, 1978.■ Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros, ed. Dez Anos de Política Externa ( 1936-1947): A Nação Portuguesa e a Segunda Guerra Mundial, 12 vols., and in progress. Lisbon, 1964.■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Educação e Sociedade no Portugal de Salazar. Lisbon, 1978.■ Nogueira, Alberto Franco. Salazar, 6 vols. Coimbra and Oporto, 1978-85.■ Oliveira, César. Portugal e a II República de Espanha, 1931-l 936. Lisbon, 1985.■. Salazar E A Guerra Civil De Espanha, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1988.■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. A Maçonaria Portuguesa e o Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1975.■. History of Portugal; 1 in 2 vols. New York: Columbia University Press, 1976 ed.■. A Liga de Paris E A Ditadura Militar, 1927-1928. Lisbon, 1976.■. História de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: 1980 and later eds.■, ed. A Literatura Clandestina Em Portugal, 1926-1932, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1990.■ Patriarca, Fátima. A Questaão Social no Salazarismo. Vol. 1. Lisbon: INCM, 1995.■. Sindicatos contra Salazar: A revolta do 18 de janeiro de 1934. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 2000. Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.■ Payne, Stanley G. A History of Spain and Portugal. Volume 2. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1973.■. "Salazarism: 'Fascism' or 'Bureaucratic Authoritarianism'?" In Estudos de história portuguesa: Homenagem à A. H. de Oliveira Marques. Lisbon, 1983.■ Pereira, José Pacheco. Conflitos sociais nos campos do sul de Portugal. Mem Martins, 1978.■. A Preparação Ideológica da Intervenção Militar de 28 de Maio de 1926. Oporto, 1978.■. "Problemas da história do P. C. P." In A. Costa Pinto et al., eds., O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, University of Lisbon, March 1980], 269-85. Lisbon, 1982.■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal durante a II Guerra Mundial. Em fuga de Hitler e do Holocausto. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2006.■ Pires, José Cardoso. Dinossauro Excelentíssimo. Lisbon, 1972.■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.■ Presidência do Conselho de Ministros. Comissão do Livro Negro Sobre o Regime Fascista ["Black Book" series]. Eleições No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1979.■. A Política De Informação No Regime Fascista, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980.■. Livros Proibidos No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1981.■. Presos Políticos No Regime Fascista, 5 vols. Lisbon, 1981-87.■. Relatórios Para Oliveira Salazar, 1931-1939. Lisbon, 1981.■. Discriminação Política No Emprego No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1982.■. Proibição Da " Time" No Regime Fascista [ Time magazine July 23, 1946, with Dr. Salazar on cover]. Lisbon, 1982.■. Os Estudantes No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1983.■. Trabalho, Sindicatos E Greves No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1984.■. Correspondência Entre Mário De Figueiredo E Oliveira Salazar. Lisbon, 1986.■. Repressão Política E Social No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1986.■. Correspondência de Pedro Teotónio Pereira para Oliveira Salazar vol. 1 ( 1931-1939), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1987-89.■ Queiroga, Captain Fernando. Portugal Oprimido. Lisbon, 1974.■ Raby, David L. "Populism and the Portuguese Left: From Delgado to Otelo." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 61-80. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■. Fascism and Resistance in Portugal: Communists, Liberals and the Military Dissidents in the Opposition to Salazar, 1941-1974. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1988.■ Raby, Dawn Linda. "The Portuguese Presidential Election of 1949: A Successful Government Maneuver?" Luso-Brazilian Review 27, 1 (Summer 1990): 63-77.■ Rêgo, Raúl. Diário Político. Lisbon, 1969; 1974, 2nd ed.■. Horizontes Fechados. Oporto, 1970.■. Horizontes Fechados/ Páginas de Política, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1974.■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfrâmio. Lisbon, 1944.■. Quando os Lobos Uivam. Lisbon, 1958; English ed. Patricia McGowan■ Pinheiro, trans. London: Cape, 1963.■ Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London and Boston: Allen & Unwin, 1979.■ Rocha, José Antônio De Oliveira. The Portuguese Administrative State. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, University of South Carolina, 1986.■ Rosa, Frederico Delgado. Humberto Delgado. Biografia Do General Sem Medo. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2008. Rosas, Fernando. O Estado Novo Nos Anos Trinta: 1928-1938. Lisbon, 1986.■. O Salazarismo E A Aliança Luso-Britânica. Lisbon, 1988.■. Portugal Entre A Paz E A Guerra... 1939-1945. Lisbon, 1990.■. O Estado Novo ( 1926-1974). Vol. VII of José Mattoso, ed. Historia De■ Portugal. Lisbon: Edit. Estampa, 1994.■. and Pedro Aires Oliveira (eds.). A Transicao Falhada. O Marcelismo e o Fim do Estado Novo ( 1968-1974). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.■ Rudel, Christian. Salazar. Paris: Mercure de France, 1969.■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Uma Tentativa de Participação política. Lisbon, 1971.■. A Liberalização bloqueada. Lisbon, 1972.■. Vale a Pena ser Deputado? Fundão, 1973.■ Salazar, Antônio de Oliveira. Discursos E Notas Políticas. [Speeches, Broadcasts, Notes and Statements, 1928-1966, 6 vols. Coimbra, 1935-1966]. Several editions.■. Doctrine and Action: Internal and Foreign Policy of the New Portugal, I928-1939. Robert Edgar Broughton, trans. London: Faber & Faber, 1939.■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.■. The Road for the Future [Speeches, statements of policy made during 1928-62]. Lisbon, 1963.■. Entrevistas: 1960-1966 [interviews]. Coimbra, 1967.■. Salazar: Pensamento e doutrina política. Textos anthológicos. [Anthology of speeches, writings, interviews granted, 1914-68]. Mendo C. Henriques and Gonçalo de Sampaio e Melo, eds. Lisbon, 1989.■ Santana, Emilio. Historia de um Atentado. O atentado contra Salazar. Lisbon, 1976.■ Schmitter, Philippe C. Corporatism and Public Policy in Authoritarian Portugal. London: Sage, 1975.■. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (Nov. 1975): 5-33.■. "The Impact and Meaning of Elections in Authoritarian Portugal, 1933-74." In G. Hermet et al., eds., Elections Without Choice. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1978.■. "'The 'Regime d'exception' That Became the Rule: Forty-Eight Years of Authoritarian Domination in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Mak-ler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 3-46. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■, and Gerhard Lehmbruch, eds. Trends towards Corporatist Intermediation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1979.■ Shelton, Richard L. "Development of the Communist Party of Portugal, 1921-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, St. Louis University, 1984.■ Silva, José. Memórias de um operário. Vol. 2. Oporto, 1971. Soares, Mário. Escritos Políticos. Lisbon, 1969.■. Portugal Bailloné. Paris, 1972; Portuguese edition: Portugal Amordaçado, Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Portugal's Struggle for Liberty. Translated by Mary Gawsworth. London: Allen & Unwin, 1975.■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Johannesburg: Perskor, 1974.■ Teixeira, Luis [Sampaio]. Perfil de Salazar. Lisbon, 1938.■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. "From Neutrality to Alignment: Portugal in the Foundation of the Atlantic Pact." EUI: Working Papers in History. Florence, Italy: European University Institute, 1991.■ Telo, Antônio José. Portugal na Segunda Guerra. Lisbon, 1987.■. A Neutralidade Portuguesa e o Ouro Nazi. Lisbon: Quetzal, 2000.■ Teotônio Pereira, Pedro. Memórias, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1972-73.■ Vasco, Nuno. Vigiados e perseguidos. Lisbon, 1977.■ Veríssimo, Serrão. Marcelo Caetano: Confidencias No Exílio. Lisbon, 1985. Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. West, S. George. The New Corporative State of Portugal [Inaugural lecture, King's College, London, Feb. 1937]. London: New Temple Press, 1937. Wheeler, Douglas L. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.■. "Days of Wine and Carnations: The Portuguese Revolution of [April 25] 1974." Bulletin. New Hampshire Council on World Affairs XX (July 1974): 1-10.■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Jacques Frémontier, ed., Les Hommes d'Siecle XX: Les Dictateurs. Paris: Mazenod, 1978.■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926- 1974." In S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■. "In the Service of Order: The Portuguese Dictatorship's Political Police (PVDE; PIDE) and the British, German and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 24, 2 (January 1983): 1-25.■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978. Portuguese edition: História Política de Portugal, 1910-l926. Mem Martins, 1985.■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review [two part article] 12, 1-2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27.■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa, 1926-1933. Mem Martins, 1988.■. "The Third Pig: From Theory to Grubby Fact in Reassessing the Estado Novo." In B. F. Taggie and R. W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 145-68. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State Press, 1989.■. "And Who Is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 119-39.■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Research Guide to European Historical Biography. Vol. 3. Washington, D.C.: Beacham, 1992.■. "'Estado Presente de tranquilidade,' posto em causa: Portugal observado e analisado no contexto internacional de 1958-59." In Iva Delgado, Carlos Pacheco, and Telmo Faria, eds., Humberto Delgado: As eleições de 58, 448-71. Lisbon: Vega, 1998.■, and René Pélissier. Angola. New York: Praeger and London: Pall Mall, 1971; reprinted: Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977.■ Wiarda, Howard J. "Toward a Framework for the Study of Political Change in Iberic-Latin Tradition: The Corporative Model." World Politics 25 (January 1973): 206-35.■. Corporatism and Development: The Portuguese Experience. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 1977.■. "The Corporatist Tradition and the Corporative System in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal. The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 89-122. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■ Afonso, Rui. Um Homem Bom. Aristides De Sousa Mendes O " Wallenberg Portugues." Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.■. Injustica-o Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.■ Agudo, Manuel Ros. La Guerra Secreta de Franco ( 1939-1945). Barcelona, 2002.■ Anon., Fugindo a Hitler e a Salazar e ao Holocausto-Refugiados em Portugal entre 1933-1945. Lisbon: Soc. Tipografica, 1994.■ Barreiros, Jose Antonio. A Lusitania Dos Espioes. Lisbon: Hugin, 1995.■. O Espiao Alemao Em Goa. Operacao Long Shanks, 1943. Lisbon, 2001.■ Beevor, J. G. SOE. Recollections and Reflections 1940-45. London, 1981. Bloch, Michael. Operation Willi: The Plot to Kidnap the Duke of Windsor July 1940. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1984. Carrilho, Maria et. al., Portugal Na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Contributos para uma reavaliacao. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1989. Cole, Robert. Britain and the War of Words in Neutral Europe, 1939-45. New York: St. Martin's, 1990. Colvin, Ian. Flight 777. London: Evans, 1957. Dias, Mariana Tavares. Lisboa nos Anos 40. Lisbon: Quimera, 1997. Eizenstadt, Stuart E. Coord. U.S. and Allied Efforts to Recover and Restore Gold and Other Assets Stolen or Hidden by Germany during World War II. New York, 2001.■ Fralon, Jose-Alain. A Good Man in Evil Times. The Story of Aristides De Sousa Mendes: The Man Who Saved the Lives of Countless Refugees in World War II. New York: Carroll & Graf, 2001.■ Giraudoux, Jean. Portugal. Paris: Grasset, 1958.■ Johns, Philip. Within Two Cloaks. Missions With SIS and SOE. London, 1979.■ Koestler, Arthur. Arrival and Departure. London, 1943.■ Leitz, Christian. Sympathy for the Devil: Neutral Portugal and Nazi Germany in World War II. New York, 2001.■ Louca, Antonio. Hitler e Salazar. Comercio em tempos de Guerra 1940-1944. Lisbon, 2000.■ Luca, Antonio. "Portugal's Double Game: Between the Nazis and the Allies." In Avi Beker, ed., The Plunder of Jewish Property during the Holocaust. Confronting European History. New York, 2001. MacIntyre, Ben. Agent Zigzag. New York: Harmony, 2007. Martins, Maria Joao. O Paraiso Triste. O Quotidiano em Lisboa durante a II Grande Guerra. Lisbon: Vega, 1994. Masterman, J.C. The Double-Cross System in the War of 1939 to 1945. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1972. Muggeridge, Malcolm. Chronicles of Wasted Time. Chronicle 2: The Infernal Grove. New York: William Morrow, 1974.■ Nery, Julia. O Consul. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 2006.■ Popov, Dusko. Spy/ Counterspy. London, 1974.■ Prokosch, Frederick. The Conspirators. New York, 1943.■ Remarque, Erich Maria. The Night in Lisbon. New York, 1966.■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfarmio Romance. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1943.■ Rosas, Fernando. Portugal entre a Paz e a Guerra. Lisbon: Estampa, 1990.■ Saint-Exupery, Antoine. Wartime Writings, 1939-1944. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1986.■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano, ed. Portugal E A Guerra. Historia das Intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais seculos XIX e XX. Lisbon: Colibri, 1998.■ Telo, Antonio Jose. Propagandal E Guerra Secreta Em Portugal 1939-45. Lisbon, 1990.■. Portugal na Segunda Guerra ( 1941-1945), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1991.■. A neutralidade portuguesa e o ouro nazi. Lisbon, 2000.■ Vintras, R.E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman and Turner, 1974. Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Age Old Business of Espionage." 1987 World Book Year Book. Chicago, 1987.■. "'In the Service of Order.' The Portuguese Political Police and the British, Germany and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 36: no. 3 (Jan. 1983), 1-25.■. "And Who is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 23 (no. 2) (Summer 1989), 119-39.■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, WI), 23 (nos.1, 2) (Summer, 1986; Winter, 1986). 97-111; 108-127.■. "Last of the Great Air Mysteries of the War [World War II]." Bridport and Lyme Regis Gazette (Dorset, U.K.), June 5, 2003, 24-25.■. "Leslie Howard Helped Win World War II," St. Louis Post-Dispatch (St. Louis, Mo.), April 3, 5, 2005.■ Wilson, Robert. A Small Death in Lisbon. London, 2000.■. The Company Of Strangers. San Diego, 2002.■ Wylie, Neville. "An Amateur Learns His Job? Special Operations Executive in Portugal, 1940-42." Journal of Contemporary History. 36: no. 3 (2001), 441-57.■ Ferreira Martins, General. Historia do Exercito Portugues. Lisbon: Inquerito, 1945.■ Kaulza de Arriaga, General. Guerra e Politica. Em nome da verdade. Os anos decisivos. Lisbon: Referendo, 1987.■ Medeiros Ferreira, Jose. O Comportamento Politico dos Militares, Forcas Armadas e Regimes Politicos em Portugal no seculo XX. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992.■ Pereira Marques, Fernando. Exercito e Sociedade em Portugal. No Declinio do Antigo Regime e advento do Liberalismo. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.■ Ribeiro Dos Santos, Antonio Pedro. O Estado E A Order Publica. As Institui-coes Militares Portuguesas. Lisbon: Instituto Superior De Ciencias Sociais E Politicas, 1999.■ Saraiva de Carvalho, Otelo. Alvorada em Abril. Amadora (Portugal): Bertrand, 1977.■ Selvagem, Carlos. Portugal Militar. Compendio de Historia Militar e Naval de Portugal. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1931.■ Spinola, Antonio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon: Arcadia, 1974.■. Pais Sem Rumo. Contributo para a historia de uma Revolucao. Lisbon: Scire, 1978.■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. Portugal e a Guerra. Historia das intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais do seculo XX. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 1999.■. Coord., Nova Historia Militar de Portugal, 5 vols. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2003-.■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. O Poder e o Povo. A Revolucao de 1910. Lisbon: Moraes, 1976, 1982.■ Wheeler, Douglas L. Republican Portugal: A Political History ( 1910-1926). Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978, 1998.■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa ( 1926-1933). Mem Martins: Europa- America, 1988.■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926-1974: "The Honor of the Army." In Lawrence S. Graham and Harry M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■ Aguiar, Joaquim. "Hidden Fluidity in an Ultra-Stable Party System." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 101-27. Lisbon, 1985.■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel, ed. Sistema Eleitoral Portugües: Debate Político e Parlamentar. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional/ Casa da Moeda, 1998.■, ed. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." In Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer, 2000): 1-404.■ Bruneau, Thomas C., and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.■ Bruneau, Thomas C., ed. Political Parties and Democracy in Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1997. Carlucci, Frank. "Confiei no Povo Portugues." Visao (Lisbon), April 10, 1997, 46-47.■. "The View from the U.S. Embassy." In Hans Binnendijk, ed., Authoritarian Regimes in Transition. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of State, Foreign Service Institute, Center for the Study of Foreign Affairs, 1987.■ Coelho, Mário Baptista, ed. Portugal. O Sistema Política a Constitucional, 1974-87. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, UNL, 1989.■ Costa Pinto, Antonio. "Settling Accounts with the Past in a Troubled Transition to Democracy: The Portuguese Case." In Alexandra Barahona De Brito, Carmen Gonzalez-Enriquez, and Paloma Aguilar, eds., The Politics of Memory: Transitional Justice in Democratizing Societies, 65-91. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2001.■ Cruzeiro, Maria Manuela. Costa Gomes-o Ultimo Marechal. Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 1998.■ Domingos, Emídio Da Veiga. Portugal Político. Análise das Instituiçoes. Lisbon, 1989.■ Goldey, David. "Elections and the Consolidation of Portuguese Democracy: 1974-1983." Electoral Studies 2, 3 (1983): 229-40.■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Institutionalizing Democracy: Governance in Post-1974 Portugal." In Ali Farazmand, ed., Handbook of Comparative and Development Public Administration, 81-90. New York: Dekker, 1991.■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■ Gunther, Richard. "Spain and Portugal." In G. A. Dorfman and P. J. Duignan, eds., Politics in Western Europe, 186-236. Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1988.■ Magone, José Maria. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1997.■ Maxwell, Kenneth. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.■, ed. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.■ Maxwell, Kenneth R., and Scott C. Monje, eds. Portugal: The Constitution and the Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-1989. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Camões Center Special Report No. 2, Columbia University, 1991.■ Opello, Walter C., Jr. "The New Parliament in Portugal." Legislative Studies Quarterly, 3 (May 1978): 309-334.■. "Local Government and Political Culture in a Portuguese Rural County." Comparative Politics 13 (April 1981): 271-89.■. "Portugal's Administrative Elite: Social Origins and Political Attitudes." West European Politics 6 (Jan. 1983): 63-74.■. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.■ Pinto Balsemão, Francisco. "The Constitution and Politics: Options for the Future." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 197-232. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.■ Sartori, Giovanni. "Portugal." In Sartori, G, ed., Parties and Party Systems. Vol. 1, 131-45. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976. Secretary of State for Mass Communications. Constitution of the Portuguese Republic [1976]. Lisbon, 1977.■ Aguiar, Joaquim. A Ilusão do poder: Analise do Sistema Partidário, 19761982. Lisbon, 1983. Almeida, Diniz de. Orígens e Evolução do Movimento dos Capitães. Lisbon, 1977.■. Ascensao, Apogeu e Queda do MFA, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.■ Alves, Márcio Moreira. Les Soldats Socialistes du Portugal. Paris: Gallimard, 1975.■ Antunes, José Freire. Sá Carneiro: Um Meteoro Nos Anos Setenta. Lisbon, 1982.■. O Segredo do 25 de Novembro. Mem Martins, 1983.■ Arouca, Manuel. Os Filhos Da Costa Do Sol. Mem Martins, 1989. Audibert, Pierre, and Daniel Brignon. Portugal: Les nouveaux centurions. Paris, 1974.■ Baptista, Jacinto. Caminhos para uma revolução. Lisbon, 1975. Barreto, Antônio. Memórias da Reforma Agrária. Mem Martins: Europa-Amé-rica, 1983.■, and C. V. Preto, eds. A Situação Social em Portugal, 1960-1996. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 1996.■ Bermeo, Nancy Gina. "Worker Management in Industry: Reconciling Representative Government and Industrial Democracy in a Polarized Society." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 181-98. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■. The Revolution within the Revolution: Workers' Control in Rural Portugal. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.■ Braeckman, Colette. Portugal: Revolution surveilée. Brussels: Rossei, 1975.■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. "O Presidente da República na génese e evolução do sistema de governor portugües." Análise social XXIX, 125-26 (1994): 237-65.■, coord. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer 2000): 1-404. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Popular Support for Democracy in Post-revolutionary Portugal: Results from a Survey." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 21-42. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■. Politics and Nationhood: Post-Revolutionary Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1984.■. "Portugal Fifteen Years after the April Revolution." Field Staff Reports ( 1989-90/ No. 1, Europe), 3-11. Indianapolis, Ind.: Universities Field Staff International, 1990.■, and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.■ Carvalho, Ortelo Saraiva de. Cinco Meses Mudaram Portugal. Lisbon, 1975.■. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.■ Cid, Augusto. PREC-Processo Revolucionário Eventualmente Chocante. Viseu, 1977.■ Costa Lobo, Marina, and Pedro C. Magalhaes. "From 'Third Wave' to 'Third Way': Europe and the Portuguese Socialists (1975-1999)," Journal of Southern Europe and the Balkans 3, no. 1 (2001), 25-35.■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, ed. Modern Portugal. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.■, and Nuno Severiano Teixeira, eds. Southern Europe and the Making of the European Union. New York: Columbia Univ. Press, 2002.■ Cunhal, Alvaro. A Revolução Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999.■ Downs, Charles. "Comissões de Moradores and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 4 (1986): 267-94.■. Revolution at the Grassroots: Community Organizations in the Portuguese Revolution. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1989.■ Dufour, Jean-Marc. Prague sur Tage. Paris, 1975.■ Durão Barroso, José. Le systémepolitiqueportugais face à l'intégration euro-péenne. Lisbon, 1983.■ Eisfeid, Rainer. "Portugal: What Role/What Future?" In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution. New York: RIIC, Columbia University, 1984.■. Sozialistischer Pluralismus in Europa: Ansãtze und Scheitern am Beispiel Portugal. Cologne: Verlag Wissenchaft ünd Politik, 1985.■. "Portugal and Western Europe." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 29-62. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.■ Farinha, Luis. "Regresso a Europa. Uma opcao feliz." Historia. XXIX; 95, III series (March 2007), 23-33.■ Faye, Jean-Pierre, ed. Portugal: The Revolution in the Labyrinth. Nottingham, U.K.: Spokesman, 1976. Ferreira, Hugo Gil, and Michael W. Marshall. Portugal's Revolution: Ten Years On. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1986. Figueira, João Costa. Cavaco Silva: Homem de Estado. Lisbon, 1987. Filoche, Gérard. Printemps Portugais. Paris: Editions Action, 1984. Frémontier, Jacques. Os Pontos nos ii. Lisbon, 1976. Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian. 25 de Abril-10 anos depois. Lisbon, 1984. Futscher Pereira, Bernardo. "Portugal and Spain." In K. Maxwell, ed. Portugal in the 1980s, 63-87. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.■ Gama, Jaime. Política Externa Portuguesa 1983-85: Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros. Lisbon, 1986.■. "Preface." In J. Calvet de Magalhães, A. de Vasconcelos, and J. Ramos Silva, eds., Portugal: An Atlantic Paradox, 9-11. Lisbon, 1990. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino. As Eleições De 25 De Abril: Geografia E Imagem Dos Partidos. Lisbon, 1976.■. "10 Anos de Democracia: Reflexos na geografia política." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opelio, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal 1974-1984/ Conflitos e Mudanças em Portugal, 1974-1984, 135-55. Lisbon, 1985.■, et al. As Eleições para assembleia da república, 1979-1983: Estudos de geografia eleitoral. Lisbon, 1984. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino, eds. Portugal em mapas e em números. Lisbon, 1981.■ Giaccone, Fausto. Una Storia Portoghese/ Uma História Portuguesa. Palermo: Randazzo Focus, 1987.■ Gladdish, Ken. "Portugal: An Open Verdict." In Geoffrey Pridham, ed. Securing Democracy: Political Parties and Democratic Consolidation in Southern Europe, 104-25. London and New York: Routledge, 1990.■ Graham, Lawrence S. The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■ Grayson, George W. "Portugal and the Armed Forces Movement." Orbis XIX, 2 (Summer 1975): 335-78.■ Green, Gil. Portugal's Revolution. New York: International, 1976.■ Hammond, John L. Building Popular Power: Workers' and Neighborhood Movements in the Portuguese Revolution. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1988.■ Harsgor, Michael. Naissance d'un Nouveau Portugal. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1975.■. Portugal in Revolution. Washington, D.C.: CSIS and Sage, 1976.■ Harvey, Robert. Portugal, Birth of a Democracy. London: Macmillan, 1978.■ Herr, Richard, ed. Portugal: The Long Road to Democracy and Europe. Berkeley, Calif.: International and Area Studies, 1992.■ Insight Team of the Sunday [London] Times. Insight on Portugal: The Year of the Captains. London: Deutsch, 1975.■ Janitschek, Hans. Mario Soares: Portrait of a Hero. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1985.■ Keefe, Eugene K., et al. Area Handbook for Portugal, 1st ed. Washington, D.C.: Foreign Area Studies of American University, 1977. Kramer, Jane. "A Reporter at Large: The Portuguese Revolution." The New Yorker (Dec. 15, 1975): 92-131.■ Lauré, Jason, and Ettagal Lauré. Jovem Portugal: After the Revolution. New York: Straus, Farrar and Giroux, 1977.■ Livermore, H. V. A New History of Portugal. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976.■ Lourenço, Eduardo. Os Militares e O Poder. Lisbon, 1975.■. O Fascismo Nunca Existiu. Lisbon, 1976.■. "Identidade e Memôria: o caso português." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-l 984, 17-22. Lisbon, 1985.■ Lucena, Manuel. Evolução e Instituições: A Extinção dos Grémios da Lavoura Alentejanos. Mem Martins, 1984.■. "A herança de duas revoluções." In M. Baptista Coelho, ed., Portugal: O Sistema Político e Constitucional, 1974-87, 505-55. Lisbon, 1989.■ Macedo, Jorge Braga de, and S. Serfaty. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. New York: Praeger, 1981.■ Magone, José M. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. New York: St. Martin's, 1997. Mailer, Phil. Portugal: The Impossible Revolution. London: Solidarity, 1977. Manta, João Abel. Cartoons/ 1969-1975. Lisbon, 1975.■ Manuel, Paul C. Uncertain Outcome: The Politics of Portugal's Transition to Democracy. Lanham, Md. and London: University Press of America, 1994.■ Mateus, Rui. Contos Proibidos. Memorias de Um PS Desconhecido, 3rd ed. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1996.■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Portugal under Pressure." The New York Review of Books (May 2, 1974).■. "The Hidden Revolution in Portugal." The New York Review of Books (April 17, 1975).■. "The Thorns of the Portuguese Revolution." Foreign Affairs 54, 2 (Jan. 1976): 250-70.■. "The Communists and the Portuguese Revolution." Dissent 27, 2 (Spring 1980): 194-206.■. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.■. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.■, ed. "Portugal: Toward the Twenty-First Century." Camoes Center Quarterly 5, 3-4 (Fall 1995): 6-55.■, ed. The Press and the Rebirth of Iberian Democracy. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1983.■. Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution: Reports of Three Columbia University-Gulbenkian Workshops. New York: Research Institute on International Change, Columbia University, 1984.■ Maxwell, Kenneth, and Michael H. Haltzel, eds. Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.■ Medeiros Ferreira, José. Ensaio Histórico sobre a revolução do 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1983.■ Medina, João, ed. Portugal De Abril: Do 25 Aos Nossos Dias. In Medina, ed., História Contemporãnea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1985. Merten, Peter. Anarchismus ünd Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libertare, 1981.■ Miranda, Jorge. Constituição e Democracia. Lisbon, 1976.■. A Constituição de 1976. Lisbon, 1978.■ Morrison, Rodney J. Portugal: Revolutionary Change in an Open Economy. Boston: Auburn House, 1981.■ Mujal-Leôn, Eusebio. "The PCP [Portuguese Communist Party] and the Portuguese Revolution." Problems of Communism 26 (Jan.- Feb. 1977): 21-41.■ Neves, Mário. Missão em Moscovo. Lisbon, 1986.■ Oliveira, César. M. F. A. e Revolução Socialista. Lisbon, 1975.■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.■ Opello, Waiter C., Jr. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.■. Portugal: From Monarchy to Pluralist Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1991.■ Pell, Senator Claiborne H. Portugal ( Including the Azores and Spain) in Search of New Directions: Report to the Committee on Foreign Relations, U.S. Senate. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office, 1976.■ Pereira, J. Pacheco. "A Case of Orthodoxy: The Communist Party of Portugal." In Waller and Fenema, eds., Communist Parties in Western Europe: Adaptation or Decline? Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1988.■ Pilmott, Ben. "Socialism in Portugal: Was It a Revolution?" Government and Opposition 7 (Summer 1977).■. "Were the Soldiers Revolutionary? The Armed Forces Movement in Portugal, 1973-1976." Iberian Studies 7, 1 (1978): 13-21.■, and Jean Seaton. "Political Power and the Portuguese Media." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 43-57. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm and Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1977.■ Pouchin, Dominique. Portugal, quelle révolution? Paris, 1976.■ Pulido Valente, Vasco. "E Viva Otelo." In Pulido Valente, V., ed., O País das Maravilhas, 451-54. Lisbon, 1979 [anthology of articles from weekly Lisbon paper, Expresso].■. Estudos Sobre a Crise Nacional. Lisbon, 1980.■ Rebelo de Sousa, Marcelo. O Sistema de Governo Português antes e depois da Revisão Constitucional, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1981. Rêgo, Raúl. Militares, Clérigos e Paisanos. Lisbon, 1981. Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.■ Rodrigues, Avelino, Cesário Borga, and Mário Cardoso. O Movemento dos Capitães e o 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1974.■. Portugal Depois De Abril. Lisbon, 1976.■ Ruas, H. B., ed. A Revolução das Flores. Lisbon, 1975.■ Rudel, Christian. La Liberte couleur d'oeillet. Paris: Fayard, 1980.■ Sa, Tiago Moreira de. Os Americanos na Revolucao Portuguesa ( 1974-1976). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Por Uma Social-Democracia Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.■ Sanches Osôrio, Helena. Um Só Rosto. Uma Só Fé. Conversas Com Adelino Da Palma Carlos. Lisbon, 1988. Sanches Osôrio, J. The Betrayal of the 25th of April in Portugal. Madrid: Sedmay, 1975.■ Schmitter, Philippe C. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (1974): 5-33.■. "An Introduction to Southern European Transitions from Authoritarian Rule: Italy, Greece, Portugal, Spain and Turkey." In G. O'Donnell,■ P. C. Schmitter, and L. Whitehead, eds., Transitions from Authoritarian Rule, 3-10. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1986.■ Silva, Fernando Dioga da. "Uma Administração Envelhecido." Revista da Ad-ministraçao Pública 2 (Oct.-Dec. 1979).■ Simões, Martinho, ed. Relatório Do 25 De Novembro: Texto Integral, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.■ Soares, Isabel, ed. Mário Soares: O homem e o político. Lisbon, 1976. Soares, Mário. Democratização e Descolonização: Dez meses no Governo Provisório. Lisbon, 1975. Sobel, Lester A., ed. Portuguese Revolution, 1974-1976. New York: Facts on File, Inc., 1976.■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974.■. País Sem Rumo: Contributo para a História de uma Revolução. Lisbon, 1978.■ Story, Jonathan. "Portugal's Revolution of Carnations: Patterns of Change and Continuity." International Affairs 52 (July 1976): 417-34. Sweezey, Paul. "Class Struggles in Portugal." Monthly Review 27, 4 (Sept. 1975): 1-26.■ Szulc, Tad. "Lisbon and Washington: Behind Portugal's Revolution." Foreign Policy 21 (Winter 1975-76): 3-62. Tavares de Almeida, Antônio. Balsemão: O retrato. Lisbon, 1981. "Vasco." Desenhos Políticos. Lisbon, 1974.■ Vasconcelos, Alvaro. "Portugal in Atlantic-Mediterranean Security." In Douglas T. Stuart, ed., Politics and Security in the Southern Region of the Atlantic Alliance, 117-36. London: Macmillan, 1988.■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "Golpes militares e golpes literários. A literatura do golpe de 25 de Abril de 1974 em contexto histôrico." Penélope. Fazer E Desfazer A História, 19-20 (1998): 191-212.■. "Tributo ao Historiador dos Historiadores. Memorias de A.H.de Oliveira Marques (1933-2007)," Historia XXIX, 95, III series (March 2007), 18-22.■ Wiarda, Howard J. Transcending Corporatism? The Portuguese Corporative System and the Revolution of 1974. Columbia: Institute of International Studies, University of South Carolina, 1976.■. The Transition to Democracy in Spain and Portugal. Washington, D.C.: American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research, 1989. Wise, Audrey. Eyewitness in Revolutionary Portugal. With a Preface by Judith Hart, MP. London: Spokesman, 1975.■ PHYSICAL FEATURES: GEOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY, FAUNA, AND FLORA■ Birot, Pierre. Le Portugal: Étude de géographie régionale. Paris, 1950.■ Embleton, Clifford. Geomorphology of Europe. London: Macmillan, 1984.■ Girão, Aristides de Amorim. Divisão regional, divisão agrícola e divisão administrativa. Coimbra, 1932.■. Condições geográficos e históricas de autonomia política de Portugal. Coimbra, 1935.■. Atlas de Portugal, 2nd ed. Coimbra, 1958.■ Ribeiro, Orlando. Portugal, O Mediterrâneo e o Altântico. Coimbra, 1945 and later eds.■. Portugal. Volume V of Geografia de Espana y Portugal. Barcelona, 1955.■. Ensaios de Geografia Humana e regio nal. Lisbon, 1970.■. A geografia e a divisão regional do país. Lisbon, 1970.■ Stanislawski, Dan. The Individuality of Portugal. Austin: The University of Texas Press, 1959.■. Portugal's Other Kingdom: The Algarve. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1963.■ Taylor, Albert William. Wild Flowers of Spain and Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1972.■ Way, Ruth, and Margaret Simmons. A Geography of Spain and Portugal. London: Methuen, 1962.■ ARCHAEOLOGY AND PREHISTORY■ "Actas do Colóquio Inter-Universitário do Noroeste Peninsular (Porto-Baião, 1988), vol. II, Proto-História, romanização e Idade Média." In Trabalhos de antropologia e etnologia. 28, 3-4 (1988).■ Alarcão, Jorge de, ed. "Do Paleolítico va arte visigótica." Vol. 1, História da■ Arte em Portugal. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.■. Roman Portugal, 3 vols. Warminister, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.■. Portugal Das Orígens A Romanização. Vol. I. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon: Presença, 1990. Anderson, James M., and M. S. Lea. Portugal 1001 Sights: An Archaeological and Historical Guide. Calgary, Alberta: University of Calgary and Robert Hale, 1994.■ Balmuth, Miriam S., Antonio Gilman, and Lourdes Prados-Torreira, eds. Encounters and Transformations: The Archaeology of Iberia in Transition. Monographs in Mediterranean Archaeology, no. 7. Sheffield, U.K.: Sheffield Academic Press, 1997.■ Beirão, C. M. M. Une civilization protohistorique du Sud au Portugal ( 1er Age du Fer). Paris: D. Boccard, 1986.■ Cardoso, João Luís, Santinho A. Cunha, and Delberto Aguiar. O Homem Pre-Histórico no Concelho de Oeiras. Oeiras, Portugal: Estudos Arquelógicos de Oeiras, 1991.■ Harrison, Richard J. The Bell Beaker Cultures of Spain and Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1977.■ Mangas, Júlio, ed. Hispania epigraphica. Madrid, 1989.■ Maloney, Stephanie J. "The Villa of Toerre de Palma, Portugal: Archaeology and Preservation." Portuguese Studies Review VIII, 1 (Fall-Winter, 1999-2000): 14-28.■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. London, 1968.■ Silva, A. C. F. A cultura castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Paços de Ferreira:■ Museu da Citânia de Sanfins, 1986. Straus, L. G. Iberia before the Iberians. Albuquerque, N.M., 1992.■ FOREIGN TRAVELERS AND RESIDENTS' ACCOUNTS■ Andersen, Hans Christian. A Visit to Portugal 1866. London: Peter Owen, 1972.■ Beckford, William. Italy, with Sketches of Spain and Portugal. Paris: Baudry's European Library, 1834.■ Boyd Alexander, ed. London: Hart-Davies, 1954.■. Recollections of an Excursion to the Monasteries of Alcoboca and Batalha. Fontwell, U.K.: Centaur Press, 1972.■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. In Portugal. London: Bodley Head, 1912.■ Borrow, George. The Bible in Spain, 2 vols. London: Constable, 1923 ed.■ Chaves, Castelo Branco. Os livros de viagens em Portugal no século XVIII e a sua projecção europeia. Lisbon, 1977.■ Costigan, Arthur William. Sketches of Society and Manners in Portugal. London: T. Vernon, 1787.■ Crawfurd, Oswald. Portugal Old and New. London: Kegan, Paul, 1880.■. Round the Calendar in Portugal. London: Chapman & Hall, 1890.■ Darymple, William. Travels through Spain and Portugal in 1774. London: J. Almon, 1777.■ Dumouriez, Charles Francois Duperrier. An Account of Portugal as It Appeared in 1766. London: C. Law, 1797.■ Fielding, Henry. Jonathan Wild and the Journal of a Voyage to Lisbon. London: J. M. Dent, 1932.■ Fullerton, Alice. To Portugal for Pleasure. London: Grafton, 1945.■ Gibbons, John. I Gathered No Moss. London: Robert Hale, 1939.■ Gordon, Jan, and Cora Gordon. Portuguese Somersault. London: Harrap, 1934.■ Hewitt, Richard. A Cottage in Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1996.■ Huggett, Frank. South of Lisbon: Winter Travels in Southern Portugal. London: Gollancz, 1960.■ Hume, Martin. Through Portugal. London: Richards, 1907.■ Hyland, Paul. Backwards Out of the Big World: A Voyage into Portugal. Hammersmith, U.K.: HarperCollins, 1996.■ Jackson, Catherine Charlotte, Lady. Fair Lusitania. London: Bentley, 1874.■ Kelly, Marie Node. This Delicious Land Portugal. London: Hutchinson, 1956.■ Kempner, Mary Jean. Invitation to Portugal. New York: Athenaeum, 1969.■ Kingston, William H. G. Lusitanian Sketches of the Pen and Pencil. 2 vol. London: Parker, 1845.■ Landmann, George. Historical, Military and Picturesque Observations on Portugal. 2 vol. London: Cadell and Davies, 1818.■ Latouche, John [Pseudonym of Oswald Crawfurd]. Travels in Portugal. London: Ward, Lock & Taylor, ca. 1874.■ Link, Henry Frederick. Travels in Portugal and France and Spain. London: Longman & Rees, 1801.■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.■. They Went to Portugal, Too. Manchester: Carcanet Books, 1990.■ Merle, Iris. Portuguese Panorama. London: Ouzel, 1958.■ Murphy, J. C. Travels in Portugal. London: 1795.■ Proper, Datus C. The Last Old Place: A Search through Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1992.■ Quillinan, Dorothy [Wordsworth]. Journal of a Few Months in Portugal with Glimpses of the South of Spain. 2 vol. London: Moxon, 1847. Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1954. Smith, Karine R. Until Tomorrow: Azores and Portugal. Snohomish, Wash.: Snohomish Publishing, 1978. Southey, Robert. Journals of a Residence in Portugal, 1800-1801 and a Visit to France, 1838. London and New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1912. Thomas, Gordon Kent. Lord Byron's Iberian Pilgrimage. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983. Twiss, Richard. Travels through Portugal and Spain in 1772-1773. London, 1775.■ Watson, Gilbert. Sunshine and Sentiment in Portugal. London: Arnold, 1904. Wheeler, Douglas L. "A[n American] Fulbrighter in Lisbon, Portugal, 196162." Portuguese Studies Review 1 (1991): 9-16.■ PORTUGUESE CARTOGRAPHY, DISCOVERIES, AND NAVIGATION■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Curso de História de Naútica. Coimbra, 1972.■. Introdução a história dos descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Mem Martins, 1983.■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon: Alfa, 1983.■. Portuguese Books on Nautical Science from Pedro Nunes to 1650. Lisbon, 1984.■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1985.■ Boorstin, Daniel. The Discoverers. New York: Random House, 1983. Boxer, C. R. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire, 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.■ Brazão, Eduardo. La découverte de Terre-Neuve. Montreal: Les Presses de l'Université, 1964.■. "Les Corte-Real et le Nouveau Monde." Revue d'histoire d'Amérique Française 19, 1 (1965): 335-49. Cortesão, Armando, and Avelino Teixeira de Mota. Cartografia Portuguesa Antiga. Lisbon, 1960.■. Portugalia Monumenta Cartográfica, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.■. História da Cartografia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1969-70.■ Cortesão, Jaime. L'expansion des portugais dans l'historie de la civilisation. Brussels, 1930.■. Os descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. V. Magalhães Godinho and Joel Serrão, eds. Lisbon, 1960.■. A expansão dos Portugueses no período henriquinho. Lisbon, 1965.■. Descobrimentos precolombanos dos portugueses. Lisbon, 1966.■ Costa, Abel Fontoura da. A Marinharia dos Descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1960.■ Costa Brochado, Idalino F. Descobrimento do Atlântico. Lisbon, 1958. English ed., 1959-60.■ Coutinho, Admiral Gago. A naútica dos descobrimentos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1951-52.■ Crone, G. R. Maps and Their Makers. New York: Capricorn Books, 1966.■ Dias, José S. da Silva. Os descobrimentos e a problemática cultural do Século XVI, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1982.■ Disney, Anthony, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães, ed. Documentos sobre a expansão portuguesa [ to 1460], 3 vols. Lisbon, 1945-54.■ Guedes, Max, and Gerald Lombardi, eds. Portugal. Brazil: The Age of Atlantic Discoveries. Lisbon: Bertrand; Milan: Ricci; Brazilian Culture Foundation, 1990. [Catalogue of New York Public Library Exhibit, Summer 1990]■ Harley, J. B., and David Woodward. The History of Cartography. Volume 1: Cartography in Prehistoric, Ancient and Medieval Europe and Mediterranean. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1987.■ Leite, Duarte. História dos Descobrimentos: Colectânea de esparsos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1958-61.■ Ley, Charles. Portuguese Voyages, 1498-1663. London: Dent, 1953.■ Marques, J. Martins da Silva. Descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1944-71.■ Martyn, John R. C., ed. Pedro Nunes ( 1502-1578): His Lost Algebra and Other Discoveries. John R. C. Martyn, trans. New York: Peter Lang, 1996.■ Morison, Samuel Eliot. The European Discovery of America: The Northern Voyages, A. D. 500-1600. New York: Oxford University Press, 1971.■. Portuguese Voyages to America in the Fifteenth Century. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1974.■ Mota, Avelino Teixeira da. Mar, Além-Mar-Estudos e Ensaios de História e Geografia. Lisbon, 1972.■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Vida e Obra do Infante D. Henrique. Lisbon, 1959.■ Parry, J. H. The Discovery of the Sea. New York: Dial, 1974.■ Penrose, Boies. Travel and Discovery in the Renaissance, 1420-1620. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1952.■ Peres, Damião. História dos Descobrimentos Portugueses. Oporto, 1943.■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London, 1933; New York: Barnes & Noble, 1967.■ Rogers, Francis M. Precision Astrolabe: Portuguese Navigators and Transoceanic Aviation. Lisbon, 1971.■ Seary, E. R. "The Portuguese Element in the Place Names of Newfoundland." In Luís Albuquerque, ed., Vice-Almirante A. Teixeira da Mota: In Memo-riam. Vol. II, 359-64. Lisbon: Academia da Marinha, 1989.■ Subrahmanyam, Sanjay. The Career and Legend of Vasco Da Gama. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997.■ Velho, Alvaro. Roteiro ( Navigator's Route) da Primeira Viagem de Vasco da Gama ( 1497-1499). Lisbon, 1960.■ Winius, George, ed. Portugal, the Pathfinder: Journeys from the Medieval toward the Modern World 1300-ca. 1600. Madison, Wisc.: Hispanic Seminary of Medieval Studies, 1995.■ PORTUGAL AND HER OVERSEAS EMPIRES (1415-1975)■ Abshire, David M., and Michael A. Samuels, eds. Portuguese Africa: A Handbook. New York: Praeger, 1969.■ Afonso, Aniceto, and Carlos de Matos Gomes. Guerra Colonial. Lisbon: Noticias, 2001.■ Albuquerque, J. Moushino de. Moçambique. Lisbon, 1898.■ Alden, Dauril. The Making of an Enterprise: The Society of Jesus in Portugal, Its Empire & Beyond. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1995.■ Alexandre, Valentim. Orígens do Colonialismo Português Moderno ( 18221891). Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1979.■, and Jill Dias, eds. "O Império Africano 1825-1890. Volume X." In J.■ Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1998.■ Ames, Glen J. "The Carreira da India, 1668-1682: Maritime Enterprise and the Quest for Stability in Portugal's Asian Empire." Journal of European Economic History 20, 1 (1991): 7-28.■. Renascent Empire? The House of Braganza and the Quest for Stability in Portuguese Monsoon Asia, ca. 1640-1683. Amsterdam: Amsterdam Univ.Press, 2000.■. Vasco da Gama. Renaissance Crusader. New York: Pearson/Longman, 2005.■ Antunes, José Freire. O Império com Pés de Barro: Colonizaçao e Descolonização: As Ideologias em Portugal. Lisbon: D. Quixote, 1980.■. O Factor Africano 1890-1990. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1990.■. A Guerra De Africa 1961-1974, 2 vols. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995-96.■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto 1919-1982. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.■ Axelson, Eric A. South-East Africa, 1488-1530. London: Longmans, 1940.■. "Prince Henry and the Discovery of the Sea Route to India." Geographical Journal (U.K.) 127, 2 (June 1961): 145-58.■. Portugal and the Scramble for Africa, 1875-1891. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1967.■. Portuguese in South-East Africa, 1488-1699. Cape Town: Struik, 1973.■. Congo to Cape: Early Portuguese Explorers. New York: Harper & Row, 1974.■ Azevedo, Mário. Historical Dictionary of Mozambique, 2nd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2003.■ Baião, António, Hernãni Cidade, and Manuel Murias, eds. História da Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 4 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40.■ Bender, Gerald J. "The Limits of Counterinsurgency [in the Angolan War, 1961-72]." Comparative Politics (1972): 331-60.■. Angola under the Portuguese: The Myth Versus Reality. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1978.■ Bhíla, H. H. K. Trade and Politics in a Shona Kingdom: The Manyika and Their Portuguese and African Neighbours, 1875-1902. Harlow, U.K.: Longman, 1990.■ Birmingham, David. The Portuguese Conquest of Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1965.■. Trade and Conflict in Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1966.■. Frontline Nationalism in Angola & Mozambique. London: James Currey, 1992.■. Portugal and Africa. New York: St. Martins, 1999.■ Bottineau, Yves. Le Portugal Et Sa Vocation Maritime. Paris: Boccard, 1977. Boxer, C. R. Fidalgos in the Far East— Fact and Fancy in the History of Macau. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1948. ———. The Christian Century in Japan. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1951.■ ———. Salvador de Sá and the Struggle for Brazil and Angola, 1602-1688. London, 1952.■ ———. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.■ ———. The Golden Age of Brazil, 1695-1750. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1962.■ ———. Race Relations in the Portuguese Colonial Empire, 1415-1825. Oxford:■ Clarendon Press, 1963. ———. Portuguese Society in the Tropics. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1965.■ ———. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchi nson, 1969.■ ———, and Carlos de Azevedo, eds. Fort Jesus and the Portuguese in Mombasa. London: Hollis and Carter, 1960.■ Broadhead, Susan H. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 2nd ed. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1992.■ Burton, Richard. Goa and the Blue Mountains. London: Bentley, 1851.■ Cabral, Luís. Crónica da Libertação. Lisbon, 1984.■ Caetano, Marcello. Colonizing Traditions, Principles and Methods of the Portuguese. Lisbon, 1951.■ ———. Portugal E A Internacionalização Dos Problemas Africanos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1965.■ Cann, John P. Counterinsurgency in Africa: The Portuguese Way of War, 1961-1974. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1997. Castelo, Claudia. " O modo portugues de estar no mundo." O luso-tropicalismo e a ideologia colonial portuguesa ( 1931-1961). Oporto: Afrontamento, 1998. Castro, Armando. O Sistema Colonial Português em Africa ( meados do Século XX). Lisbon, 1978.■ Chaliand, Gerard. "The Independence of Guinea-Bissau and the Heritage of [Amilcar] Cabral." In Revolution in the Third World. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1978.■ Chilcote, Ronald H. Portuguese Africa. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1967.■ Clarence-Smith, Gervase. Slaves, Peasants and Capitalists in Southern Angola 1840-1926. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1979.■ ———. The Third Portuguese Empire 1825-1975: A Study in Economic Imperialism. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1985.■ Coates, Timothy J. Convicts and Orphans: Forced and State-Sponsored Colonizers in the Portuguese Empire, 1550-1720. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 2001.■ Davies, Shann. Macau. Singapore: Times Editions, 1986.■ Dias, C. Malheiro, ed. História da colonização portuguesa no Brasil, 3 vols. Oporto, 1921-24.■ Diffie, Bailey W., and George Winius. Foundations of the Portuguese Empire, 1415-1580. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1977.■ Disney, Anthony R. Twilight of the Pepper Empire: Portuguese Trade in Southwest India in the Early Seventeenth Century. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1978.■ ———, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.■ Duffy, James. Shipwreck and Empire: Being an Account of Portuguese Maritime Disaster in a Century of Decline. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1955.■ ———. Portuguese Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1959. ———. Portugal in Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1962.■. "The Portuguese Territories." In Colin Legum, ed., Africa: A Handbook to the Continent. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1967. ———. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1967. Felgas, Hélio. História do Congo Português. Carmona, Angola, 1958. ———. Guerra em Angola. Lisbon, 1961.■ Galvão, Henrique, and Carlos Selvagam. O Império Ultramarino Português, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953.■ Gleijeses, Piero. Conflicting Missions: Havana, Washington and Africa, 19591976. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2002.■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. "Portugal and Her Empire." In The New Cambridge Modern History. Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1963): 509-TO.■ Grenfell, F. James. História da Igreja Baptista em Angola, 1879-1975. Queluz, Portugal: Núcleo, 1998.■ Hammond, Richard J. "Economic Imperialism: Sidelights on a Stereotype." Journal of Economic History XXI, 4 (1961): 582-98.■ ———. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.■ Hanson, Carl. Portugal and the Wider World 1147-1497. New Orleans, La.: University Press of the South, 2001.■ Harris, Marvin. Portugal's African Wards. New York: American Committee on Africa, 1957.■ ———. "Portugal's Contribution to the Underdevelopment of Africa and Brazil." In Ronald H. Chilcote, ed., Protest & Resistance in Angola & Brazil: Comparative Studies, 209-23. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1972.■ Henderson, Lawrence W. Angola: Five Centuries of Conflict. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1979. ———. A Igreja Em Angola. Lisbon: Edit. Além-Mar, 1990. Heywood, Linda. Contested Power in Angola 1840s to the Present. Rochester, N.Y.: University of Rochester Press, 2000.■ Hilton, Anne. The Kingdom of Kongo. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1985.■ Hower, Alfred, and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds. Empire in Transition: The Portuguese World in the Time of Camões. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1985.■ Isaacman, Allen. "The Prazos da Coroa 1752-1830: A Functional Analysis of the Political System." STUDIA (Lisbon) 26 (1969): 149-78.■. Mozambique: The Africanization of a European Institution: The Zambezi Prazos, 1750-1902. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1972.■ ———. The Tradition of Resistance in Mozambique: Anti-Colonial Activity in the Zambesi Valley 1850-1921. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1976.■ James, Martin. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2004.■ Jardim, Jorge. Sanctions Double-Cross: Oil to Rhodesia. Lisbon, 1978. Johnson, Harold, and Maria Beatriz Nizza da Silva. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1500-1620. Volume VI. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992. Joliffe, Jill. East Timor: Nationalism & Colonialism. University of Queensland Press, 1978.■ Kea, Ray A. Settlements, Trade and Politics in the Seventeenth Century Gold Coast. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1982.■ Kohen, Arnold. From the Place of the Dead. The Epic Struggles of Bishop Belo of East Timor. New York: St Martins, 1999.■ Livingstone, Charles, and David Livingstone. Narrative of an Expedition to the Zambezi and Its Tributaries. New York: 1866.■ Livingstone, David. Missionary Travels and Researches in South Africa. London, 1857.■ Lobban, Richard, and Joshua Forrest. Historical Dictionary of the Republic of Guinea-Bissau, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1996. Lobban, Richard, and Marilyn Halter. Historical Dictionary of Cape Verde, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1993. Martino, Antonio M. Joao de Azevedo Coutinho. Marinheiro e soldado de Portugal. Lisbon: Colibri, 2002. Martins, Rocha. História das Colónias Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1933. Marvaud, Angel. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1912. Mason, Philip, ed. Angola: A Symposium; Views of a Revolt. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1961. Melo, João de, ed. Os Anos Da Guerra 1961-1975: Os Portugueses em Africa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1988. Miller, Joseph C. Way of Death: Merchant Capitalism and the Angolan Slave Trade, 1730-1830. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1988.■ Ministry of Foreign Affairs. Portugal. Vinte Anos de Defesa do Estado Português de India. Lisbon, 1967.■. Portugal Replies in the United Nations. Lisbon, 1970.■ Mondlane, Eduardo. The Struggle for Mozambique. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1969.■ Moreira, Adriano. Política Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1956.■. Portugal's Stand in Africa. New York: University Publishers, 1962.■, and Jose Carlos Venancio. Eds. Luso-Tropicalismo. Uma Teoria Social em Questao. Lisbon: Vega, 2000.■ Múrias, Manuel, ed. História da expansão portuguesa no mundo, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1937-42.■. Short History of Portuguese Colonization. Lisbon, 1940.■ Newitt, Malyn. Portuguese Settlement on the Zambesi: Exploration, Land Tenure and Colonial Rule in East Africa. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1973.■. Portugal in Africa: The Last Hundred Years. London: Longmans, 1981.■. A History of Mozambique. London: Hurst, 1995.■. A History ofPortuguese Overseas Expansion, 1400-1668. London: Routledge, 2005.■. História De Portugal. 1933-1974: II Suplemento. Oporto, 1981.■. Salazar. Vol. V: A Resistência ( 1958-1964). Oporto, 1981.■ Nowell, Charles E. "Portugal and the Partition of Africa." Journal of Modern History XIX, 1 (1947): 1-17.■ Nunes, Antonio Lopes Pires. Angola 1961. Da Baixa do Cassange a Nambu-angongo. Lisbon: Prefacio, 2005.■ Okuma, Thomas. Angola in Ferment: The Background and Prospects of Angolan Nationalism. Boston: Beacon, 1962.■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wise.: Bruce, 1957.■ Pélissier, René. Les Guerres Grises: Resistance Et Revoltes en Angola ( 18451941). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1977.■. Naissance Du Mozambique: Tome 1, Tome 2, Resistance Et Revoltes Anticoloniales ( 1854-1981), 2 vols. Orgeval: Pélissier, 1984.■. História de Moçambique. Vol. II. Lisbon, 1988.■. Naissance de la Guinée: Portugais et Africains en Senegambie ( 1841-1936). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1989.■ Pires, Adelino Serras, and Fiona Claire Capstick. The Winds of Havoc: A Memoir of Adventure and Destruction in Deepest Africa. New York: St. Martin's, 2001.■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.■ Ranger, T. [Terence] O. "Revolt in Portuguese East Africa: The Makombe Rising of 1917." St. Anthony's Papers. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 15 (1963).■ Remy. Goa, Rome of the Orient. Trans. from the French by Lancelot Sheppard. London, 1957.■ Ribeiro, General Goncalves. A Vertigem da Descolonizacao. Da Agonia do Exodo a Cidadania Plena. Lisbon: Inquerito, 2002. Ricard, Robert. Etudes sur l'Histoire des Portugais au Maroc. Coimbra, 1955.■ Richards, J. M. Goa. London: Hurst, 1982.■ Rodney, Walter. A History of the Upper Guinea Coast, 1545-1800. New York: Oxford University Press, 1970. Rodrigues, José Honório. Africa e Brasil: Outro Horizonte. Rio de Janeiro, 1961.■ Rogers, Francis M. "Valentim Fernandes, Rodrigo de Santaella, and the Recognition of the Antilles as "Opposite India." Boletim da Sociedade de Geografia de Lisboa series 75 (July-September 1957): 279-309.■. The Obedience of a King of Portugal. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1958.■. The Quest for Eastern Christians: Travels and Rumors in the Age of Discovery. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1962.■ Russell-Wood, A. J. Fidalgos and Philanthropists: The Santa Casa da Mi-sericordia of Bahia, 1550-1755. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1968.■. "Colonial Brazil." In David W. Cohen and Jack Greene, eds., Neither Slave nor Free, 84-133. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1972.■. "Local Government in Portuguese America: A Study in Cultural Divergence." Comparative Studies in Society and History 16 (1974): 187-231.■. From Colony to Nation: Essays on the Independence of Brazil. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1975.■. World on the Move: The Portuguese in Africa, Asia & America, 1415-1808. New York: St. Martins, 1993.■ Salazar, António de Oliveira. Goa and the Indian Union. Lisbon, 1954.■. "Portugal, Goa and the Indian Union." Foreign Affairs (New York) 34, 3 (April, 1956): 418-31.■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs (London) XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.■ Saldanha, C. F. A Short History of Goa. Goa, 1957.■ Sanceau, Elaine. Indies Adventure: The Amazing Career of Afonso de Albuquerque. London: Blackie, 1936.■. Portugal in Quest of Prester John. London: Hutchinson, 1943.■. The Land of Prester John. New York: Knopf, 1944.■. Henry the Navigator. New York: Norton, 1947.■. The Perfect Prince: Dom João II. Oporto, 1959.■. Good Hope, the Voyage of Vasco da Gama. Lisbon, 1967.■. Knight of the Renaissance: A Biography of Dom João de Castro. London: Hutchinson, n.d.■ Schubert, Benedict. A Guerra e as Igrejas: Angola, 1961-1991. Basel, Switzerland: Schlettwein, 2000 [orig. ed. in German, Lucerne, Exodus Pub., 1997].■ Schwartz, Stuart G. Sovereignty and Society in Colonial Brazil. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1973.■ Serra, Carlos, ed. História de Moçambique, 2 vols. Maputo, Mozambique: Tempo, 1982-83.■ Silva, Botelho da, ed. and comp. " Dossier" Goa. ( General Manuel) Vassalo e Silva. A Recusa do Sacrifício Inútil. Lisbon, 1975.■ Silva, Maria Beatriz Nizza da, ed. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1750-1822. Volume VIII. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1986.■ Silva Cunha J. M. da. Questões Ultramarinos e Internacionais. Lisbon, 1960.■ Silva Rego, A. da. História das missões do padroado português do Oriente: India ( 1500-1542). 1 vol. Lisbon, 1949.■. Portuguese Colonization in the Sixteenth Century: A Study of Royal Ordinances. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1957.■. O Ultramar Português No Século XIX ( 1834-1910). Lisbon, 1966.■ Sousa Dias, Gastão. Os Portugueses em Angola. Lisbon, 1959.■ Sykes, John. Portugal and Africa: The People and the War. London: Hutchinson, 1971.■ Telo, António José. Lourenço Marques na Política Externa Portuguesa. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1991.■. Economia E Império No Portugal Contemporânea. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.■. Os Açores e o Controlo do Atlântico. Lisbon: Asa, 1993.■ Vail, Leroy, and Landeg White. Capitalism and Colonialism in Mozambique: A Study of Quelimane District. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1980.■ Veen, Ernst van. Defeat or Decay? An Inquiry into the Portuguese Decline in Asia 1580-1645. Leiden: University of Leiden, 2000.■ Verlinden, Charles. "Italian Influence on Iberian Colonization." Hispanic American Historical Review 33 (1953): 99-211.■. The Beginnings of Modern Colonization. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1970.■ Vogel, Charles. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1860.■ Vogt, John. Portuguese Rule on the Gold Coast 1469-1682. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1979.■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola. 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, Boston University, Department of History, 1963.■. "Anti-Imperialism Traditions in Portugal, Yesterday and Today." Boston University Graduate Journal XII, 2 (Spring 1964): 125-37.■. 'The Portuguese and Mozambique: The Past against the Future." In John A. Davis and James K. Baker, eds., Southern Africa in Transition. 180-96. New York: Praeger, 1966.■. "Gungunhana." In Norman R. Bennett, ed., Leadership in Eastern Africa, Six Political Biographies, 165-220. Boston: Boston University Press, 1968.■. "Gungunyane the Negotiator." Journal of African History IX, 4 (1968): 585-602.■. "Nineteenth-Century African Protest in Angola: Prince Nicolas of Kongo (1830?-1860)." African Historical Studies (Boston) I (1968): 40-59.■. "The Portuguese Army in Angola." Journal of Modern African Studies (Cambridge U.K.), 7, 3 (Oct. 1969): 425-39.■. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.■. "Portugal in Angola: A Living Colonialism?" In C. Potholm and R. Dale, eds., Southern Africa in Perspective, 172-82. New York: Free Press, 1972.■. "The First Portuguese Colonial Movement, 1835-1875." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) I, 1 (Spring 1975): 25-27.■. "Rebels and Rebellions in Angola, 1672-1892." In Mark Karp, ed., African Dimensions: Essays in Honor of William O. Brown, 81-93. Boston: Boston University Press, 1975.■. "African Elements in Portugal's Armies in Africa (1961-1974)." Armed Forces and Society (Chicago) 2, 2 (Feb. 1976): 233-50.■. "Portuguese Colonial Governors in Africa, 1870-1974." In L. H. Gann and Peter Duignan, eds., African Proconsuls: European Governors in Africa, 415-26. New York: Free Press, 1978; and "J. Mousinho de Albuquerque (1855-1902)" and "J. Norton de Matos (1867-1955)": 427-44; 445-63.■. "The Portuguese Withdrawal from Africa, 1974-1975; The Angolan Case." In John Seiler, ed., Southern Africa Since the Portuguese Coup, 3-21. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1980.■. "The Portuguese Exploration Expeditions and Expansion in Angola, 1877-1883." In Academia de Marinha and Instituto de Investigação Científica Tropical, eds., Vice Almirante A. Teixeira Da Mota: In Memoriam. Volume I, 267-76. Lisbon, 1987.■. "'Aqui é Portugal!': The Politics of the Colonial Idea during the Estado Novo, 1926-1974." In Pavilhão de Portugal, EXPO'98 and Instituto de História Contemporânea, eds., Portugal No Transição Do Milênio: Colóquio Internacional, 375-105. Lisbon: Fim de Século, 1998.■. The Empire Time Forgot: Writing a History of the Portuguese Overseas Empire, 1808-1975. Oporto: Universidade Fernando Pessoa, 1998.■. "Filho Do Porto, Filho Do Império: Antônio Francisco Da Silva Porto (1817-1890) and the Politics of Motivation in Portugal's First and Second Scrambles for Africa (1836-1861; 1875-1891)." Revista da UFP [Universidade Fernando Pessoa] 4 (Dec. 1999): 225-54.■. "'Mais leis do que mosquitos': A Primeira República Portuguesa e o Império Ultramarino (1910-1926)." In Nuno Severiano Teixeira and Antó-nio Costa Pinto, eds., A Primeira República Portuguesa Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo, 133-68. Lisbon: University Nova de Lisboa, 2000.■. "Spiritual Peoples at Odds: Portugal, India and the Goa Question, 1947-61." In Anthony Disney and Emily Booth, eds., Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia, 452-70. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.■. "Portugal, Africa and the future." In Stewart Lloyd-Jones and Antonio Costa Pinto, eds., The Last Empire: Thirty Years of Portuguese Decolonization, 113-25. Bristol, U.K.: Intellect, 2003.■. "The Forced Labor 'System' in Angola, 1903-1947: Reassessing Origins and Persistence in the Context of Colonial Consolidation, Economic Growth and Reform Failures." In CEAUP, Centro de Estudos Africanos da Universidade do Porto, ed., Trabalho forcado africano-experiencias coloniais comparadas, 367-393. Oporto: CEAUP, 2006.■. "As Raizes Do Nacionalismo Angolano: Publicacoes De Protesto Dos Assimilados, 1870-1940." In Nuno Vidal and Justino Pinto De Andrade, eds., O Processo De Transicao Para O Multipartidarismo Em Angola, 73-92. Lisbon: Ed. Firmamento, 2006.■, and René Pélissier. Angola. London: Pall Mall and New York: Praeger, 1971; reprinted, Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977; Portuguese lang. edition, Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2009. Whiteway, R. W. The Rise of the Portuguese Power in India, 1497-1550. London: Constable, 1899.■ Winius, George D. The Fatal History of Portuguese Ceylon: Transition to Dutch Rule. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1971.■. "The Portuguese Asian 'Decadência' Revisited." In Alfred Hower and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds., Empire in Transition, 106-17. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1980.■. The Black Legend of Portuguese India. New Delhi: New Concept, 1985.■ Alves, Marcial. Os Portugueses no Mundo. Lisbon, 1983.■ Anderson, Grace M., and David Higgs, eds. A Future to Inherit: Portuguese Communities in Canada. Toronto: McClelland and Stewart, 1976. Arroteia, Jorge Carvalho. A emigração Portuguesa-suas origens e distribuição. Lisbon, 1983.■ Brettell, Caroline B. "Nineteenth- and Twentieth-Century Portuguese Emigration: A Bibliography." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 3 (Fall-Winter, 1977-78).■. "Emigrar Para Voltar: A Portuguese Ideology of Return Migration." Papers in Anthropology 20 (1979): 1-20.■. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman Publishing Co., 1982.■. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.■ Carvalho, Eduardo de. Os portugueses na Nova Inglaterra. Rio de Janeiro, 1931.■ Caspari, Andrea. "The Return Orientation among Portuguese Migrants in France." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 193-203. Lisbon, 1985.■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone, ed. Portugueses na América do Norte. Baden: Peregrinação, 1983.■ Fagundes, Francisco Cota. Hard Knocks: An Azorean-American Odyssey.■ [Memoir]. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000. Felix, John Henry, and Peter F. Senecal. The Portuguese in Hawaii. Honolulu, Hawaii: Authors' edition, 1978. Fernandes, Ferreira. Os Primos da América. Lisbon: Relógio D'Agua, 1991. Ferreira, Eduardo de Sousa. As orígens e formas de emigração. Lisbon, 1976. Freitas, J. F. Portuguese-American Memories. Honolulu, Hawaii, 1930.■ Giles, Wenona. "Motherhood and Wage Labour in London, England: Portuguese Migrant Women and the Politics of Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. University of Toronto, 1987.■ Higgs, David, ed. Portuguese Migration in Global Perspective. Ontario: Multicultural Historical Society of Ontario, 1990.■ Klimt, Andrea. "Portuguese Migrants in Germany: Class, Ethnicity and Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Stanford University, 1987.■ Lavigne, Gules. Les ethniques et la ville: L'aventure des immigrants portugais à Montreal. Montreal: Preamble, 1987.■ Leder, Hans Howard. Cultural Persistence in a Portuguese-American Community. New York: Arno Press, 1980.■ Lewis, J. R., and A. M. Williams. "Emigrants and Retornados: A Comparative Analysis of the Economic Impact of Return Migration in the Região Centro." In E. D. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 227-50. Lisbon, 1985.■ McCabe, Marsha L., and Joseph D. Thomas, eds. Portuguese Spinner: An American Story; Stories of History, Culture and Life from Portuguese Americans in Southeastern New England. New Bedford, Mass.: Spinner, 1998.■ Marques, D., and J. Medeiros. Portuguese Immigrants: 25 Years in Canada. Toronto: West End YMCA, 1989.■ Martins, J. Oliveira. Fomento Rural e emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1956.■ Mira, Manuel. The Forgotten Portuguese: The Melungeons and Other Groups; The Portuguese Making of America. Franklin, N.C.: Portuguese-American Historical Research Foundation, 1998.■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal." Economia e Sociedade (Lisbon) 23 (1977): 31-50.■ Nunes, Maria Luisa. A Portuguese Colonial in America: Belmira Nunes Lopes; The Autobiography of a Cape Verdean-American. Pittsburgh, Penn.: Latin American Literary Review Press, 1982.■ Oliver, Lawrence. Never Backward: The Autobiography of Lawrence Oliver; A Portuguese-American. San Diego, 1972.■ Pap, Leo. The Portuguese-Americans. Boston: Twayne, 1981.■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. A Política Portuguesa de Emigraçao, 1850 a 1930. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.■ Pereira da Rosa, Victor M., and Salvato V. Trigo. "Elementos para uma Caracterização da Família Imigrante Portuguesa na Africa do Sul." Economia e Sociologia 41 (1986): 61-71.■. Azorean Emigration: A Preliminary Overview. Oporto: Fernando Pessoa University, 1994.■. Portugueses e Moçambicanos no Apartheid: Da Ficção à Realidade. Lisbon, 1986.■ Purves, James. "Portuguese in Bermuda." Bermuda Historical Quarterly 3 (1946): 133-42.■ Ribeiro, F. G. Cassola. Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1986.■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da. "La Sociologie des Migrations au Portugal." Current Sociology 32, 2 (Summer 1984): 175-98.■. "Towards Reintegration of Emigrants." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and Guy Clausse, eds., Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal, 183-94. Saarbrücken: Breitenbach, 1985.■. "Emigração." In Dicionario Illustrado Da História De Portugal ( 1985): 205-7.■. A Emigração. Lisbon, 1986.■. "Espaços de herança cultural portuguesa-gentes, factos, políticas." Analise Social (Lisbon) XXIV (1988): 313-51.■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da, and Jorge Arroteia. Bibliografia da Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1984.■ Rogers, Francis M. Americans of Portuguese Descent: A Lesson in Differentiation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1974.■. Testemunhos sobre a Emigração Portuguesa: Antologia. Lisbon, 1976.■ Silva, F. Emídio da. A Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1917.■ Silva, Manuela, et al. Retorno, Emigração e Desenvolvimento Regional em Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.■ Simões, Mário Pinto. O Emigrante Português: Processos de Adaptação ( o exemplo da Suiça). Oporto, 1985.■ Simões, Nuno. O Brasil e a Emigração Portuguesa. Coimbra, 1934.■ Sousa Ferreira, Eduardo de, and Guy Clausse, eds. Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal. Saarbrucken: Verlag Breitenbach, 1986.■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Sea to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.■ Vicente, António Luís. Os Portuguese Nos Estados Unidos Da América: Política De Comunidades E Comunidade Política. Lisbon: FLAD, 1998.■ Viera, David, et al. Portuguese in the United States: A Bibliography ( Supplement to the 1976 Leo Pap Bibliography). Essay Number 6 in Essays in Portuguese Studies. Durham, N.H.: International Conference Group on Portugal, 1989.■ Williams, Jerry. And Yet They Come: Portuguese Immigration from the Azores to the United States. New York: Center for Migration Studies, 1982.■ Portugal's Atlantic Islands (Azores, Madeiras)■ Biddle, Anthony J. Drexel. The Madeira Islands, 2 vols. London: Hurst and Blackett, 1900.■ Bryans, Robin. Madeira, Pearl of the Atlantic. London: Robert Hale, 1959.■. The Azores. London: Faber & Faber, 1963.■ Cooke, Rupert Croft. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.■ Cossart, Noel. Madeira— the Island Vineyard. London: Christie's, 1984.■ Da Silva, Fernando Augusto, and Carlos Azevedo de Menezes. Elucidário Madeirense, 3 vols. Funchal, 1940.■ Duncan, T. Bentley. Atlantic Islands in the Seventeenth Century: Madeira, the Azores and the Cape Verdes in Seventeenth-Century Commerce andNavigation. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1972.■ Guill, James H. A History of the Azores Islands. Menlo Park, Calif.: Author's Edition, 1972.■ Instituto Histórico Da Ilha Terceira [Azores]. Os Açores E O Atlântico ( Séculos XIV-XVII) [Proceedings of International Colloquium, August 1983]. Angra do Heroismo, Terceira Island, Azores, 1984.■ Koebel, William Henry. Madeira Old and New. London: Griffiths, 1909.■ Mee, Jules. Histoire de la découverte des Iles Açores. Ghent, 1901.■ Peres, Damião. A Madeira sob os donatórios-Séculos XV e XVI. Funchal, 1914.■ Rogers, Francis M. Atlantic Islanders of the Azores and Madeiras. North Quincy, Mass.: Christopher House, 1979.■ Serpa, Caetano Valadão. A Gente Dos Açores. Identificaçao-Emigraçio E Religiosidade: Séculos XVI-XX. Lisbon: 1978.■ Silva, J. Donald. "With Columbus in Madeira." Portuguese Studies Review (Durham, NH) I, 1 (Spring-Summer 1991).■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Azores and the United States (1787-1987): Two Hundred Years of Shared History." Boletim do Instituto Histórico da Ilha Terceira XLV (1988): 55-71.■ Almada, José de. A Aliança Inglesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1947.■. Para a história da aliança luso-britânica. Lisbon, 1955.■ Atkinson, William C. British Contributions to Portuguese and Brazilian Studies. London: British Council, 1974.■ Bourne, Kenneth. The Foreign Policy of Victorian England 1830-1902. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1970.■ British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC). 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance. London: BBC, 1973.■ British Community Council of London. Souvenir Brochure Commemorating the 600th Anniversary of the Anglo-Portuguese Treaty of Alliance and Friendship, 1373-1973. Lisbon, 1973.■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. Portugal na Alvorada do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.■ Caetano, Marcello "Aliança Inglesa." Enciclopédia Luso-Brasileira da Cultura. Vol. 1 (1963): 1270-1271.■. "L'alliance Anglo-Portuguese: Histoire et situation actuelle." Chronique de politique etrangére (Paris) XX, 6 (1967): 695-708.■. Portugal e a Internacionalização dos Problemas Africanos. Lisbon, 1971.■ Castro, Armando. A dominação inglesa em Portugal. Estudo seguido de Antologia Textos dos Sécs. XVIII e XIX. Oporto: Afrontamento, 1972.■. "Portugal." In O. De Raeymaeker et al. Small Powers in Alignment, 27-96. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1974.■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. Portugal e Inglaterra. Corunna, 1932.■ Davidson, Basil. "The Oldest Alliance Faces a Crisis." In Philip Masonm, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 138-60. London: Oxford University Press, 1962.■ Duff, Katherine. "The War and the Neutrals." In Arnold and Veronica Toyn-bee, eds., Survey of International Affairs. London: Chatham House, 1956.■ Duffy, James. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1967.■ Epstein, John. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1373-1973." World Survey (London) 54 (June 1973): p. 18.■ Ferreira, José Medeiros. Estudos de Estratégia e Relações Internacionais. Lisbon, 1981.■ Ferreira Martins, General L. O Poder Militar Da Gran-Bretanha E A Aliança Anglo-Lusa. Coimbra, 1939.■. A Cooperaçio Anglo-Portuguesa na Grande Guerra de 1914-18. Lisbon, 1942.■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal 1691-1700. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.■. Portugal 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.■ Freitas, A. Barjona de. A Questão Ingleza. Lisbon, 1891.■ Gonçalves, Caetano. A Aliança Luso-Britânica e o Domínio Colonial Português. Lisbon, 1917.■ Guedes, Armando Marques. A Aliança Inglesa: Notas de História diplomática, 1383-1943. Lisbon, 1943. Halpern Pereira, Miriam. Revoluçio, finanças, dependência externa. Lisbon, 1979.■ Howorth, A. H. D'Araujo Scott. A Aliança Luso-Britânica E A Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 1956.■ Kay, Hugh. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.■ Lawrence, L. Nehru Seizes Goa. New York: Pageant, 1963.■ Livermore, H. V. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance: Historical Perspective." 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 7-15. Lisbon: BBC, 1973.■ Macedo, Jorge Borges de. História Diplomática Portuguesa-Constantes e Linhas de Força. Lisbon, 1987.■ Manoel, J. de Câmara. Portugal e Inglatterra. Lisbon, 1909.■ Martinez, Pedro S. História Diplomática de Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.■ Medlicott, W. N. The Economic Blockade, Vol. II. London: His Majesty's Stationery Office, 1952.■ Oliveira, Pedro Aires. Os Despojos Da Alianca. A Gra-Bretanha e a questao colonial portuguesa 1945-1975. Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2007. Ortigão, Ramalho. John Bull. Lisbon, 1887.■ Prestage, Edgar. Diplomatic Relations of Portugal with France, England and Holland from 1646 to 1668. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1925.■. Chapters in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. London: Voss & Michael, 1935.■ Russell, Peter E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955. Sarmento, J. E. Morães. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and Coast Defense. London, 1908.■ Serrão, Joel. "O Ultimatum (January 1890)." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. IV (1971): 219-24.■ Shafaat, Ahmed Khan, ed. Anglo-Portuguese Negotiations Relating to Bombay, 1660-1667. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922.■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.■ Sousa, Carlos Hermenegildo de. A Aliança Anglo-Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1943.■ Stone, Glyn A. "The Official British Attitude to the Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1910-45." Journal of Contemporary History (London) 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 729-46.■. The Oldest Ally: Britain and the Portuguese Connection, 1936-1941. Woodbridge, U.K.: Royal Historical Society and Boydell Press, 1994. Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Ultimatum Inglês: Política Externa no Portugal do 1890. Lisbon, 1990.■ Teles, Basilio. Do Ultimatum ao 30 de Janeiro. Oporto, 1905.■ Vicente, António Pedro. "Um testemunho de 1796 sobre a Situação de Portugal face ao domínio inglês." In Arquivos do Centro Cultural Portugües, IV. Paris, 1972.■ Vieira de Castro, Luís. D. Carlos I. ( Elementos de História Diplomática), 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1941.■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain, Portugal and the First World War." European Studies Review 4, 3 (1974).■. "The Portuguese Economy and the Anglo-Portuguese Commercial Treaty of 1916." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) III, 2 (Autumn 1974): 49-54.■. As Relações Políticas Luso-Britânicas 1910-1916. Lisbon, 1975.■. "The Portuguese Republic and Britain, 1910-14." Journal of Contemporary History 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 707-27.■ Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: A Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. Viriato [Pseud]. A Aliança lnglesa. Lisbon, 1914.■ Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon and Its Closing Stages Ensuring upon the Treaty of 1810. Lisbon, 1940.■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola, 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 1963.■. "19th Century: Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and the Scramble for Africa." In BBC, 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 40-43. London: BBC, 1973.■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 34, 1, 2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27; 97-111.■ Wordsworth, William. William Wordsworth's Convention of Cintra: A Facsimile of the 1809 Tract [Introduction by Gordon Kent Thomas]. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983.■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1917.■ ANTHROPOLOGY, SOCIOLOGY, RURAL AND URBAN SOCIETY■ Almeida, Miguel Vale de. The Hegemonic Male: Masculinity in a Portuguese Town. Oxford: Berghan, 1996.■ Black, Richard. Crisis and Change in Rural Europe: Agricultural Development in the Portuguese Mountains. Aldershot, U.K.: Avebury and Ashgate, 1992.■ Brettell, Caroline B. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.■. "The Absence of Men." Natural History 96, 2 (Feb. 1987): 52-61.■. "The Portuguese." In Encyclopedia of World Cultures. New Haven, Conn.: Human Relations Area Files, 1990.■. "The Priest and His People: The Contractual Basis for Religious Practice in Rural Portugal." In Ellen Badone, ed., Religious Orthodoxy and Popular Faith in European Society, 55-75. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1990.■ Brogger, Jan. Pre-bureaucratic Europeans: A Study of a Portuguese Fishing Community. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1989. Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. "Portuguese Perspectives." Sociologia Ruralis [Journal of European Rural Sociology] XXIV, 1 (1986); number devoted to rural Portugal today. Chaney, Rick. Regional Emigration and Remittances in Developing Countries: The Portuguese Experience. New York: Praeger, 1986. Cole, Sally. Women of the Praia: Work and Lives in a Portuguese Colonial Community. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1991. Cutileiro, José. A Portuguese Rural Society. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1971.■ Deschamps, Paul. Portugal: La Vie Sociale Actuelle. Paris, 1935.■. Histoire Sociale du Portugal. Paris, 1959.■ Dias, Jorge. Rio do Onor-comunitarismo agropastoral. Oporto, 1953.■. Ensaios Etnológicos. Lisbon, 1961.■. The Portuguese Contribution to Cultural Anthropology. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1964.■. Vilarinho Da Furna: Uma Aldeia Comunitária. Rev. ed. Lisbon, 1981.■ Downs, Charles. Os Moradores à Conquista da Cidade. Lisbon, 1978.■. "Community Organization, Political Change and Urban Policy: Portugal. 1974-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology. University of California, 1980.■. "Residents' Commissions and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■ Dracklé, Dorlé. Macht und Ohnmacht: Der Kampf num die Agarreform im Alentejo ( Portugal). Gottingen, Germany: Edit. Re, 1991.■ Espírito Santo, Moise. Communidade Rural ao Norte do Tejo. Lisbon, 1980.■ Feijó, Rui, H. Martins, and João de Pina Cabral, eds. Death in Portugal. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.■ Feijó, Rui Graça. "State, Nation and Regional Diversity in Portugal: An Overview." In Richard Herr and John H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity: Essays on the Nature of Identity in Portugal and Spain, 37-47. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, University of California, 1989.■ Feio, Mariano. Les Bas Alentejo et l'Algarve. Lisbon, 1949.■ Ferreira de Almeida, João. Classes sociais nos campos. Lisbon, 1986.■ Fonseca, Ramiro da. O Livro da Saúde e da Doença. Lisbon, 1979.■ Gallop, Rodney. Portugal: A Book of Folk-Ways. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1936. Reprinted, 1961.■ Hoefgen, Lynn. "The Integration of Returnees from the Colonies into Portugal's Social and Economic Life." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, University of Florida, 1985.■ Ingerson, Alice Elizabeth. "Corporatism and Class Consciousness in Northwestern Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Johns Hopkins University, 1984.■ Jenkins, Robin. The Road to Alto. London: Pluto Press, 1979.■ Lawrence, Denise. "Menstrual Politics: Women and Pigs in Rural Portugal." In T. Buckley and A. Gottlieb, eds., Blood Magic: The Anthropology of Menstruation, 117-36. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1988.■. "Suburbanization of House Form and Gender Relations in a Rural Portuguese Agro-Town." Architecture and Behavior 4, 3 (1988): 197-212.■ Martins, Hermínio. "Portugal." In Margaret S. Archer and Salvador Giner, eds., Contemporary Europe: Class, Status and Power. New York: St. Martins, 1971.■ Mattoso, José. Identificação de um país. Lisbon, 1985.■ Merten, Peter. Anarchismüs und Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libera-tare Association, 1981.■ Monteiro, Paulo. Terra que ja foi terra: Análise Sociológica de nove lugares agro-pastorais da Serra da Lousã. Lisbon, 1985.■ Nataf, Daniel. "Social Cleavages and Regime Formation in Contemporary Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, UCLA, 1987.■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal: Ensaio Exploratório." Economia e Socialismo 23 (1977): 31-50.■ O'Neill, Brian Juan. "Dying and Inheriting in Rural Tras-os-Montes." Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford 14 (1983): 44-74.■. Social Inequality in a Portuguese Hamlet: Land, Late Marriage, and Inheritance, 1870-1978. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1987.■ Pacheco, Helder. Tradições Populares de Portugal. Lisbon, 1985.■ Pardoe, Julia. Traits and Traditions of Portugal, 2 vols. London, 1832.■ Pereira Neto, João Baptista. "Social Evolution in Portugal since 1945." In Raymond S. Sayers, ed., Portugal and Brazil in Transition, 212-27. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1968.■ Pina-Cabral, João de. Sons of Adam, Daughters of Eve: The Peasant World-View of the Alto Minho. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1986.■. "Sociocultural Differentiation and Regional Identity in Portugal." In■ R. Herr and J. H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity, 3-18. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, 1989.■ Poinard, Michel. La Retour des Traveilleurs Portugais. Paris: La Documentation Francaise, 1979.■ Reed, Robert Roy. "Managing the Revolution: Revolutionary Promise and Political Reality in Rural Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Indiana University, 1988.■ Riegelhaupt, Joyce F. "In the Shadow of the City: Integration of a Portuguese Village" [São João das Lampas, nr, Cascais]. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Columbia University, 1964.■. "Saloio Women: An Analysis of Informal and Formal Political and Economic Roles of Portuguese Peasant Women." Anthropological Quarterly 40, 3 (July 1967): 109-26.■. "Festas and Padres: The Organization of Religious Action in a Portuguese Parish." American Anthropologist 75 (1973): 835-52.■. "Peasants and Politics in Salazar's Portugal: The Corporate State and Village 'Nonpolitics'" In L. S. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 167-90. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■ Rodrigues, Julieta E. S. de Almeida. "Continuity and Change in Urban Portuguese Women's Roles: Emerging New Household Structures." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology, Columbia University, 1979.■ Rowland, Robert. "Demographic Patterns and Rural Society in Portugal." So-ciologica Ruralis 26, 1 (1986): 36-47.■ Sanchis, Pierre. Arraial. La Fête d'un Peuple: Les Pélerinages Populaires au Portugal. Paris, 1976.■ Siegel, Bernard J. "Social Structure and Medical Practitioners in Rural Brazil and Portugal." Sociologia (São Paulo) 20, 4 (Oct. 1958): 463-76.■. "Conflict, Parochialism and Social Differentiation in Portuguese Society." Journal of Conflict Resolution V, 1 (March 1961): 35-12.■ Smith, T. Lynn. "The Social Relationships of Man to the Land in Portugal." Sociologia 25, 1 (Dec. 1963): 319-43.■ Sousa Santos, Boaventura. "Estado e sociedade na semiperíferia do sistema mundiale: O caso português." Análise Social 87-89 (1985): 869-902.■. "Social Crisis and the State." In Kenneth Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation, 167-95. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.■ Vasconcellos, Joaquim Leite de. Ethnograia Portuguesa, 8 vols. Lisbon, 1941-82.■. Tradições Populares Portugueses. New ed. Lisbon, 1986.■ Willems, Emilio. "On Portuguese Family Structure." International Journal of Comparative Society (Dharwar, India) 3, 1 (Sept. 1962): 65-79.■ ARTS, ARCHITECTURE, URBAN PLANNING, MUSIC■ Almeida, Rodrigo Vicente de. História da Arte em Portugal: ( Segundo Estudo) Documentos lnéditos. Oporto, 1883. Almeida D'Eca, Admiral Vicente M. Castles of Portugal. Lisbon, 1925. Amaral, Francisco K. Lisboa: Uma Cidade em Transformação. Lisbon, 1969. Azevedo, Carlos de, and Chester Brummel. Churches of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1985.■ Barreira, João, ed. Arte Portuguesa: As Decorativas, 2 vols. Lisbon, n.d.■ Barretto, Mascarenhas, and George Dykes. Fado: Lyrical Origins and Poetical Motivation. Lisbon, 1977.■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. London: Scala, 1987.■ Branco, Luís de Freitas. A Música em Portugal. Lisbon, 1930.■ Brito, Manuel Carlos de. Opera in Portugal in the Eighteenth Century. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1989.■ Carvalho, Pinto de. História de Fado. Lisbon, 1903 and 1982 eds.■ Castro d'Aire, Teresa. O Fado. Lisbon: Temas da Actualidade, 1996.■ Chicó, Mário Tavares. A Architectura Gótica em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.■ França, José-Augusto. A Arte em Portugal No Século XIX. Lisbon, 1966.■. Lisboa Pombalina e o Illuminismo, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1977.■. A Reconstrucão e a Arquitectura Pombalina. Lisbon, 1978.■ Gallop, Rodney. "The Fado (The Portuguese Song of Fate)." Musical Quarterly XIX (1933): 199-213.■. Eight Portuguese Folksongs. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1936.■ Gil, Júlio. The Finest Churches in Portugal. Lisbon, 1988.■. The Finest Castles in Portugal, 3rd ed. George F. W. Dykes, trans. Lisbon, 1996.■ Gonçalves, Rui Mário. Pintura e escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura, 1984.■. 100 Pintores Portugueses do século XX. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.■ Kubler, George. Portuguese Plain Architecture: Between Spices and Diamonds, 1521-1706. Middletown, Conn.: Wesleyan University Press, 1972.■. Studies in Ancient American and European Art: The Collected Essays of George Kubler. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1985.■, and Martin Soria. Art and Architecture in Spain and Portugal. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1959.■ Lacerda, Aarão de. História da Arte em Portugal, 2 vols. Oporto, 1942-48.■ Leão, Joaquim de Sousa. "Decorative Art: The Azulejo." In H. V. Livermore, ed. Portugal and Brazil: An Introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1953.■ Lopes Graça, Fernando. A canção popular portuguesa. Lisbon, 1953.■. A música portuguesa e os sus problemas: Ensaios. Lisbon, 1959.■ Moita, Luís. O fado: canção de vencidos. Lisbon, 1936.■ Neves, José Cassiano. The Palace and Gardens of Fronteira: Seventeenth and Eighteenth Century Portuguese Style. Lisbon: Quetzal and Scala, 1995. North, C.T. Guia dos castelos antigos de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: Bertrand Ed., 2002.■ Pacheco, Jose. Stuart Carvalhais. O desenho grafico e a imprensa. Lisbon: Biblioteca do Empresario, 2000. Pereira, Paulo, ed. Arte portuguesa. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995. Picchio, Luciana Stegagno. Storia del Teatro Portoghese. Rome: Edizinio deli' Ateneo, 1964.■ Queirós, José. Cerâmica Portuguesa, 2 vols. 2nd rev. ed. Lisbon, 1948.■ Santos, Luís Reis. Monuments of Portugal. Lisbon, 1940.■ Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1948-50.■. História da Arte em Portugal. Oporto, 1953.■ Sasportes, José. História da Dança em Portugal. Lisbon, 1970. Simões, J. M. dos Santos. "Azulejos in a Land of Many Colours." Connoisseur (London) CXXXVII, 551 (1956): 15-21.■. Azulejaria em Portugal no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1979.■ Smith, Robert C. A Talha em Portugal. Lisbon, 1963.■. The Art of Portugal, 1500-1800. London, Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1968.■. "The Building of Mafra." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 360-67.■ Stoop, Anne de. Demeures portugaises dans les environs de Lisbonne. Paris: Weber, 1986.■. Palais et manoirs: Le Minho. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1995.■ Tannock, Michael. Portuguese 20th Century Artists: A Biographical Dictionary. Chichester, U.K.: Phillimore, 1978.■ Taylor, René. "The Architecture of Port Wine." The Architectural Review CXXIX, 772 (1961): 368-99.■ Terol, Marylene. Azulejos a Lisbonne. Paris: Hervas, 1992.■ Veiga de Oliveira, Ernesto. Instrumentos musicais populares portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.■ Watson, Walter Crum. Portuguese Architecture. London: Constable, 1908. Wohl, Hellmut. "Carlos Mardel and His Lisbon Architecture." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 350-59.■ Andrade, Sergio de. "Presepios." In Dicionario de Arte Barroca em Portugal. Lisbon: Presenca, 1989. Barreira, Joao. Arte Portuguesa, Arquitectura e Escultura. Lisbon: Excelsior, n.d.■ Cardoso, Arnaldo Pinto. O Presepio Barroco Portugues. Lisbon: Bertrand, 2003.■ Chaves, Luis. Os Barristas Portugueses. Coimbra, 1925.■. Natal Portugues. Oporto: Liv. Classica Editora, 1942.■ Gargano, Pietro. Il Presepio. Otto Secoli di Storia, Arte, Tradizione. Milan: Fenice, 1995.■ Lima, Henrique de Campos F. Joaquim Machado de Castro, Escultor Conimbricense. Coimbra: Instituto de Historia de Arte, 1989. Macedo, Diogo de. Presepios Portugueses. Lisbon: Artis, 1951.■. Machado de Castro. Lisbon: Artis, 1958.■ Morais, Heitor. Natal do Meu Coracao. Braga: Ed. A.O., 1991.■ Pais, Alexandre Nobre. Presepios Portugueses Monumentos do Seculo XVIII em Terracotta, 2 vols. Master's thesis in history of art, Universidade Nova de Lisboa, 1998.■ Queiros, Jose. Ceramica Portuguesa. Lisbon: Presenca, 1998. Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1951. Serrao, Vitor. Historia da Arte em Portugal IV-O Barroco. Lisbon: Presenca, 2003.■ Smith, Robert C. The Art Of Portugal 1500-1800. New York: Meredith Press, 1968.■ Sousa, Ernesto de. Presepios. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1998.■ Cinema■ Antunes, Joao and Jose de Matos-Cruz, Cinema Portugues 1896-1998. Lisbon: Lusomundo, 1997.■ Bandeira, Jose Gomes. Porto: 100 anos de cinema portugues. Oporto: Camara Municipal do Porto, 1996. Duarte, Fernando. Primitivos do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Cinecultura, 1960.■ Faria de Almeida, M., Resumo da Historia do Cinema. Lisbon: RTP, 1982. Nobre, Roberto. Singularidades do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Portugalia, n.d.■ Pina, Luis de. Aventura do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Vega, 1977.■. Documentarismo Portugues. Lisbon: IPC, 1977.■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.■. Historia do Cinema Portugues. Mem Martins: Europa-America, 1986.■ Ribeiro, Felix. O Cinema Portugues antes do Sonoro. Esboco Historiconema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: n.d.■ Andresen, Sofia de Melo Breyner. A Fada Oriana. 9th ed. Lisbon: Figueiri-nhas, 1985.■ Araújo, Matilde Rosa. A estrada fascinante. Lisbon: Livros Horizonte, 1988. Barreto, Garcia. Literatura Para Crianças E Jovens Em Portugal. Oporto:■ Campo Das Letras, 1998. Bastos, Glória. A escrita para crianças em Portugal no seculo XIX. Lisbon:■ Caminho da Educaçao, 1997. Cadet, Maria Rita Chiappe. Os Contos da Mamã. Lisbon: Lallement Freres, 1883.■ Castro, Fernanda. Mariazinha em Africa, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1947. Cross, Esther, and Wilbur Cross. Portugal. Chicago: Childrens Press, 1986. DeSkalon, Anna, and Christa Stadtler. We Live in Portugal. New York: Watts, 1987.■ Gomes, Alice. A Nau Catrineta, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1973.■. A literatura para a infância. Lisbon: Torres & Abreu, 1979.■ Letria, José Jorge. Do sentimento mágico da vida. Lisbon: Escritor, 1994. Müller, Adolfo Simões. Historiazinha de Portugal, 6th ed. Oporto: Tavares Martins, 1983.■ Osório, Ana de Castro. Para as crianças. Illustr. by Leal da Câmara. Setúbal: Liv. Crianças, 1908.■ Pires, Maria Laura Bettencourt. História da literatura infantil portuguesa. Lisbon: Vega, 1981. Ribeiro, Aquilino. Arca de Noé-III Classe. Lisbon, 1989. Rocha, Natércia. Breve História da Literatura para Crianças em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura e Língua Portuguesa, 1984.■. Bibliografia geral da literatura portuguesa para crianças. Lisbon: Edit. Comunicação, 1987.■ Sá, Domingos Guimarães de. A literatura infantil em Portugal. Braga: Edit. Franciscana, 1981.■ Selfridge. John. Portugal. New York: Chelsea House, 1990. Vaz de Carvalho, Maria Amália. Contos para os Nossos Filhos, 11th ed. Oporto: Barreira, 1947.■ Viana, António Manuel Couto. Jõao de Deus e um século de literatura infantil em Portugal. Lisbon: Ed. do Templo, 1978.■ Lisbon, Capital City, in History and Literature■ Castelo-Branco, Fernando. Lisboa Seiscentista, 3rd ed. Lisbon: 1969.■ Castilho, Júlio de. Lisboa Antiga, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1935-45.■ Couto, Dejanirah. Histoire de Lisbonne. Paris: Fayard, 2000.■ Crespo, Ángel. Lisboa Mítica e Literária. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1987.■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Lisboa Desaparecida. Lisbon: Quimera, 1990.■ Dionísio, Sant'anna, ed. Guia de Portugal. Vol. I: Lisboa e Arredores. Lisbon: Biblioteca Nacional de Lisboa, 1924, orig. ed; reprint, Gulbenkian Foundation, 1979.■ França, José-Augusto. Lisboa Pombalina e o Iluminismo. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1977.■ Moita, Irisalva, ed. O Livro de Lisboa. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1994.■ Neves, Orlando. Lisboa em Crónica. Lisbon: Author's Ed., 1968.■ Pavão, Luís, and Mário Pereira. Tabernas de Lisboa. Lisbon: Assírio & Alvim, 1981.■ Pessoa, Fernando. Lisboa. O que o turista deve ver: What the Tourist Should See. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1997.■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. À Capital. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1960.■ Santos, Piedade Braga, et al. Lisboa Setecentista vista por Estrangeiros. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1996.■ Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa. Lisbon: Caminho, 1993.■ Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.■ Azevedo, João Lúcio. Historia das Cristãos-Novos. Lisbon: Liv. Clássica, 1975.■ Baião, António. A Inquisição em Portugal e no Brasil: Subsídios para a sua história. Lisbon: Arquivo Histórico Portugues, 1906. Bethencourt, Francisco. "Portugal: A Scrupulous Inquisition," In Bengt Ankarloo and Gustav Henningsen, eds., Early Modern Witchcraft: Centres and Peripheries, 403-22. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1990.■. "Os equilíbrios sociais do Poder." In José Mattoso, ed., Historia De Portugal, Vol. 3, No Alvorecer Da Modernidade ( 1480-1620). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.■ Braga, Maria Luísa. A Inquisição em Portugal na primeira metade do Séc. XVIII. Lisbon: Inst. Nacional de Investigação Científica, 1992.■ Haliczer, Stephen, ed. Inquisition and Society in Early Modern Europe. London: Croom Helm, 1987.■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. Reprint. New York: AMS Press, 1968.■ Magalhães, Joaquim Romero. "Em Busca dos Tempos da Inquisição (15731615)." Revista de História das Ideias 9 (1987): 191-228.■ Mea, Elvira Cunha Azevedo. A Inquisição de Coimbra no Século XVI. Oporto, 1989.■ Mendonça, José Lourenço D. de, and António Joaquim Moreira. História da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1980.■ Novinsky, Anita, and Luísa M. Carneiro, eds. Inquisição: Ensaios sobre Mentalidade, Heresias e Arte. Rio de Janeiro: Expressão e Cultura, 1992.■ Pereira, Isais da Rosa. Documentos para a história da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.■ Rego, Yvonne Cunha, ed. Feiticeiros, Profetas e Visionários: Textos Antigos Portugueses. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional e Casa da Moeda, 1981.■ Saraiva, António José. Inquisição e cristãos-novos. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.■ Walker, Timothy Dale. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, Boston University, 2001.■ Literature in English Translation: Selection■ Alcaforado, Mariana. The Letters of a Portuguese Nun ( Mariana Alcaforado). Edgar Prestage, trans. London: D. Nutt, 1893.■ Andrade, Eugénio de. "White on White." Alexis Levitin, trans. Quarterly Review of Literature. Poetry Series VIII. Vol. 27. Princeton, N.J., 1987.■. Another Name for Earth; O outro nome da terra. Alexis Levitin, trans. Ft. Bragg, Calif.: QED Press, 1997.■ Andresen, Sophia de Mello Breyner. Marine Rose: Selected Poems. Ruth Fain-light, trans. Redding Ridge, Conn.: Swan Books, 1989.■ Antunes, António Lobo. South of Nowhere. Elizabeth Lowe, trans. New York: Random House, 1983.■. Fado Alexandrino. Gregory Rabassa, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1990.■. An Explanation of the Birds. Richard Zenith, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1991.■. Act of the Damned. New York: Grove Press, 1995.■. The Natural Order of Things. New York: Grove Press, 2000.■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. Poems from the Portuguese ( with the Portuguese text). A.■ Bell, trans. Oxford: Blackwell, 1913.■ Camões, Luís de. The Lusiads of Luís de Camões. Leonard Bacon, trans. New York: Hispanic Society of America, 1950.■. The Lusiads. William C. Atkinson, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1952.■. The Lusiads. Landeg White, trans. New York: Oxford University Press, 1997.■ Castelo Branco, Camilo. Doomed Love ( A Family Memoir). Alice R. Clemente, trans Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1995. Castro, José Maria Ferreira de. Emigrants. Dorothy Ball, trans. New York: Macmillan, 1962.■. Jungle. Charles Duff, trans. New York: Viking, 1935.■. The Mission. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1963.■ Dantas, Júlio. The Cardinals' Collation, 48th ed. A. Saintsbury, trans. London, 1962.■ Dias de Melo. Dark Stones. Gregory McNab, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1996.■ Dinis, Júlio. The Fidalgos of Casa Mourisca. Rosanna Dabney, trans. Boston: D. Lothrop, 1891.■ Garrett, Almeida. Brother Luiz de Sousa [play]. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: Elkin Mathess, 1909.■. Travels in My Homeland. John M. Parker, trans. London: Peter Owen and UNESCO, 1987. Griffin, Jonathan. Camões: Some Poems Translated from the Portuguese by Jonathan Griffin. London: Menard Press, 1976. Jorge, Lídia. The Murmuring Coast. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1995.■ Lisboa, Eugénio, ed. Portuguese Short Fiction. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1997.■ Lopes, Fernão. The English in Portugal 1367-87: Extracts from the Chronicles of Dom Fernando and Dom João. Derek W. Lomax and R. J. Oakley, eds. and trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.■ Macedo, Helder, ed. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry: An Anthology in English. Helder Macedo, et al., trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet New Press, 1978.■ Martins, J. P. De Oliveira. A History of Iberian Civilization. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans.; preface by Salvador de Madariaga. New York: Cooper Square, 1969.■ Mendes Pinto, Fernão. The Travels of Mendes Pinto [Orig. title: Peregrinação].■ Rebecca D. Catz, trans., with introduction and notes. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1989. Miguéis, José Rodrigues. A Man Smiles at Death with Half a Face. George■ Monteiro, trans. Hanover, N.H.: University Press of New England, 1991.■. Happy Easter. John Byrne, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.■. Steerage and Ten Other Stories. George Monteiro, ed. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1998. Monteiro, Luís De Sttau. The Rules of the Game. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1965.■ Mourão-Ferreira, David. Lucky in Love. Christine Robinson, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1999. Namora, Fernando. Field of Fate. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1970.■. Mountain Doctor. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1956.■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Inclement Weather over the Channel. Francisco Cota Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1993.■. Stormy Isles: An Azorean Tale. Francisco C. Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000.■ Paço D'Arcos, Joaquim. Memoirs of a Banknote. Robert Lyle, trans. London, 1968.■ Pedroso, Consiglieri, comp. Portuguese Folk-Tales. Henriqueta Monteiro, trans. Reprint of orig. 1882 ed. New York: Benjamin Blom, 1969.■ Pessoa, Fernando. Fernando Pessoa: Sixty Portuguese Poems. F. E. G. Quintanilha, ed. and trans. Cardiff: University of Wales Press, 1971.■. Selected Poems: Fernando Pessoa. 2nd rev. ed. Jonathan Griffin, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1982.■. The Book of Disquiet. Alfred MacAdams, trans. New York: Pantheon, 1991.■. Fernando Pessoa: Selected Poems. Peter Rickard, ed. and trans. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1991.■. "The Mariner: A 'Static Drama' in One Act." In Translation: Portugal.■ George Ritchie, et al., trans. The Journal of Literary Translation. Vol. XXV, 38-56. New York: Translation Center, Columbia University, 1991.■. Message: Bilingual Edition. Jonathan Griffin, trans. London: Menard Press and King's College, 1992.■ Pires, José Cardoso. Ballad of a Dog's Beach. Mary Fitton, trans. London: J. M. Dent, 1986.■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. Cousin Bazilio. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1953.■. The Relic. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1954.■. The City and the Mountains. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1955.■. The Sin of Father Amaro. Nan Flanagan, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1962.■. The Maias. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1965.■. The Illustrious House of Ramires. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1968.■. Letters from England. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1970.■. To the Capital. John Vetch, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.■ Quental, Antero de. Sixty-four Sonnets. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: David Nutt, 1894.■ Redol, Alves. The Man with Seven Names. L. L. Barrett, trans. New York: Knopf, 1964.■ Resende, André de. André deResende's 'Poema Latina'/ 'Latinpoems.' J. C. R. Martyn, ed. and trans. Lewiston N.Y.: Lampeter and Edwin Mellen, 1998. Ribeiro, Aquilino. When the Wolves Howl. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. New York: Macmillan; London: Cape, 1963. Sá Carneiro, Mário de. The Great Shadow ( and Other Stories). Margaret Jull Costa, trans. Sawtry, U.K.: Dedalus, 1996. Santareno, Bernardo. The Promise. Nelson H. Vieira, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1981.■ Saramago, José. Baltasar and Blimunda. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1987.■. The Stone Raft. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.■. The Year of the Death of Ricardo Reis. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.■. The History of the Siege of Lisbon. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt Brace, 1996.■. Blindness. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1999.■. Tale of the Unknown Island. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2000.■. All the Names. Margaret Jull Costa, trans. New York: Harcourt, 2000.■. Journey to Portugal. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2001.■ Sena, Jorge de. The Poetry of Jorge de Sena: A Bilingual Selection. Frederick G. Williams et al., trans. Santa Barbara, Calif.: Mudborn Press, 1980.■. By the Rivers of Babylon and Other Stories. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press, 1989.■ Vicente, Gil. Four Plays of Gil Vicente: Edited from the Editio Princeps ( 1562). Aubrey F. G. Bell, ed. and trans. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1920.■. Lyrics of Gil Vicente. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. Oxford: Oxford University Press, Hispanic Notes and Monographs, Portuguese Series 1, 1921.■. The Play of Rubena. Jack E. Tomlins, trans.; Rene P. Garay and José I. Suarez, eds. New York: National Hispanic Foundation for Humanities, 1993.■. The Boat Plays. David Johnston, trans. and adaptation. London: Oberon, 1996.■. Three Discovery Plays. Anthony Lappin, trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1997.■ Vieira, António. Dust Thou Art. Rev. W. Anderson, trans. London, 1882.■ Portuguese and Portuguese-American Cooking: Cuisine■ Anderson, Jean. Food of Portugal. New York: Hearst, 1994. Asselin, E. Donald. A Portuguese-American Cookbook. Rutland, Vt.: Charles E. Tuttle, 1966.■ Bourne, Ursula. Portuguese Cookery. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1973. Crato, Maria Helena Tavares. Cozinha Portuguesa I, II. Lisbon: Editorial Presença, 1978.■ Dienhart, Miriam, and Anne Emerson, ed. Cooking in Portugal. Cascais: American Women of Lisbon, 1978.■ Feibleman, Peter S. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. New York: Time-Life Books; Foods of the World, 1969.■ Koehler, Margaret H. Recipes from the Portuguese of Provincetown. Riverside, Conn.: Chatham Press, 1973. Manjny, Maite. The Home Book of Portuguese Cookery. London: Faber & Faber, 1974.■ Marques, Susan Lowndes. Good Food from Spain and Portugal. London: Muller, 1956.■ Modesto, Maria de Lourdes. Cozinha Tradicional Portuguesa. Lisbon: Verbo, 1982.■ Ortiz, Elisabeth Lambert. The Food of Spain and Portugal. The Complete Iberian Cuisine. New York: Atheneum, 1989. Pinto, Elvira. La Bonne Cuisine Portugaise. Paris: Edicions Garanciere, 1985.■ Robertson, Carol. Portuguese Cooking: The Authentic and Robust Cuisine of Portugal. Berkeley Calif.: North Atlantic, 1993. Schmaeling, Tony. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. Ware, U.K.: Omega, 1983.■ Vieira, Édite. The Taste of Portugal. London: Robinson, 1989.■ Von Treskow, Maria. Zü Gast in Portugal: Eine Kulnarische Reise in Garten Europas. Weingarten: Kunstverlag, 1989. Wright, Carol. Portuguese Food. London: Dent, 1969.■. Self-catering in Portugal: Making the Most of Local Food and Drink. London: Croom Helm, 1986.■ Afonso, Simonetta Luz, and Angela Delaforce. Palace of Queluz— The Gardens. Lisbon, 1989.■ Araújo, Iluídio Alves de. Arte Paisagista e Arte das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1962.■ Azeredo, Francisco de. Casas Senhoriais Portuguesas. Barcelos, 1986.■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1987.■ Bowe, Patrick, and Nicolas Sapieha. Gardens of Portugal. New York: Scala Books and Harper and Row, 1989.■ Cane, Florence du. The Flowers and Gardens of Madeira. London, 1924.■ Cardoso, Pedro Homem, and Helder Carita. Da Grandeza das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.■ Carita, Helder, and Homem Cardoso. Portuguese Gardens. London: Antique Collector's Club, 1987.■ Costa, António da, and Luís de O. Franquinho. Madeira: Plantas e Floras. Funchal, 1986.■ Nichols, Rose Standish. Spanish and Portuguese Gardens. Boston, 1926.■ Pereira, Arthur D. Sintra and Its Farm Manors. Sintra, 1983.■ Sampaio, Gonçalo. Flora Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1946.■ Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1945.■ Underwood, John, and Pat Underwood. Landscapes of Madeira. London, 1980.■ Vieira, Rui. Flowers of Madeira. Funchal, 1973.■ Viterbo, Francisco Marques de Sousa. A Jardinagem em Portugal, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1906-9.■ Education, Science, Health, and Medical History■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Estudos de História, 3 vols. Coimbra, 1973-81.■. Ciência e experiência nos Descobrimentos portugueses. Lisbon, 1983.■. Para a História de Ciência em Portugal. Lisbon, 1983.■. As Navegaçoes E A Sua Projecção Na Ciência E Na Cultura. Lisbon, 1987.■ Baião, Antônio. Episódios Dramáticos da Inquisição Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1936-55.■ Cabreira, Antônio. Portugal nos mares e nas ciências. Lisbon, 1929. Carvalho, Rômulo de. A Astronomia em Portugal (séc. xviii). Lisbon, 1985. Fernandes, Barahona. Egas Moniz: Pioneiro de descobrimentos médicos. Lisbon, 1983.■ Gaitonde, P. D. Portuguese Pioneers in India: Spotlight on Medicine. London: Sangam Books, 1983.■ Hanson, Carl A. "Portuguese Cosmology in the Late Seventeenth Century." In Benjamin F. Taggie and Richard W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 75-85. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State University, 1989.■ Higgins, Michael H., and Charles F. S. de Winton. Survey of Education in Portugal. London, 1942.■ Hirsch, Elizabeth Feist. Damião de Góis: The Life and Thought of a Portuguese Humanist. The Hague, 1967.■ Lemos, Maximiano. Arquivos de História da Medicina Portuguesa. Several vols. Lisbon, 1886-1923. Vol. I. História da Medicina em Portugal. Doutrina e Instituições. Lisbon, 1899.■ Mira, Matias Ferreira de. História da Medicina Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1948.■ Orta, Garcia de. Colóquios dos Simples e Drogas e Cousas Medicinais da India. Conde de Ficalho, ed., 2 vols. Lisbon, 1891-95.■ Osório, J. Pereira. História e Desenvolvimento da Ciência em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986-89.■ Pina, Luís de. "Uma prioridade portuguesa do século XVI. João de Barros e a Dactiloscópia Oriental." Arquivo da Repartição de Antropologia Criminal IV (1936).■. "As Ciências na História do Império Colonial Português — Séculos XV a XIX." Anais de Faculdade de Ciências do Porto ( 1939-10).■. "Os Portugueses Mestres de Ciência e Metras no Estrangeiro." Actas do Congresso do Mundo Português. Lisbon, 1940.■. "A Ciência em Portugal (bosquejo Histórico)." In Secretariado Nacional da Informação, ed., Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Portugueses Ausentes, 277-301. Lisbon, 1946.■ Richards, Robert A. C., ed. Guide to World Science: Vol. 9: Spain and Portugal, 2nd ed. Guernsey, U.K.: F. H. Books, 1974.■ Saraiva, António José. História da Cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-62.■ ———. "João de Barros." In Serrao, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal 1 (1963): 307-8.■ Silvestre Ribeiro, José. História dos Establecimentos Scientíficos, Literários e Artísticos de Portugal nos Successivos Reinados da Monarchia, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1871-83.■ Veiga-Pires, J. A., and Ronald G. Grainger, eds. Pioneers in Angiography: The Portuguese School ofAngiography. Lancaster, U.K.: MTP Press, 1982.■ Walker, Timothy. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 2001.■ Barbosa, Madelena. "Women in Portugal." Women's Studies International Quarterly 4 (1981): 477-80.■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. Novas Cartas Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1972.■ ———. The Three Marias. New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.■ Brettell, Caroline B. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman, 1982.■ Ferreira, Virginia. "Engendering Portugal: Social Change, State Politics, and Women's Social Mobilization." In António Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 162-88. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.■ Goodwin, Mary. "Portuguese Feminism." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 17 (Spring-Summer 1987): 12-13.■ Lamas, Maria. As Mulheres do Meu País. Lisbon, 1948.■ "Mulheres Portuguesas e Feminismo." Análise Social [special number on Portuguese Women and Feminism] 22 (1986): 92-93.■ Osório, Ana de Castro. As Mulheres Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1905.■ Sadlier, Darlene J. The Question of How: Women Writers and New Portuguese Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood; Contributions in Women's Studies, no. 109, 1989.■ Silva, Manuela. The Employment of Women in Portugal. Luxembourg: Office for Official Publications, European Communities, 1984. Velho da Costa, Maria. Maina Mendes. Lisbon, 1974.■ Vicente, Ana, and Maria Reynolds de Souza. Family Planning in Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História da Igreja em Portugal. 6 vols. Coimbra, 1910-24, and Oporto, 1967-72. Alonso, Joaquim Maria. The Secret of Fátima: Fact and Legend. Cambridge, Mass.: Ravengate Press, 1979. Alves, José da Felicidade, ed. Católicos e política de Humberto Delgado à Marcelo Caetano. Lisbon, 1969. Araújo, Miguel de, ed. Dicionario político; 1; Os Bispos e a revoluçao de Abril. Lisbon, 1976. Bishko, Charles Julian. Spanish and Portuguese Monastic History 600-1300. London, Variorum Reprints, 1984.■ Blanshard, Paul. Freedom and Catholic Power in Spain and Portugal. Boston: Beacon Press, 1962.■ Boxer, C. R. The Church Militant and Iberian Expansion 1440-1770. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1978. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Church and State in Portugal: Crises of Cross and Sword." Journal of Church and State XVIII (1976): 463-90. Freire, José Geraldes. Resistência Católico ao Salazarismo-Marcelismo. Oporto, 1976.■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. John C. Banner, trans. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1962.■ IPOPE. Estudo sobre liberdade e religião em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973. Johnston, Francis. Fátima: The Great Sign. Chulmleigh, U.K.: Augustine Publications, 1980.■ Kondor, Fr. Louis. Fátima in Lucia's Own Words: Sister Lucia's Memoirs. Fatima: Postulation Center, 1976. Lourenço, Joaquim Maria. Situação jurídica da Igreja em Portugal. Coimbra, 1943.■ Mattoso, José. Religião e Cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1982. Miller, Samuel J. Portugal and Rome c. 1748-1830: An Aspect of Catholic Enlightenment. Rome: Universita Gregoriana Editrice, 1978. O'Malley, John W. The First Jesuits. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1993.■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.■ Prestage, Edgar. Portugal: A Pioneer of Christianity. Lisbon, 1945.■ Richard, Robert. Etudes sur l'histoire morale et religieuse de Portugal. Paris: Centro Cultural de Gulbenkian, 1970.■ Robinson, Richard A. H. "The Religious Question and Catholic Revival in Portugal, 1900-1930." Journal of Contemporary History XII (1977): 345-62.■. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.■ Rodrigues, R. P. Francisco. História da Companhia de Jesus na Assistência de Portugal, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1931-50.■ Roth, Cecil. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.■ Agriculture, Viticulture, and Fishing■ Abreu-Ferreira, Darlene. "The Portuguese in Newfoundland: Documentary Evidence Examined." Portuguese Studies Review 4, 1 (1995-96): 11-33.■ Allen, H. Warner. The Wines of Portugal. London: Michael Joseph, 1963.■ Barros, Afonso de. A reforma agrária em Portugal. Oeiras, 1979.■ Beamish, Huldine V. The Hills of Alentejo. London: Geoffrey Bles, 1958.■ Bennett, Norman R. "The Golden Age of the Port Wine System, 1781-1807." The International History Review XII (1990): 221-18.■ Black, Richard. "The Myth of Subsistence: Market Production in the Small Farm Sector of Northern Portugal." Iberian Studies 1, 8 (1989): 25-41.■ Bravo, Pedro, and Duarte de Oliveira. Viticulture Moderna. Lisbon, 1974.■. Vinhas e Vinhos De Portugal. Lisbon, 1979.■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Agrarian Structures and Recent Movements in Portugal." Journal of Peasant Studies 4, 5 (July 1978): 411-45.■ Cardoso, José Carvalho. A Agricultura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1973.■ Carvalho, Bento de. Guía Dos Vinhos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.■ Clarke, Robert. Open Boat Whaling in the Azores: The History and Present Methods of a Relic Industry. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1954.■ Cockburn, Ernest. Port Wine and Oporto. London: Wine & Spirit, 1949. Cole, S. C. "Cod, Cod Country and Family: The Portuguese Newfoundland Fishery." Mast 3, 1 (1990): 1-29.■ Coull, James. The Fisheries of Europe. London: G. Bell & Sons, 1972.■ Croft-Cooke, Rupert. Port. London: Putnam, 1957.■. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.■ Delaforce, John. The Factory House at Oporto. London: Christie's Wine Publications, 1979 and later eds.■ Doel, Patricia A. Port O'Call: Memories of the Portuguese White Fleet in St. John's Newfoundland. St. John's, Newfoundland: ISER, 1992.■ Fletcher, Wyndham. Port: An Introduction to Its History and Delights. London: Bernet, 1978.■ Francis, A. D. The Wine Trade. London: Adam and Charles Black, 1972.■ Freitas, Eduardo, João Ferreira de Almeida, and Manuel Villaverde Cabral. Modalidades de penetração do capitalismo na agricultura: estruturas agrárias em Portugal Continental, 1950-1970. Lisbon, 1976.■ Gonçalves, Francisco Esteves. Portugal: A Wine Country. Lisbon, 1984.■ Gulbenkian Foundation. Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.■ Kurlansky, Mark. Cod: A Biography of the Fish That Changed the World. New York: Walker, 1997.■ Malefakis, Edward. "Two Iberian Land Reforms Compared: Spain, 1931-1936 and Portugal, 1974—1978." In Gulbenkian Foundation, Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.■ Moutinho, M. História da pesca do bacalhau. Lisbon: Imprensa Universitária, 1985.■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. lntrodução a história da agricultura em Portugal.■ Lisbon, 1968. Pato, Octávio. O Vinho. Lisbon, 1971.■ Pearson, Scott R. Portuguese Agriculture in Transition. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1987.■ Postgate, Raymond. Portuguese Wine. London: Dent, 1969.■ Read, Jan. The Wines of Portugal. London: Faber & Faber, 1982.■ Robertson, George. Port. London: Faber & Faber, 1982 ed.■ Rutledge, Ian. "Land Reform and the Portuguese Revolution." Journal of Peasant Studies 5, 1 (Oct. 1977): 79-97.■ Sanceau, Elaine. The British Factory at Oporto. Oporto, 1970.■ Simon, Andre L. Port. London: Constable, 1934.■ Simões, J. Os grandes trabalhadores do Mar: Reportagens na Terra Nova e na Groenlândia. Lisbon: Gazeta dos Caminho de Ferro, 1942.■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992: Special Report. New York: Camões Center/RIIC, Columbia University, 1990.■ Stanislawski, Dan. Landscapes of Bacchus: The Vine in Portugal. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1970.■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Seat to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.■ Unwin, Tim. "Farmers' Perceptions of Agrarian Change in Northwest Portugal." Journal of Rural Studies 1, 4 (1985): 339-57.■ Valadão do Valle, E. Bacalhau: tradições históricas e económicos. Lisbon, 1991.■ Venables, Bernard. Baleia! The Whalers of Azores. London: Bodley Head, 1968.■ Villiers, Alan. The Quest of the Schooner Argus: A Voyage to the Banks and Greenland. New York: Scribners, 1951. World Bank. Portugal: Agricultural Survey. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.■ ECONOMY, INDUSTRY, AND DEVELOPMENT■ Aiyer, Srivain, and Shahid A. Chandry. Portugal and the E.E.C.: Employment and Implications. Lisbon, 1979.■ Baklanoff, Eric N. The Economic Transformation of Spain and Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1978.■. "Changing Systems: The Portuguese Revolution and the Public Enterprise Sector." ACES ( Association of Comparative Economic Studies) Bulletin 26 (Summer-Fall 1984): 63-76.■. "Portugal's Political Economy: Old and New." In K. Maxwell and M. Haltzel, eds., Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy, 37-59. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.■ Barbosa, Manuel P. Growth, Migration and the Balance of Payments in a Small, Open Economy. New York: Garland, 1984.■ Braga de Macedo, Jorge, and Simon Serfaty, eds. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1981.■ Carvalho, Camilo, et al. Sabotagem Econômica: " Dossier" Banco Espírito Santo e Comercial de Lisboa. Lisbon, 1975.■ Corkill, David. The Development of the Portuguese Economy: A Case of Euro-peanization. London: Routledge, 1999.■ Cravinho, João. "The Portuguese Economy: Constraints and Opportunities." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 111-65. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.■ Dornsbusch, Rudiger, Richard S. Eckhaus, and Lane Taylor. "Analysis and Projection of Macroeconomic Conditions in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 299-330. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■ The Economist (London). "On the Edge of Europe: A Survey of Portugal." (June 30, 1981): 3-27.■. "Coming Home: A Survey of Portugal." (May 28, 1988).■. 'The New Iberia: Not Quite Kissing Cousins" [Spain and Portugal]. (May 5, 1990): 21-24.■ Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian and German Marshall Fund of the U.S., eds. II Conferência Internacional sobre e Economia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.■ Hudson, Mark. Portugal to 1993: Investing in a European Future. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit/Special Report No. 11 57/EIU Economic Prospects Series, 1989.■ International Labour Office (ILO). Employment and Basic Needs in Portugal. Geneva: ILO, 1979.■ Kavalsky, Basil, and Surendra Agarwal. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.■ Krugman, Paul, and Jorge Braga de Macedo. "The Economic Consequences of the April 25th Revolution." Economia III (1979): 455-83.■ Lewis, John R., and Alan M. Williams. "The Sines Project: Portugal's Growth Centre or White Elephant?" Town Planning Review 56, 3 (1985): 339-66.■ Makler, Harry M. "The Consequences of the Survival and Revival of the Industrial Bourgeoisie." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 251-83. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■ Marques, A. La Politique Economique Portugaise dans la Période de la Dictature ( 1926-1974). Doctoral thesis, 3rd cycle, University of Grenoble, France, 1980.■ Martins, B. Sociedades e grupos em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973.■ Mata, Eugenia, and Nuno Valério. História Econômica De Portugal: Uma Perspectiva Global. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1994. Murteira, Mário. "The Present Economic Situation: Its Origins and Prospects." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 331-42. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979. OCED. Economic Survey: Portugal: 1988. Paris: OCED, 1988 [see also this series since 1978].■ Pasquier, Albert. L'Economie du Portugal: Données et Problémes de Son Expansion. Paris: Librarie Generale de Droit, 1961. Pereira da Moura, Francisco. Para onde vai e economia portuguesa? Lisbon, 1973.■ Pintado, V. Xavier. Structure and Growth of the Portuguese Economy. Geneva: EFTA, 1964.■ Pitta e Cunha, Paulo. "Portugal and the European Economic Community." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 321-38. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■. "The Portuguese Economic System and Accession to the European Community." In E. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 281-300. Lisbon, 1985. Porto, Manuel. "Portugal: Twenty Years of Change." In Alan Williams, ed., Southern Europe Transformed, 84-112. London: Harper & Row, 1984. Quarterly Economic Review. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit, 1974-present.■ Salgado de Matos, Luís. Investimentos Estrangeiros em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973 and later eds.■ Schmitt, Hans O. Economic Stabilisation and Growth in Portugal. Washington, D.C.: International Monetary Fund, 1981.■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Columbia University, 1989.■ Tillotson, John. The Portuguese Bank Note Case [ 1920s]: Legal, Economic and Financial Approaches to the Measure of Damages in Contract. Manchester, U.K.: Faculty of Law, University of Manchester, 1992.■ Tovias, Alfred. Foreign Economic Relations of the Economic Community: The Impact of Spain and Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1990.■ Valério, Nuno. A moeda em Portugal, 1913-1947. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1984.■. As Finanças Públicas Portuguesas Entre As Duas Guerras Mundiais. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.■ World Bank. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978 and to the present.■ PHOTOGRAPHY ON PORTUGAL■ Alves, Afonso Manuel, Antônio Sacchetti, and Moura Machado. Lisboa. Lisbon, 1991.■ Antunes, José. Lisboa do nosso olhar; A look on Lisbon. Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1991. Beaton, Cecil. Near East. London: Batsford, 1943.■. Lisboa 1942: Cecil Beaton, Lisbon 1942. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal/Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1995.■ Bottineau, Yves. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1957.■ Câmara Municipal de Lisboa. 7 Olhares ( Seven Viewpoints). Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1998.■ Capital, A. Lisboa: Imagens d'A Capital. Lisbon: Edit. Notícias, 1984.■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Photographias de Lisboa, 1900 ( Photographs of Lisbon, 1900). Lisbon: Quimera, 1991.■. Os melhores postais antigos de Lisboa ( The best old postcards of Lisbon). Lisbon: Químera, 1995.■ Finlayson, Graham, and Frank Tuohy. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1970.■ Glassner, Helga. Portugal. Berlin-Zurich: Atlantis-Verlag, 1942. Hopkinson, Amanda, ed. Reflections by Ten Portuguese photographers. Bark-way, U.K.: Frontline/Portugal 600, 1996.■ Lima, Luís Leiria, and Isabel Salema. Lisboa de Pedra e Bronze. Lisbon, 1990.■ Martins, Miguel Gomes. Lisboa ribeirinha ( Riverside Lisbon). Lisbon: Arquivo Municipal, Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, Livros Horizonte, 1994. Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa ( This Lisbon). Lisbon: Caminho, 1994. Wohl, Hellmut, and Alice Wohl. Portugal. London: Frederick Muller, 1983.■ EQUESTRIANISM■ Andrade, Manoel Carlos de, Luz da Liberal e Nobre Arte da Cavallaria. Lisbon, 1790.■ Graciosa, Filipe. Escola Portuguesa de Arte Equestre. Lisbon, 2004.■ Horsetalk Magazine. Published in New Zealand.■ Oliveira, Nuno. Reflections on the Equestrian Art. London, 2000.■ Russell, Eleanor, ed. The Truth in the Teaching of Nuno Oliveira. Stanhope,■ Queensland, Australia, 2003. Vilaca, Luis V., and Pedro Yglesias d'Oliveira, eds. LUSITANO. Coudelarias De Portugal. O Cavalo ancestral do Sudoeste da Europa. Lisbon: ICONOM, 2005.■ Websites of interest: www.equestrian.pt portugalweb.comHistorical dictionary of Portugal > CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE
-
2 ὁ
ὁ, ἡ, τό pl. οἱ, αἱ, τά article, derived fr. a demonstrative pronoun, ‘the’. Since the treatment of the inclusion and omission of the art. belongs to the field of grammar, the lexicon can limit itself to exhibiting the main features of its usage. It is difficult to set hard and fast rules for the employment of the art., since the writer’s style had special freedom of play here—Kühner-G. I p. 589ff; B-D-F §249–76; Mlt. 80–84; Rob. 754–96; W-S. §17ff; Rdm.2 112–18; Abel §28–32; HKallenberg, RhM 69, 1914, 642ff; FVölker, Syntax d. griech. Papyri I, Der Artikel, Progr. d. Realgymn. Münster 1903; FEakin, AJP 37, 1916, 333ff; CMiller, ibid. 341ff; EColwell, JBL 52, ’33, 12–21 (for a critique s. Mlt-H.-Turner III 183f); ASvensson, D. Gebr. des bestimmten Art. in d. nachklass. Epik ’37; RFink, The Syntax of the Greek Article ’53; JRoberts, Exegetical Helps, The Greek Noun with and without the Article: Restoration Qtly 14, ’71, 28–44; HTeeple, The Greek Article with Personal Names in the Synoptic Gospels: NTS 19, ’73, 302–17; Mussies 186–97.① this one, that one, the art. funct. as demonstrative pronounⓐ in accordance w. epic usage (Hes., Works 450: ἡ=this [voice]) in the quot. fr. Arat., Phaenom. 5 τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν for we are also his (lit. this One’s) offspring Ac 17:28.ⓑ ὁ μὲν … ὁ δέ the one … the other (Polyaenus 6, 2, 1 ὁ μὲν … ὁ δὲ … ὁ δε; PSI 512, 21 [253 B.C.]); pl. οἱ μὲν … οἱ δέ (PSI 341, 9 [256 B.C.]; TestJob 29:1) some … others w. ref. to a noun preceding: ἐσχίσθη τὸ πλῆθος … οἱ μὲν ἦσαν σὺν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, οἱ δὲ σὺν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις Ac 14:4; 17:32; 28:24; 1 Cor 7:7; Gal 4:23; Phil 1:16f. Also without such a relationship expressed τοὺς μὲν ἀποστόλους, τοὺς δὲ προφήτας, τοὺς δὲ εὐαγγελιστάς Eph 4:11. οἱ μὲν … ὁ δέ Hb 7:5f, 20f. οἱ μὲν … ἄλλοι (δέ) J 7:12. οἱ μὲν … ἄλλοι δὲ … ἕτεροι δέ Mt 16:14. τινὲς … οἱ δέ Ac 17:18 (cp. Pla., Leg. 1, 627a; 2, 658 B.; Aelian, VH 2, 34; Palaeph. 6, 5).—Mt 26:67; 28:17 οἱ δέ introduces a second class; just before this, instead of the first class, the whole group is mentioned (cp. X., Hell. 1, 2, 14, Cyr. 3, 2, 12; KMcKay, JSNT 24, ’85, 71f)= but some (as Arrian, Anab. 5, 2, 7; 5, 14, 4; Lucian, Tim. 4 p. 107; Hesych. Miles. [VI A.D.]: 390 Fgm. 1, 35 end Jac.).ⓒ To indicate the progress of the narrative, ὁ δέ, οἱ δέ but he, but they (lit. this one, they) is also used without ὁ μέν preceding (likew. Il. 1, 43; Pla., X.; also Clearchus, Fgm. 76b τὸν δὲ εἰπεῖν=but this man said; pap examples in Mayser II/1, 1926, 57f) e.g. Mt 2:9, 14; 4:4; 9:31; Mk 14:31 (cp. Just., A II, 2, 3). ὁ μὲν οὖν Ac 23:18; 28:5. οἱ μὲν οὖν 1:6; 5:41; 15:3, 30.—JO’Rourke, Paul’s Use of the Art. as a Pronoun, CBQ 34, ’72, 59–65.② the, funct. to define or limit an entity, event, or stateⓐ w. nounsα. w. appellatives, or common nouns, where, as in Pla., Thu., Demosth. et al., the art. has double significance, specific or individualizing, and generic.א. In its individualizing use it focuses attention on a single thing or single concept, as already known or otherwise more definitely limited: things and pers. that are unique in kind: ὁ ἥλιος, ἡ σελήνη, ὁ οὐρανός, ἡ γῆ, ἡ θάλασσα, ὁ κόσμος, ἡ κτίσις, ὁ θεός (BWeiss [s. on θεός, beg.]), ὁ διάβολος, ὁ λόγος (J 1:1, 14), τὸ φῶς, ἡ σκοτία, ἡ ζωή, ὁ θάνατος etc. (but somet. the art. is omitted, esp. when nouns are used w. preps.; B-D-F §253, 1–4; Rob. 791f; Mlt-Turner 171). ἐν συναγωγῇ καὶ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ J 18:20.—Virtues, vices, etc. (contrary to Engl. usage): ἡ ἀγάπη, ἡ ἀλήθεια, ἡ ἁμαρτία, ἡ δικαιοσύνη, ἡ σοφία et al.—The individualizing art. stands before a common noun that was previously mentioned (without the art.): τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους Lk 9:16 (after πέντε ἄρτοι vs. 13). τὸ βιβλίον 4:17b (after βιβλίον, vs. 17a), τοὺς μάγους Mt 2:7 (after μάγοι, vs. 1). J 4:43 (40); 12:6 (5); 20:1 (19:41); Ac 9:17 (11); Js 2:3 (2); Rv 15:6 (1).—The individ. art. also stands before a common noun which, in a given situation, is given special attention as the only or obvious one of its kind (Hipponax [VI B.C.] 13, 2 West=D.3 16 ὁ παῖς the [attending] slave; Diod S 18, 29, 2 ὁ ἀδελφός=his brother; Artem. 4, 71 p. 245, 19 ἡ γυνή=your wife; ApcEsdr 6:12 p. 31, 17 μετὰ Μωσῆ … ἐν τῷ ὄρει [Sinai]; Demetr. (?): 722 fgm 7 Jac. [in Eus., PE 9, 19, 4] ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος [Moriah]) τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ to the attendant (who took care of the synagogue) Lk 4:20. εἰς τὸν νιπτῆρα into the basin (that was there for the purpose) J 13:5. ἰδοὺ ὁ ἄνθρωπο here is this (wretched) man 19:5. ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης or ἐλευθέρας by the (well-known) slave woman or the free woman (Hagar and Sarah) Gal 4:22f. τὸν σῖτον Ac 27:38. ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9 (s. ἐπιστολή) τὸ ὄρος the mountain (nearby) Mt 5:1; 8:1; 14:23; Mk 3:13; 6:46; Lk 6:12; 9:28 al.; ἡ πεισμονή this (kind of) persuasion Gal 5:8. ἡ μαρτυρία the (required) witness or testimony J 5:36.—The art. takes on the idea of κατʼ ἐξοχήν ‘par excellence’ (Porphyr., Abst. 24, 7 ὁ Αἰγύπτιος) ὁ ἐρχόμενος the one who is (was) to come or the coming one par excellence=The Messiah Mt 11:3; Lk 7:19. ὁ προφήτης J 1:21, 25; 7:40. ὁ διδάσκαλος τ. Ἰσραήλ 3:10 (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 5, 18 of Socrates: ὁ τῆς Ἑλλάδος διδάσκαλος); cp. MPol 12:2. With things (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Μάρπησσα: οἱ λίθοι=the famous stones [of the Parian Marble]) ἡ κρίσις the (last) judgment Mt 12:41. ἡ ἡμέρα the day of decision 1 Cor 3:13; (cp. Mi 4:6 Mt); Hb 10:25. ἡ σωτηρία (our) salvation at the consummation of the age Ro 13:11.ב. In its generic use it singles out an individual who is typical of a class, rather than the class itself: ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος Mt 12:35. κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον 15:11. ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικός 18:17. ὁ ἐργάτης Lk 10:7. ἐγίνωσκεν τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ J 2:25. τὰ σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου 2 Cor 12:12. ὁ κληρονόμος Gal 4:1. So also in parables and allegories: ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης Mt 24:43. Cp. J 10:11b, 12. The generic art. in Gk. is often rendered in Engl. by the indef. art. or omitted entirely.β. The use of the art. w. personal names is varied; as a general rule the presence of the art. w. a personal name indicates that the pers. is known; without the art. focus is on the name as such (s. Dssm., BPhW 22, 1902, 1467f; BWeiss, D. Gebr. des Art. b. d. Eigennamen [im NT]: StKr 86, 1913, 349–89). Nevertheless, there is an unmistakable drift in the direction of Mod. Gk. usage, in which every proper name has the art. (B-D-F §260; Rob. 759–61; Mlt-Turner 165f). The ms. tradition varies considerably. In the gospels the art. is usu. found w. Ἰησοῦς; yet it is commonly absent when Ἰ. is accompanied by an appositive that has the art. Ἰ. ὁ Γαλιλαῖος Mt 26:69; Ἰ. ὁ Ναζωραῖος vs. 71; Ἰ. ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 27:17, 22. Sim. Μαριὰμ ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Ἰ. Ac 1:14. The art. somet. stands before oblique cases of indecl. proper names, apparently to indicate their case (B-D-F §260, 2; Rob. 760). But here, too, there is no hard and fast rule.—HTeeple, NTS 19, ’73, 302–17 (synopt.).γ. The art. is customarily found w. the names of countries (B-D-F §261, 4; W-S. § 18, 5 d; Rob. 759f); less freq. w. names of cities (B-D-F §261, 1; 2; Rob. 760; Mlt-Turner 170–72). W. Ἰερουσαλήμ, Ἱεροσόλυμα it is usu. absent (s. Ἱεροσόλυμα); it is only when this name has modifiers that it must have the art. ἡ νῦν Ἰ. Gal 4:25; ἡ ἄνω Ἰ. vs. 26; ἡ καινὴ Ἰ. Rv 3:12. But even in this case it lacks the art. when the modifier follows: Hb 12:22.—Names of rivers have the art. ὁ Ἰορδάνης, ὁ Εὐφράτης, ὁ Τίβερις Hv 1, 1, 2 (B-D-F §261, 8; Rob. 760; Mlt-Turner 172). Likew. names of seas ὁ Ἀδρίας Ac 27:27.δ. The art. comes before nouns that are accompanied by the gen. of a pronoun (μοῦ, σοῦ, ἡμῶν, ὑμῶν, αὐτοῦ, ἑαυτοῦ, αὐτῶν) Mt 1:21, 25; 5:45; 6:10–12; 12:49; Mk 9:17; Lk 6:27; 10:7; 16:6; Ro 4:19; 6:6 and very oft. (only rarely is it absent: Mt 19:28; Lk 1:72; 2:32; 2 Cor 8:23; Js 5:20 al.).ε. When accompanied by the possessive pronouns ἐμός, σός, ἡμέτερος, ὑμέτερος the noun always has the art., and the pron. stands mostly betw. art. and noun: Mt 18:20; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:26; Ac 26:5; Ro 3:7 and oft. But only rarely so in John: J 4:42; 5:47; 7:16. He prefers to repeat the article w. the possessive following the noun ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμή J 5:30; cp. 7:6; 17:17; 1J 1:3 al.ζ. Adjectives (or participles), when they modify nouns that have the art., also come either betw. the art. and noun: ἡ ἀγαθὴ μερίς Lk 10:42; τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα 12:10; Ac 1:8; ἡ δικαία κρίσις J 7:24 and oft., or after the noun w. the art. repeated τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον Mk 3:29; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15. ἡ ζωὴ ἡ αἰώνιος 1J 1:2; 2:25. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν Ac 12:10. Only rarely does an adj. without the art. stand before a noun that has an art. (s. B-D-F §270, 1; Rob. 777; Mlt-Turner 185f): ἀκατακαλύπτῳ τῇ κεφαλῇ 1 Cor 11:5. εἶπεν μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ Ac 14:10 v.l.; cp. 26:24. κοιναῖς ταῖς χερσίν Mk 7:5 D.—Double modifier τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ Mt 25:41. τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ χρυσοῦν τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Rv 8:3; 9:13. ἡ πόρνη ἡ μεγάλη ἡ καθημένη 17:1.—Mk 5:36 τὸν λόγον λαλούμενον is prob. a wrong rdg. (B has τὸν λαλ., D τοῦτον τὸν λ. without λαλούμενον).—On the art. w. ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς s. the words in question.η. As in the case of the poss. pron. (ε) and adj. (ζ), so it is w. other expressions that can modify a noun: ἡ κατʼ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις Ro 9:11. ἡ παρʼ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη 11:27. ὁ λόγος ὁ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Cor 1:18. ἡ ἐντολὴ ἡ εἰς ζωήν Ro 7:10. ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 1 Th 1:8. ἡ διακονία ἡ εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους 2 Cor 8:4.θ. The art. precedes the noun when a demonstrative pron. (ὅδε, οὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging with it comes before or after; e.g.: οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος Lk 14:30; J 9:24. οὗτος ὁ λαός Mk 7:6. οὗτος ὁ υἱός μου Lk 15:24. οὗτος ὁ τελώνης 18:11 and oft. ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος Mk 14:71; Lk 2:25; 23:4, 14, 47. ὁ λαὸς οὗτος Mt 15:8. ὁ υἱός σου οὗτος Lk 15:30 and oft.—ἐκείνη ἡ ἡμέρα Mt 7:22; 22:46. ἐκ. ἡ ὥρα 10:19; 18:1; 26:55. ἐκ. ὁ καιρός 11:25; 12:1; 14:1. ἐκ. ὁ πλάνος 27:63 and oft. ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη Mt 7:25, 27. ἡ ὥρα ἐκ. 8:13; 9:22; ἡ γῆ ἐκ. 9:26, 31; ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκ. 13:1. ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκ. vs. 44 and oft.—ὁ αὐτός s. αὐτός 3b.ι. An art. before a nom. noun makes it a vocative (as early as Hom.; s. KBrugman4-AThumb, Griech. Gramm. 1913, 431; Schwyzer II 63f; B-D-F §147; Rob. 769. On the LXX Johannessohn, Kasus 14f.—ParJer 1:1 Ἰερεμία ὁ ἐκλεκτός μου; 7:2 χαῖρε Βαρούχι ὁ οἰκονόμος τῆς πίστεως) ναί, ὁ πατήρ Mt 11:26. τὸ κοράσιον, ἔγειρε Mk 5:41. Cp. Mt 7:23; 27:29 v.l.; Lk 8:54; 11:39; 18:11, 13 (Goodsp, Probs. 85–87); J 19:3 and oft.ⓑ Adjectives become substantives by the addition of the art.α. ὁ πονηρός Eph 6:16. οἱ σοφοί 1 Cor 1:27. οἱ ἅγιοι, οἱ πλούσιοι, οἱ πολλοί al. Likew. the neut. τὸ κρυπτόν Mt 6:4. τὸ ἅγιον 7:6. τὸ μέσον Mk 3:3. τὸ θνητόν 2 Cor 5:4. τὰ ἀδύνατα Lk 18:27. τὸ ἔλαττον Hb 7:7. Also w. gen. foll. τὰ ἀγαθά σου Lk 16:25. τὸ μωρόν, τὸ ἀσθενὲς τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 1:25; cp. vs. 27f. τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 1:19. τὰ ἀόρατα τοῦ θεοῦ vs. 20. τὸ ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου 8:3. τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς αἰσχύνης 2 Cor 4:2.β. Adj. attributes whose noun is customarily omitted come to have substantive force and therefore receive the art. (B-D-F §241; Rob. 652–54) ἡ περίχωρος Mt 3:5; ἡ ξηρά 23:15 (i.e. γῆ). ἡ ἀριστερά, ἡ δεξιά (sc. χείρ) 6:3. ἡ ἐπιοῦσα (sc. ἡμέρα) Ac 16:11. ἡ ἔρημος (sc. χώρα) Mt 11:7.γ. The neut. of the adj. w. the art. can take on the mng. of an abstract noun (Thu. 1, 36, 1 τὸ δεδιός=fear; Herodian 1, 6, 9; 1, 11, 5 τὸ σεμνὸν τῆς παρθένου; M. Ant. 1, 1; Just., D. 27, 2 διὰ τὸ σκληροκάρδιον ὑμῶν καὶ ἀχάριστον εἰς αὐτόν) τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ God’s kindness Ro 2:4. τὸ δυνατόν power 9:22. τὸ σύμφορον benefit 1 Cor 7:35. τὸ γνήσιον genuineness 2 Cor 8:8. τὸ ἐπιεικές Phil 4:5 al.δ. The art. w. numerals indicates, as in Il. 5, 271f; X. et al. (HKallenberg, RhM 69, 1914, 662ff), that a part of a number already known is being mentioned (Diod S 18, 10, 2 τρεῖς μὲν φυλὰς … τὰς δὲ ἑπτά=‘but the seven others’; Plut., Cleom. 804 [8, 4] οἱ τέσσαρες=‘the other four’; Polyaenus 6, 5 οἱ τρεῖς=‘the remaining three’; Diog. L. 1, 82 Βίας προκεκριμένος τῶν ἑπτά=Bias was preferred before the others of the seven [wise men]. B-D-F §265): οἱ ἐννέα the other nine Lk 17:17. Cp. 15:4; Mt 18:12f. οἱ δέκα the other ten (disciples) 20:24; Mk 10:41; lepers Lk 17:17. οἱ πέντε … ὁ εἷς … ὁ ἄλλος five of them … one … the last one Rv 17:10.ⓒ The ptc. w. the art. receivesα. the mng. of a subst. ὁ πειράζων the tempter Mt 4:3; 1 Th 3:5. ὁ βαπτίζων Mk 6:14. ὁ σπείρων Mt 13:3; Lk 8:5. ὁ ὀλεθρεύων Hb 11:28. τὸ ὀφειλόμενον Mt 18:30, 34. τὸ αὐλούμενον 1 Cor 14:7. τὸ λαλούμενον vs. 9 (Just., D. 32, 3 τὸ ζητούμενον). τὰ γινόμενα Lk 9:7. τὰ ἐρχόμενα J 16:13. τὰ ἐξουθενημένα 1 Cor 1:28. τὰ ὑπάρχοντα (s. ὑπάρχω 1). In Engl. usage many of these neuters are transl. by a relative clause, as in β below. B-D-F §413; Rob. 1108f.β. the mng. of a relative clause (Ar. 4, 2 al. οἱ νομίζοντες) ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς whoever receives you Mt 10:40. τῷ τύπτοντί σε Lk 6:29. ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν J 15:23. οὐδὲ γὰρ ὄνομά ἐστιν ἕτερον τὸ δεδομένον (ὸ̔ δέδοται) Ac 4:12. τινές εἰσιν οἱ ταράσσοντες ὑμᾶς Gal 1:7. Cp. Lk 7:32; 18:9; J 12:12; Col 2:8; 1 Pt 1:7; 2J 7; Jd 4 al. So esp. after πᾶς: πᾶς ὁ ὀργιζόμενος everyone who becomes angry Mt 5:22. πᾶς ὁ κρίνων Ro 2:1 al. After μακάριος Mt 5:4, 6, 10. After οὐαὶ ὑμῖν Lk 6:25.ⓓ The inf. w. neut. art. (B-D-F §398ff; Rob. 1062–68) is used in a number of ways.α. It stands for a noun (B-D-F §399; Rob. 1062–66) τὸ (ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν) φαγεῖν Mt 15:20. τὸ (ἐκ νεκρῶν) ἀναστῆναι Mk 9:10. τὸ ἀγαπᾶν 12:33; cp. Ro 13:8. τὸ ποιῆσαι, τὸ ἐπιτελέσαι 2 Cor 8:11. τὸ καθίσαι Mt 20:23. τὸ θέλειν Ro 7:18; 2 Cor 8:10.—Freq. used w. preps. ἀντὶ τοῦ, διὰ τό, διὰ τοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ, ἐν τῷ, ἕνεκεν τοῦ, ἕως τοῦ, μετὰ τό, πρὸ τοῦ, πρὸς τό etc.; s. the preps. in question (B-D-F §402–4; Rob. 1068–75).β. The gen. of the inf. w. the art., without a prep., is esp. frequent (B-D-F §400; Mlt. 216–18; Rob. 1066–68; DEvans, ClQ 15, 1921, 26ff). The use of this inf. is esp. common in Lk and Paul, less freq. in Mt and Mk, quite rare in other writers. The gen. standsא. dependent on words that govern the gen.: ἄξιον 1 Cor 16:4 (s. ἄξιος 1c). ἐξαπορηθῆναι τοῦ ζῆν 2 Cor 1:8. ἔλαχε τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι Lk 1:9 (cp. 1 Km 14:47 v.l. Σαοὺλ ἔλαχεν τοῦ βασιλεύειν).ב. dependent on a noun (B-D-F §400, 1; Rob. 1066f) ὁ χρόνος τοῦ τεκεῖν Lk 1:57. ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν 2:6. ἐξουσία τοῦ πατεῖν 10:19. εὐκαιρία τοῦ παραδοῦναι 22:6. ἐλπὶς τοῦ σῴζεσθαι Ac 27:20; τοῦ μετέχειν 1 Cor 9:10. ἐπιποθία τοῦ ἐλθεῖν Ro 15:23. χρείαν ἔχειν τοῦ διδάσκειν Hb 5:12. καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι 1 Pt 4:17. τ. ἐνέργειαν τοῦ δύνασθαι the power that enables him Phil 3:21. ἡ προθυμία τοῦ θέλειν zeal in desiring 2 Cor 8:11.ג. Somet. the connection w. the noun is very loose, and the transition to the consecutive sense (=result) is unmistakable (B-D-F §400, 2; Rob. 1066f): ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ τοῦ περιτεμεῖν αὐτόν Lk 2:21. ὀφειλέται … τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆν Ro 8:12. εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι 1:24. ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν 11:8. τὴν ἔκβασιν τοῦ δύνασθαι ὑπενεγκεῖν 1 Cor 10:13.ד. Verbs of hindering, ceasing take the inf. w. τοῦ μή (s. Schwyzer II 372 for earlier Gk; PGen 16, 23 [207 A.D.] κωλύοντες τοῦ μὴ σπείρειν; LXX; ParJer 2:5 φύλαξαι τοῦ μὴ σχίσαι τὰ ἱμάτιά σου): καταπαύειν Ac 14:18. κατέχειν Lk 4:42. κρατεῖσθαι 24:16. κωλύειν Ac 10:47. παύειν 1 Pt 3:10 (Ps 33:14). ὑποστέλλεσθαι Ac 20:20, 27. Without μή: ἐγκόπτεσθαι τοῦ ἐλθεῖν Ro 15:22.ה. The gen. of the inf. comes after verbs of deciding, exhorting, commanding, etc. (1 Ch 19:19; ParJer 7:37 διδάσκων αὐτοὺ τοῦ ἀπέχεσθαι) ἐγένετο γνώμης Ac 20:3. ἐντέλλεσθαι Lk 4:10 (Ps 90:11). ἐπιστέλλειν Ac 15:20. κατανεύειν Lk 5:7. κρίνειν Ac 27:1. παρακαλεῖν 21:12. προσεύχεσθαι Js 5:17. τὸ πρόσωπον στηρίζειν Lk 9:51. συντίθεσθαι Ac 23:20.ו. The inf. w. τοῦ and τοῦ μή plainly has final (=purpose) sense (ParJer 5:2 ἐκάθισεν … τοῦ ἀναπαῆναι ὀλίγον; Soph., Lex. I 45f; B-D-F §400, 5 w. exx. fr. non-bibl. lit. and pap; Rob. 1067): ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπείρειν a sower went out to sow Mt 13:3. ζητεῖν τοῦ ἀπολέσαι = ἵνα ἀπολέσῃ 2:13. τοῦ δοῦναι γνῶσιν Lk 1:77. τοῦ κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας vs. 79. τοῦ σινιάσαι 22:31. τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν Ro 6:6. τοῦ ποιῆσαι αὐτά Gal 3:10. τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτόν Phil 3:10. Cp. Mt 3:13; 11:1; 24:45; Lk 2:24, 27; 8:5; 24:29; Ac 3:2; 20:30; 26:18; Hb 10:7 (Ps 39:9); 11:5; GJs 2:3f; 24:1.—The apparently solecistic τοῦ πολεμῆσαι Ro 12:7 bears a Semitic tinge, cp. Hos 9:13 et al. (Mussies 96).—The combination can also expressז. consecutive mng. (result): οὐδὲ μετεμελήθητε τοῦ πιστεῦσαι αὐτῷ you did not change your minds and believe him Mt 21:32. τοῦ μὴ εἶναι αὐτὴν μοιχαλίδα Ro 7:3. τοῦ ποιεῖν τὰ βρέφη ἔκθετα Ac 7:19. Cp. 3:12; 10:25.ⓔ The art. is used w. prepositional expressions (Artem. 4, 33 p. 224, 7 ὁ ἐν Περγάμῳ; 4, 36 ὁ ἐν Μαγνησίᾳ; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010 recto, 8–12] οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις … οἱ ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι καὶ μετεώροις; Tat. 31, 2 οἱ μὲν περὶ Κράτητα … οἱ δὲ περὶ Ἐρατοσθένη) τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς ἐν Κεγχρεαῖς Ro 16:1. ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις ταῖς ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ Rv 1:4. τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν (w. place name) ἐκκλησίας 2:1, 8, 12, 18; 3:1, 7, 14 (on these pass. RBorger, TRu 52, ’87, 42–45). τοῖς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ to those in the house Mt 5:15. πάτερ ἡμῶν ὁ ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς 6:9. οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας Hb 13:24. οἱ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ Ro 8:1. οἱ ἐξ ἐριθείας 2:8. οἱ ἐκ νόμου 4:14; cp. vs. 16. οἱ ἐκ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας Phil 4:22. οἱ ἐξ εὐωνύμων Mt 25:41. τὸ θυσιαστήριον … τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Rv 8:3; cp. 9:13. On 1:4 s. ref in B-D-F §136, 1 to restoration by Nestle. οἱ παρʼ αὐτοῦ Mk 3:21. οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ Mt 12:3. οἱ περὶ αὐτόν Mk 4:10; Lk 22:49 al.—Neut. τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ πλοίου pieces of wreckage fr. the ship Ac 27:44 (difft. FZorell, BZ 9, 1911, 159f). τὰ περί τινος Lk 24:19, 27; Ac 24:10; Phil 1:27 (Tat. 32, 2 τὰ περὶ θεοῦ). τὰ περί τινα 2:23. τὰ κατʼ ἐμέ my circumstances Eph 6:21; Phil 1:12; Col 4:7. τὰ κατὰ τὸν νόμον what (was to be done) according to the law Lk 2:39. τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν Ro 12:18. τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 15:17; Hb 2:17; 5:1 (X., Resp. Lac. 13, 11 ἱερεῖ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς θεούς, στρατηγῷ δὲ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους). τὰ παρʼ αὐτῶν Lk 10:7. τὸ ἐν ἐμοί the (child) in me GJs 12:2 al.ⓕ w. an adv. or adverbial expr. (1 Macc 8:3) τὸ ἔμπροσθεν Lk 19:4. τὸ ἔξωθεν Mt 23:25. τὸ πέραν Mt 8:18, 28. τὰ ἄνω J 8:23; Col 3:1f. τὰ κάτω J 8:23. τὰ ὀπίσω Mk 13:16. τὰ ὧδε matters here Col 4:9. ὁ πλησίον the neighbor Mt 5:43. οἱ καθεξῆς Ac 3:24. τὸ κατὰ σάρκα Ro 9:5. τὸ ἐκ μέρους 1 Cor 13:10.—Esp. w. indications of time τό, τὰ νῦν s. νῦν 2b. τὸ πάλιν 2 Cor 13:2. τὸ λοιπόν 1 Cor 7:29; Phil 3:1. τὸ πρῶτον J 10:40; 12:16; 19:39. τὸ πρότερον 6:62; Gal 4:13. τὸ καθʼ ἡμέραν daily Lk 11:3.—τὸ πλεῖστον at the most 1 Cor 14:27.ⓖ The art. w. the gen. foll. denotes a relation of kinship, ownership, or dependence: Ἰάκωβος ὁ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου Mt 10:2 (Thu. 4, 104 Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου [sc. υἱός]; Plut., Timol. 3, 2; Appian, Syr. 26 §123 Σέλευκος ὁ Ἀντιόχου; Jos., Bell. 5, 5; 11). Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου Lk 24:10. ἡ τοῦ Οὐρίου the wife of Uriah Mt 1:6. οἱ Χλόης Chloë’s people 1 Cor 1:11. οἱ Ἀριστοβούλου, οἱ Ναρκίσσου Ro 16:10f. οἱ αὐτοῦ Ac 16:33. οἱ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Cor 15:23; Gal 5:24. Καισάρεια ἡ Φιλίππου Caesarea Philippi i.e. the city of Philip Mk 8:27.—τό, τά τινος someone’s things, affairs, circumstances (Thu. 4, 83 τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου; Parthenius 1, 6; Appian, Syr. 16 §67 τὰ Ῥωμαίων) τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, τῶν ἀνθρώπων Mt 16:23; 22:21; Mk 8:33; cp. 1 Cor 2:11. τὰ τῆς σαρκός, τοῦ πνεύματος Ro 8:5; cp. 14:19; 1 Cor 7:33f; 13:11. τὰ ὑμῶν 2 Cor 12:14. τὰ τῆς ἀσθενείας μου 11:30. τὰ τοῦ νόμου what the law requires Ro 2:14. τὸ τῆς συκῆς what has been done to the fig tree Mt 21:21; cp. 8:33. τὰ ἑαυτῆς its own advantage 1 Cor 13:5; cp. Phil 2:4, 21. τὸ τῆς παροιμίας what the proverb says 2 Pt 2:22 (Pla., Theaet. 183e τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου; Menand., Dyscolus 633 τὸ τοῦ λόγου). ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house (so Field, Notes 50–56; Goodsp. Probs. 81–83; difft., ‘interests’, PTemple, CBQ 1, ’39, 342–52.—In contrast to the other synoptists, Luke does not elsewhere show Jesus ‘at home’.) Lk 2:49 (Lysias 12, 12 εἰς τὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ; Theocr. 2, 76 τὰ Λύκωνος; pap in Mayser II [1926] p. 8; POxy 523, 3 [II A.D.] an invitation to a dinner ἐν τοῖς Κλαυδίου Σαραπίωνος; PTebt 316 II, 23 [99 A.D.] ἐν τοῖς Ποτάμωνος; Esth 7:9; Job 18:19; Jos., Ant. 16, 302. Of the temple of a god Jos., C. Ap. 1, 118 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διός). Mt 20:15 is classified here by WHatch, ATR 26, ’44, 250–53; s. also ἐμός b.ⓗ The neut. of the art. standsα. before whole sentences or clauses (Epict. 4, 1, 45 τὸ Καίσαρος μὴ εἶναι φίλον; Prov. Aesopi 100 P. τὸ Οὐκ οἶδα; Jos., Ant. 10, 205; Just., D. 33, 2 τὸ γὰρ … [Ps 109:4]) τὸ Οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ μοιχεύσεις κτλ. (quot. fr. the Decalogue) Mt 19:18; Ro 13:9. τὸ Καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη (quot. fr. Is 53:12) Lk 22:37. Cp. Gal 5:14. τὸ Εἰ δύνῃ as far as your words ‘If you can’ are concerned Mk 9:23. Likew. before indirect questions (Vett. Val. 291, 14 τὸ πῶς τέτακται; Ael. Aristid. 45, 15 K. τὸ ὅστις ἐστίν; ParJer 6:15 τὸ πῶς ἀποστείλης; GrBar 8:6 τὸ πῶς ἐταπεινώθη; Jos., Ant. 20, 28 ἐπὶ πείρᾳ τοῦ τί φρονοῖεν; Pel.-Leg. p. 20, 32 τὸ τί γένηται; Mel., Fgm. 8, 2 [Goodsp. p. 311] τὸ δὲ πῶς λούονται) τὸ τί ἂν θέλοι καλεῖσθαι αὐτό Lk 1:62. τὸ τίς ἂν εἴη μείζων αὐτῶν 9:46. τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν 1 Th 4:1. Cp. Lk 19:48; 22:2, 4, 23f; Ac 4:21; 22:30; Ro 8:26; Hs 8, 1, 4.β. before single words which are taken fr. what precedes and hence are quoted, as it were (Epict. 1, 29, 16 τὸ Σωκράτης; 3, 23, 24; Hierocles 13 p. 448 ἐν τῷ μηδείς) τὸ ‘ἀνέβη’ Eph 4:9. τὸ ‘ἔτι ἅπαξ’ Hb 12:27. τὸ ‘Ἁγάρ’ Gal 4:25.ⓘ Other notable uses of the art. areα. the elliptic use, which leaves a part of a sentence accompanied by the art. to be completed fr. the context: ὁ τὰ δύο the man with the two (talents), i.e. ὁ τὰ δύο τάλαντα λαβών Mt 25:17; cp. vs. 22. τῷ τὸν φόρον Ro 13:7. ὁ τὸ πολύ, ὀλίγον the man who had much, little 2 Cor 8:15 after Ex 16:18 (cp. Lucian, Bis Accus. 9 ὁ τὴν σύριγγα [sc. ἔχων]; Arrian, Anab. 7, 8, 3 τὴν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ [sc. ὁδόν]).β. Σαῦλος, ὁ καὶ Παῦλος Ac 13:9; s. καί 2h.γ. the fem. art. is found in a quite singular usage ἡ οὐαί (ἡ θλῖψις or ἡ πληγή) Rv 9:12; 11:14. Sim. ὁ Ἀμήν 3:14 (here the masc. art. is evidently chosen because of the alternate name for Jesus).ⓙ One art. can refer to several nouns connected by καία. when various words, sing. or pl., are brought close together by a common art.: τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ γραμματεῖς Mt 2:4; cp. 16:21; Mk 15:1. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις κ. ψαλμοῖς Lk 24:44. τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ Σαμαρείᾳ Ac 1:8; cp. 8:1; Lk 5:17 al.—Even nouns of different gender can be united in this way (Aristoph., Eccl. 750; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 12 p. 37a οἱ δύο θεοί, of Apollo and Artemis; Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. c. 292; PTebt 14, 10 [114 B.C.]; En 18:14; EpArist 109) κατὰ τὰ ἐντάλματα καὶ διδασκαλίας Col 2:22. Cp. Lk 1:6. εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς καὶ φραγμούς 14:23.β. when one and the same person has more than one attribute applied to him: πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου καὶ πατέρα ὑμῶν J 20:17. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Ro 15:6; 2 Cor 1:3; 11:31; Eph 1:3; 1 Pt 1:3. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ (ἡμῶν) Eph 5:20; Phil 4:20; 1 Th 1:3; 3:11, 13. Of Christ: τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ σωτῆρος 2 Pt 1:11; cp. 2:20; 3:18. τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ καὶ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Tit 2:13 (PGrenf II, 15 I, 6 [139 B.C.] of the deified King Ptolemy τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ εὐεργέτου καὶ σωτῆρος [ἐπιφανοῦς] εὐχαρίστου).γ. On the other hand, the art. is repeated when two different persons are named: ὁ φυτεύων καὶ ὁ ποτίζων 1 Cor 3:8. ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ὁ ἡγεμών Ac 26:30.ⓚ In a fixed expression, when a noun in the gen. is dependent on another noun, the art. customarily appears twice or not at all: τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 3:16; πνεῦμα θεοῦ Ro 8:9. ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ 2 Cor 2:17; λόγος θεοῦ 1 Th 2:13. ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ κυρίου 2 Th 2:2; ἡμ. κ. 1 Th 5:2. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου Mt 8:20; υἱ. ἀ. Hb 2:6. ἡ ἀνάστασις τῶν νεκρῶν Mt 22:31; ἀ. ν. Ac 23:6. ἡ κοιλία τῆς μητρός J 3:4; κ. μ. Mt 19:12.—APerry, JBL 68, ’49, 329–34; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 93–95.—DELG. M-M. -
3 poner
v.1 to put.Ella puso el mantel She set the tablecloth.Ella puso su mejor esfuerzo She exerted her best effort.2 to give, to set (asignar) (tarea, examen).le pusieron Mario they called him Mariole pusieron un cinco en el examen he got five out of ten in the exam3 to switch or put on (conectar) (televisión, radio).4 to send (comunicar) (telegrama, fax).¿me pones con él? can you put me through to him? (peninsular Spanish)5 to show (Cine, Teatro & TV).¿qué ponen en la tele? what's on the telly?6 to set up.ha puesto una tienda she has opened a shopponer la mesa to lay the table7 to do up.han puesto su casa con mucho lujo they've done up their house in real style8 to put in.poner dinero en el negocio to put money into the businessponer algo de mi/tu/etc. parte to do my/your/etc bitponer mucho empeño en (hacer) algo to put a lot of effort into (doing) somethingPonga más sal Put in more salt.9 to suppose.pongamos que sucedió así (let's) suppose that's what happenedpon que necesitemos cinco días suppose we need five daysponiendo que todo salga bien assuming everything goes according to plan10 to say (decir). (peninsular Spanish)¿qué pone ahí? what does it say?11 to lay (eggs) (ave).12 to make, to render, to turn, to get.13 to apply, to put on.Ella puso desinfectante She applied disinfectant.14 to lay eggs, to lay.La gallina puso The hen laid eggs.15 to say about.* * *Present Indicativepongo, pones, pone, ponemos, ponéis, ponen.Past IndicativeFuture IndicativeConditionalPresent SubjunctiveImperfect SubjunctiveFuture SubjunctiveImperativePast Participlepuesto,-a.* * *verb1) to put2) place3) set4) set up, establish5) add6) switch on, put on7) lay8) install•- ponerse* * *Para las expresiones poner cuidado, poner en duda, poner por las nubes, poner a parir, poner como un trapo, poner verde, poner de vuelta y media, poner por testigo, ponerse por delante, ver la otra entrada.1. VERBO TRANSITIVO1) (=colocar, situar) to put¿dónde pongo mis cosas? — where shall I put my things?
ponle un poco de mantequilla y verás qué bueno — put some butter in it and you'll see how good it is
•
poner algo [aparte] — to put sth aside, put sth to one side•
ponlo en su [sitio] — put it back2) [+ ropa, calzado] to put on3) (=añadir) to addponle más sal — add some salt, put some more salt in it
4) (=aplicar, administrar) to put5) (=disponer, preparar)•
poner la [mesa] — to lay {o} set the table6) (=instalar)a) [+ teléfono, calefacción] to put inb) [+ tienda] to open; [+ casa] to furnish7) (=exponer)ponlo al sol — leave {o} put it out in the sun
8) (=hacer funcionar) [+ radio, televisión, calefacción] to put on, turn on; [+ disco] to put on, play¿pongo música? — shall I put some music on?
9) (=ajustar) [+ despertador] to set•
poner el reloj [en hora] — to put one's watch right•
ponlo [más alto] — turn it up10) (=adoptar)¿por qué pones esa voz tan tonta? — why are you speaking in that silly voice?
•
¡no pongas esa [cara]! — don't look at me like that!11) (=volver) + adj, adv to makepara no ponerle de mal humor — so as not to make him cross, so as not to put him in a bad mood
¡cómo te han puesto! — (=te han manchado) look what a mess you are!; (=te han pegado) they've given you a right thumping!
12) (=servir)¿qué te pongo? — what can I get you?, what would you like?
¿me pones más patatas? — could I have some more potatoes?
13) (=conectar por teléfono) to put through¿me pone con el Sr. García, por favor? — could you put me through to Mr García, please?
14) (=exhibir)¿qué ponen en el cine? — what's on at the cinema?
¿ponen alguna película esta noche? — is there a film on tonight?
15) (=enviar) to send16) (=escribir) to put¿qué pongo en la carta? — what shall I put in the letter?
¿te has acordado de poner el remite? — did you remember to put the return address on it?
17) (=decir, estar escrito) to say¿qué pone aquí? — what does it say here?
18) (=imponer) [+ examen, trabajo] to give, setnos pone mucho trabajo — he gives {o} sets us a lot of work
•
me han puesto una [multa] — I've been fined, I've been given a fine19) (=oponer) [+ inconvenientes] to raise•
le pone [peros] a todo — he's always finding fault with everything20) (=aportar, contribuir)[+ dinero]yo pongo el dinero pero ella escoge — I do the paying, but she does the choosing
21) (=invertir) to put in22) (=apostar)23) (=llamar) to call¿qué nombre {o} cómo le van a poner? — what are they going to call him?, what name are they giving him?
24) (=criticar, alabar)•
te puso muy [bien] ante el jefe — she was very nice about you to the boss•
¡[cómo] te han puesto! — (=te han criticado) they had a real go at you!; (=te han alabado) they were really nice about you!•
tu cuñada te ha puesto muy [mal] — your sister-in-law was very nasty about you25) (=tildar)•
poner a algn [de], la han puesto de idiota para arriba — they called her an idiot and worse26) (=suponer)•
pongamos [que] ganas la lotería — suppose {o} supposing you win the lotteryponiendo que... — supposing that...
27)• poner a algn [a] + infin —
nada más llegar nos pusieron a barrer — no sooner had we arrived than we were set to sweeping the floor
28)• poner a Juan [bien] con Pedro — to make things up between Juan and Pedro
•
poner a Juan [mal] con Pedro — to make Juan fall out with Pedro, cause a rift between Juan and Pedro29) [en trabajo]•
poner a algn [de], puso a su hija de sirvienta — she got her daughter a job as a servant30)31) [gallina] [+ huevos] to lay2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO1) [aves] to lay (eggs)2) (=apostar)3.See:* * *1.verbo transitivo1)a) ( colocar) to putlo pusieron en el curso avanzado — he was put o placed in the advanced class
b) <anuncio/aviso> to place, put2) ( agregar) to put¿cuándo se le pone el agua? — when do you put the water in?, when do you add the water?
¿le pones azúcar al café? — do you take sugar in your coffee?
3) <ropa/calzado> (+ me/te/le etc)¿me pones los zapatos? — can you put my shoes on (for me)?
4) <inyección/supositorio> to give5)poner la mesa — to lay o set the table
6)a) (instalar, montar) <oficina/restaurante> to openb) <cocina/teléfono/calefacción> to installc) cerradura/armario to fit8) (Esp) (servir, dar)¿qué le pongo? — what can I get you?
póngame un café, por favor — I'll have a coffee, please
¿cuántos le pongo? — how many would you like?
9)a) ( contribuir)b) ( proporcionar) autobús/tren to lay on10) < atención> to pay; <cuidado/interés> to take11)b) ( oponer)no puso inconveniente — he didn't have o raise any objections
a todo le pone peros or pegas — she finds fault with everything
¿qué nota te puso? — what mark did he give you?
¿qué título le pusiste? — what title did you give it?
le pusieron el apodo de `el cojo' — they nicknamed him `el cojo'
14) ( escribir) to put15) (esp Esp) ( expresar por escrito) to say16) (Esp) (exhibir, dar) <obra/película>¿ponen algo interesante en la tele? — is there anything interesting on TV?
¿qué ponen en el Royal? — what's on o what's showing at the Royal?
17) (RPl) ( tardar) to take18) (en estado, situación) (+ compl)19) ( adoptar) cara/voz20)a) ( hacer empezar)poner a alguien a + inf: puso a las hijas a trabajar he sent his daughters out to work; lo puse a hacer los deberes — I made him do his homework
b)poner a alguien de algo: la pusieron de jefa de sección they made her head of department; lo pusieron de ángel he was given the part of an angel; siempre te pone de ejemplo — he always holds you up as an example
21) ( suponer)pon que perdemos ese tren... — say we miss that train o if we (were to) miss that train...
pongamos (por caso) que están equivocados — suppose o let's just say they're wrong
ponerle — (esp AmL)
¿cuánto se tarda? - ponle dos horas — how long does it take? - about two hours o reckon on two hours
22)a) (conectar, encender) <televisión/calefacción> to turn on, switch on, put on; <programa/canal> to put on; < disco> to put onpuso el motor en marcha — she switched on o started the engine
b) (ajustar, graduar)23) (Esp) ( al teléfono)en seguida le pongo — I'm just putting you through o connecting you
poner a alguien con algo/alguien — to put somebody through to something/somebody
2.¿me pone con la extensión 24? — could you put me through to extension 24, please?
vi gallina to lay3.1) ponerse v pron2)a) (refl) ( colocarse)pongámonos a la sombra — let's sit (o lie etc) in the shade
ponerse de rodillas — to kneel (down), get down on one's knees
ponte ahí, junto al árbol — stand over there, by the tree
se me/le puso que... — (AmS fam) I/he had a feeling that... (colloq)
se le pone cada cosa... — he gets the strangest ideas into his head
b) (Esp) ( llegar)3) sol to set4) (refl) <calzado/maquillaje/alhaja> to put onme puse el collar de perlas — I wore o put on my pearl necklace
5) (en estado, situación) (+ compl)cómo te has puesto de barro! — look at you, you're covered in mud!
6)a) ( empezar)ponerse a + inf — to start -ing, to start + inf
se puso a llover — it started raining o started to rain
b) (CS arg) ( contribuir dinero)cuando llega la cuenta hay que ponerse — when the bill comes, everyone has to cough up (colloq)
yo me pongo con cien — I'll put in o chip in a hundred
7) (Esp) ( al teléfono)¿Pepe? sí, ahora se pone — Pepe? OK, I'll just get him for you
* * *= affix, fit, put, set, lay, set up, lay out on, lay down, deposit, play, lay out, plant, bung + Nombe + in, get on.Ex. Some libraries use small stickers affixed to the spines which have cartoons or ideograms indicating a special genre.Ex. One such method requires that each book has a magnetic strip inserted into the spine and a special exit door is fitted across which an electric signal is beamed.Ex. If you encounter an unlabeled document during charge-out, peel off one of the preprinted labels and put it in the document.Ex. If no fines are to be charged for a particular combination of borrower and material type, set the maximum fine to zero.Ex. By such mutual assistance, the wits and endeavours of the world may no longer be as so many scattered coals, or firebrands, which, for want of union are soon quenched, whereas, being but laid together, they would have yielded a comfortable light and heat.Ex. A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.Ex. A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.Ex. A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.Ex. The run-off paper must be thick and absorbent to cope with the thick layer of ink deposited on it by the duplicator.Ex. In another style of lesson, the book is approached through film clips, dramatizations on TV, or played on records or tapes made commercially.Ex. There should be plenty of space to lay out all the books attractively and for people to move about without feeling too crowded.Ex. The article is entitled 'To everything there is a season...a time to plant and a time to pluck up that which is planted: a life-cycle analysis of education for librarianship'.Ex. Instead of bunging it in the washing machine, clean it carefully by hand using lukewarm water.Ex. The full-length, two-direction zipper makes it easy to get on and off, and the bottom is easy to unzip for diaper changes.----* con la mirada puesta en = in + Posesivo + sights.* cosas + ponerse feas = things + get rough.* costes + ponerse por las nubes = costs + spiral.* de quita y pon = burn-'em-down-build-'em-up, removable.* encargado de poner en práctica = implementor [implementer].* no poner en duda = be unquestioned.* poner a Alguien al cargo de = put + Nombre + in charge of.* poner a Alguien al frente de = put + Nombre + in charge of.* poner a Alguien al mando de = put + Nombre + in charge of.* poner a Alguien al tanto de = fill + Alguien + in on.* poner a Alguien contra las cuerdas = put + Nombre + on the spot.* poner a Alguien en contacto con = put + Nombre + in touch with.* poner a Alguien en el compromiso de = leave + Nombre + with the choice of.* poner a Alguien en guardia = put + Nombre + on + Posesivo + guard.* poner a Alguien en su sitio = cut + Nombre + down to size, knock + Nombre + off + Posesivo + pedestal, cut + Nombre + down to size.* poner a Alguien en un aprieto = put + Nombre + on the spot.* poner a Alguien en un apuro = put + Alguien + on the spot, put + Nombre + on the spot.* poner a Alguien en un compromiso = put + Alguien + on the spot.* poner a Alguien en un pedestal = put + Nombre + on a pedestal.* poner a cargo de = put in + charge of.* poner a disposición = keep within + reach.* poner a disposición de = make + available to, put at + the disposal of, place + at the disposal of, bring within + reach.* poner a la altura de las circunstancias = bring + Nombre + up to par.* poner a la defensiva = put on + the defensive.* poner al alcance = bring within + reach.* poner al día = bring + Nombre + up to date, bring + Nombre + up to scratch.* poner al día (de) = bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.* poner Algo a disposición = put + Nombre + within reach.* poner Algo al alcance = put + Nombre + within reach.* poner Algo al descubierto = bring + Nombre + to the surface.* poner Algo a mano = put + Nombre + within reach.* poner Algo a prueba = push + Nombre + to + Posesivo + limits.* poner Algo en = stick + Nombre + on.* poner Algo en Internet = put (out) + Nombre + on the web.* poner Algo patas arriba = turn + Nombre + inside-out.* poner Algo por delante de = put + Nombre + ahead of.* poner Alguien al descubierto = blow + Posesivo + cover.* poner + Alguien + frenético = make + Alguien + furious.* poner al mismo nivel que = bring + Nombre + to a par with.* poner al revés = upend.* poner al tanto (de) = bring into + the swim of, bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.* poner al tanto sobre = give + Nombre + the lowdown on.* poner a mal tiempo buena cara = keep + Posesivo + chin up.* poner a + Nombre + a la cabeza de = put + Nombre + ahead in.* poner a + Número = set to + Número.* poner aparte = set + apart.* poner a + Posesivo + disposición = put at + Posesivo + fingertips.* poner a prueba = stretch, tax, try, strain, overtax, pilot, put to + the test, test, plumb + the depths of, trial, overstretch, push + the envelope, put + Nombre + to the test, try + Nombre + on, push + Nombre + to the edge.* poner a prueba la paciencia de Alguien = test + Posesivo + patience, try + Nombre + patience.* poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = try + the patience of a saint.* poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = test + the patience of a saint.* poner a prueba una idea = test + idea, pilot + idea.* poner a punto = overhaul, hone, fine tune [fine-tune], tune-up.* poner atención = lend + an ear, listen (to).* poner a un lado = lay + Nombre + aside, set + aside.* poner bonito = get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue.* poner carnada = bait.* poner cebo = bait.* poner como ejemplo = instance, cite + as an example, showcase.* poner con chinchetas = thumbtack.* poner delante de = lay before.* poner de manifiesto = bring into + relief, highlight, show, state, throw into + relief, throw up, evince, illustrate, underscore, underline, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], bring to + light, make + it + clear, lay + bare, provide + insight into, reveal, flag + Nombre + up.* poner de manifiesto las mejores cualidades de = bring out + the best in.* poner demasiado énfasis en Algo = overemphasise [over-emphasise] [overemphasize, -USA].* poner de patitas en la calle = give + Nombre + the boot, sack, boot (out), give + Nombre + the sack, turf out.* poner de pie = stand + upright.* poner de pie apoyado sobre un costado = stand on + Posesivo + side.* poner de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + part, do + Posesivo + share, do + Posesivo + bit.* poner de relieve = bring into + relief, throw into + relief, underscore, highlight, show, state, throw up, evince, illustrate, underline, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], flag + Nombre + up, reveal.* poner de relieve la importancia = underscore + importance.* poner doble acristalamiento = double glaze.* poner el candado = padlock.* poner el centro de atención = put + focus.* poner el colofón final = bookend.* poner el culo = take + Nombre + lying down.* poner el dedo en la llaga = hit + a (raw) nerve, touch on + raw nerve, hit + the nail on the head, strike + home, strike + a nerve, touch on + a sore spot, touch + a (raw) nerve.* poner el despertador = set + the alarm clock.* poner el énfasis = put + focus.* poner el grito en el cielo = be (all) up in arms, kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, blow + Posesivo + top, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack, scream + blue murder, froth at + the mouth, shout + blue murder.* poner el matasellos a una carta = postmark.* poner el precio = price.* poner el sello = stamp.* poner el sello a = place + a stamp on.* poner el sello de = rubber stamp.* poner empeño = strive.* poner en adobo = marinade.* poner en alerta = put on + standby, put on + alert, place + Nombre + on standby.* poner en alquiler = rent out.* poner en apuros = cast + a shadow over, put + Nombre + in difficulties.* poner encima = top with.* poner en circulación = circulate.* poner en claro = clear up.* poner en cola = queue.* poner en cola de espera = place + in queue.* poner en contacto = bring into + relationship, contact, provide + an interface, bring into + contact.* poner en contenedor = containerise [containerize, -USA].* poner en cuarentena = quarantine.* poner en cuestión = call into + question, render + questionable.* poner en cuestión la validez de = bring into + question the validity of, question + the validity of.* poner en dificultades = put + Nombre + in difficulties.* poner en duda = challenge, be flawed, question, render + suspect, unsettle, cast + doubt on, regard + with suspicion, put in + doubt, call into + question, shed + doubt, throw into + doubt, throw + doubt on.* poner en duda la validez de = bring into + question the validity of.* poner en duda unos principios = shake + foundations.* poner en el haber de = credit.* poner en entredicho = challenge, cast + doubt on, subvert, compromise, cast + aspersions on, challenge + Posesivo + assumptions, doubt, question, call into + question, impugn.* poner en entredicho una postura = compromise + position.* poner en escena = stage.* poner en estado de alerta = put on + standby, put on + alert, place + Nombre + on standby.* poner en evidencia = make + it + clear, underline, bring to + light, put + Nombre + to shame, call + Posesivo + bluff, bring to + the fore.* poner énfasis = put + emphasis.* poner énfasis en = lay + stress on, place + emphasis on, lay + emphasis on.* poner en forma = buff up.* poner en funcionamiento = activate, set in + action, set up, trip, put into + working order, put in + place, put in + place, put into + place, set in + motion.* poner en funcionamiento un programa = implement + program(me).* poner en garantía = pawn.* poner en hielo = ice.* poner en juego = tap.* poner en la calle = evict.* poner en la pared = pin up.* poner en la red + Documento Impreso = webify + Documento Impreso.* poner en libertad = release from + jail.* poner en libertad bajo fianza = release on + bail.* poner en libertad condicional = release on + bail.* poner en libertad condicional, poner en libertad bajo fianza = release on + bail.* poner en lista de espera = put + on a waiting list.* poner en marcha = implement, set up, trip, set out on, crank up.* poner en marcha un proyecto = mobilise + effort.* poner en órbita = place into + orbit.* poner en orden = tidy up, put in + order, clear up.* poner en peligro = jeopardise [jeopardize, -USA], put into + jeopardy, imperil, put at + risk, compromise, endanger, pose + risk.* poner en peligro la seguridad = breach + security.* poner en peligro la vida = risk + Posesivo + life, risk + life and limb.* poner en práctica = exercise, implement, put into + practice, put to + work, put into + effect, put into + practical effect, put in + place, put into + place, translate into + practical action, bring to + bear, deploy.* poner en práctica una idea = put + Posesivo + idea + into practice.* poner en práctica una normativa = carry out + policy.* poner en práctica un arte = practise + art.* poner en préstamo = circulate.* poner en primer plano = foreground.* poner en relación = bring into + relationship.* poner en remojo = steep.* poner en ridículo = poke + fun at.* poner en riesgo = put at + risk.* poner en su sitio = put in + place.* poner en tela de juicio = throw + doubt on, contest.* poner en tensión = put + Nombre + under pressure.* poner entre comillas = enclose + in quotation marks.* poner entre corchetes = bracket.* poner entre la espada y la pared = press to + the point.* poner entre paréntesis = bracket.* poner entre rejas = put + Nombre + behind bars.* poner en uso = bring into + use, take in + use.* poner en venta = put on + sale.* poner esfuerzo = give + effort.* poner fin = curb, bring to + a close, draw to + a close.* poner fin a = put + paid to, put + an end to, put + a stop to, call + a halt on, bring + an end to, bring to + an end, sound + the death knell for, kill off.* poner fin a un embarazo = terminate + pregnancy.* poner freno = curb.* poner freno a = place + a curb on, clamp down on.* poner fuera de combate = lay + Nombre + low.* poner guiones = hyphenate.* poner huevos = lay + eggs, oviposit.* poner impuestos = impose + VAT.* poner la brida = bridle.* poner la casa al revés = turn + everything upside down.* poner la casa patas arriba = turn + the house upside down.* poner la dirección en un sobre = address + envelope.* poner ladrillos = laying of bricks, lay + bricks.* poner la fecha = date-stamp.* poner la mesa = lay + the table.* poner la otra mejilla = turn + the other cheek.* poner la responsabilidad en = put + the burden on.* poner las antenas = prick (up) + Posesivo + ears, Posesivo + antennas + go up.* poner las bases = lay + foundation, lay + the basis for.* poner las cartas boca arriba = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.* poner las cartas sobre la mesa = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.* poner las cosas en marcha = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.* poner las cosas en movimiento = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.* poner las cosas en su lugar = set + the record straight.* poner las esposas = handcuff.* poner la vida en peligro = put + Posesivo + life at risk.* ponerle el cascabel al gato = stick + Posesivo + neck out (for), stick out + Posesivo + neck.* ponerle la guinda = put + icing on the cake.* ponerle la mano encima a = lay + a finger on.* ponerle los cuernos a = cuckold.* ponerlo de otra manera = put it + in a different way.* poner lo pelos de punta = frighten + the living daylights out of.* poner los ojos en blanco = roll + Posesivo + eyes.* poner los pelos de punta = bristle, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + Nombre + to death, make + Posesivo + hair stand on end, scare + the hell out of.* poner los pies en alto = put + Posesivo + feet up.* poner los pies en + Posesivo + casa = darken + Posesivo + door.* poner los pies sobre la tierra = come down + to earth.* poner más fuerte = crank up.* poner mucho ahínco = try + Posesivo + heart out.* poner mucho ahínco en = put + Posesivo + heart into.* poner mucho empeño = try + Posesivo + heart out.* poner mucho empeño en = put + Posesivo + heart into.* poner mucho empeño en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.* poner mucho empeño por = take + (great) pains to.* poner mucho esmero por = take + (great) pains to.* poner negro = drive + Alguien + (a)round the bend.* poner nervioso = rattle.* poner nervioso a Alguien = give + Nombre + the screaming abdabs.* poner + Nombre + a dieta = put + Nombre + on a diet.* poner + Nombre + a + Nombre = place + Nombre + against + Nombre.* poner objeciones = object.* poner objeciones a = object to.* poner obstáculos = cramp.* poner orden = bring + order, tidying (up), create + order, clear out, clear up.* poner orden en el caos = create + order out of chaos, create + order out of chaos.* poner papel en la impresora = load + printer.* poner parches = patch up, patch.* poner patas arriba = upend.* poner pegas = cavil (about/at), baulk [balk, -USA], quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.* poner peros = baulk [balk, -USA], cavil (about/at), quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.* poner por las nubes = praise + highly, wax + lyrical, wax + rapturous, praise + Nombre + to the skies, sing + Posesivo + praises.* poner por los suelos = slate, slag + Nombre + off, mouth off, say + nasty things about, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, trash, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, rubbish.* poner + Posesivo + granito de arena = do + Posesivo + share, do + Posesivo + part, do + Posesivo + bit.* poner precio a la cabeza de = declare + open season on.* poner precio a la cabeza de Alguien = put + a price on + Posesivo + head.* poner punto final a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end, close + the book on.* poner punto y final a = put + a stop to, sound + the death knell for.* poner reparos = cavil (about/at), baulk [balk, -USA], quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.* poner sal = salt.* ponerse = don, pull on, wax.* ponerse a = set about + Gerundio, get (a)round to, settle down to, get down to + Nombre.* ponerse a cero = roll over to + zero.* ponerse a cubierto = run for + cover.* ponerse a dieta = go on + a diet.* ponerse a hacer = set out to + do.* ponerse a hacer Algo en serio = buckle down to.* ponerse al corriente = come up to + speed.* ponerse al corriente de = catch up with, catch up on.* ponerse al día = catching up, come up to + speed, get + up to speed.* ponerse al día de = get up to + speed on.* ponerse al día de un atraso = clear + backlog.* ponerse al día en = catch up with, catch up on.* ponerse Algo = slip + Nombre + on.* ponerse al rojo vivo = reach + boiling point, fire up.* ponerse al tanto = get + up to speed, wise up.* ponerse al tanto de = get up to + speed on.* ponerse a malas con = run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.* ponerse amarillo de envidia = turn + green with envy.* ponerse a temblar con sólo pensar en = shudder at + the thought of.* ponerse a trabajar en serio = get on with + Posesivo + work, buckle down to, pull up + Posesivo + socks, pull + (a/Posesivo) finger out.* ponerse a trabajar por cuenta propia = strike out on + Posesivo + own.* ponerse a tratar + Algo = get down to + Nombre.* ponerse blanco = turn + white, whiten.* ponerse borroso = blur.* ponerse ciego = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).* ponerse + Color = go + Color.* ponerse colorado = get + red in the face, go + bright red.* ponerse colorado como un tomate = go + bright red.* ponerse como loco = go + crazy, get + (all) worked up (about), get + hot under the collar.* ponerse como una fiera = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + Posesivo + stack.* ponerse como unas castañuelas = be tickled pink, be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits.* ponerse como un energúmeno = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + a fuse, wax + indignant, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler, tear + Posesivo + hair out, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.* ponerse contentísimo = be tickled pink, be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits.* ponerse de acuerdo sobre = agree (on/upon).* ponerse del lado de = side with.* ponerse del lado de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.* ponerse de lleno a = buckle down to.* ponerse de mil colores = go + bright red.* ponerse de moda = come into + vogue, come into + fashion.* ponerse de parte de = side with.* ponerse de parte de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.* ponerse de pie = rise, stand up, get to + Posesivo + feet, rise to + Posesivo + feet.* ponerse de punta = stand out.* ponerse, el = donning, the.* ponerse el cinturón = buckle up.* ponerse en cola = queue up, line up.* ponerse en contacto = make + contact.* ponerse en contacto con = be in touch (with), interact (with), get in + touch with.* ponerse en contra de = turn against.* ponerse en cuclillas = squat (down), crouch (down).* ponerse en el lugar de = place + Reflexivo + in the position of, put + Reflexivo + in the position of.* ponerse en el lugar de Alguien = put + Reflexivo + in + Nombre/Posesivo + shoes, wear + Posesivo + shoes, walk in + Posesivo + shoes.* ponerse enfermo = get + sick.* ponerse en fila = line up.* ponerse en forma = get + fit.* ponerse en forma para la lucir el cuerpo en la playa = get + beach-fit.* ponerse en lugar de Alguien = stand in + Posesivo + shoes.* ponerse en marcha = set off, get off + the ground, swing into + action.* ponerse en medio = get in + the way (of).* ponerse en pie de guerra = dig up + the tomahawk, dig up + the hatchet, dig up + the war axe.* ponerse en práctica = go into + effect.* ponerse en ridículo = make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.* ponerse en tensión = tense up.* ponerse firme = stand to + attention.* ponerse frenético = go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, work up + a lather, tear + Posesivo + hair out, be furious.* ponerse fresco con = act + fresh with.* ponerse furioso = infuriate, get + (all) worked up (about), get + hot under the collar.* ponerse gallito = bluster.* ponerse hecho una fiera = go + ballistic, go + berserk, blow + Posesivo + top, go + postal, go + crazy, blow + a fuse, lose + Posesivo + temper, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.* ponerse hecho una furia = go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, lose + Posesivo + temper.* ponerse hecho un basilisco = go + ballistic, go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, lose + Posesivo + temper.* ponerse hecho un energúmeno = go + ballistic, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.* ponerse histérico = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler.* ponerse la ropa rápidamente = slip into + Posesivo + clothes.* ponerse las medallas = take + the credit (for).* ponerse las orejeras = put on + blinkers.* ponerse las pilas = buckle down to, pull up + Posesivo + socks, put + Posesivo + skates on, get + Posesivo + skates on, pull + (a/Posesivo) finger out.* ponerse las pilas, ponerse de lleno a, ponerse a trabajar en serio = buckle down to.* ponerse loco = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather.* ponerse manos a la obra = get down to + business, swing into + action.* ponerse marrón = turn + brown.* ponerse morado = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).* ponerse nervioso = get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, be in a tizz(y), get in(to) a tizz(y), have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.* ponerse por las nubes = go + ballistic.* ponerse rígido = stiffen.* ponerse rojo = get + red in the face, go + bright red.* ponerse rojo como un tomate = go + bright red.* ponerse seriamente a = settle to.* ponerse tenso = tense up, stress + Nombre + out.* ponerse tibio = pig out (on).* ponerse una tarea = set + Reflexivo + task.* poner sobre aviso = alert to.* poner término a = put + paid to.* poner toda la carne en el asador = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon, put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.* poner todo de + Posesivo + parte = give + Posesivo + best, do + Posesivo + best, give + Posesivo + utmost.* poner todo patas arriba = turn + everything upside down.* poner todos los huevos en una canasta = put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket, put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.* poner trabas = cramp.* poner una bomba = plant + bomb.* poner una demanda = face + legal action.* poner una denuncia = file + police report.* poner una marca de comprobación = check-mark.* poner una nota en un sitio público = post.* poner una reclamación = appeal.* poner una señal = put up + a sign, put up + a notice.* poner una señal de aviso = post + a warning, post + a warning sign.* poner una tienda = pitch + tent.* poner un círculo alrededor = circle.* poner un ejemplo = take + an example, draw + example.* poner un letrero = put up + a sign, post + a notice, put up + a notice.* poner un pie = set + foot (inside/in/on).* poner un poquito de picante = pep up.* poner un precio a Algo muy alto = overprice.* poner verde = mouth off, get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue, trash, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, say + nasty things about, slag + Nombre + off, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, slate, rubbish.* poner vertical = stand + upright, upend.* poner y quitar = get on and off.* pongamos el caso de que = for the sake of + argument.* pongamos, por ejemplo,... = let us say, take, for example,..., take, for instance,....* por poner un ejemplo + Adjetivo = to take a + Adjetivo + example.* por poner un ejemplo sobre + Nombre = to take + Nombre.* precio + ponerse por las nubes = price + go through the roof, price + spiral out of control, price + soar through the roof.* precios + ponerse por las nubes = prices + spiral.* que pone la vida en peligro = life threatening.* que pone obstáculos = obstructive.* quita o pon = give or take.* sin poner en duda la veracidad de Algo temporalmente = suspension of disbelief.* sin poner en escena = unproduced.* sin ponerlo en duda = uncritically.* sin ponerse en duda = unquestioned.* sólo con la ropa interior puesta = in + Posesivo + underclothes.* sol + ponerse (por) = sun + set (on).* volver a ponerse al día = be back on track, be on track.* ya lo quitas, ya lo pones = burn-'em-down-build-'em-up.* * *1.verbo transitivo1)a) ( colocar) to putlo pusieron en el curso avanzado — he was put o placed in the advanced class
b) <anuncio/aviso> to place, put2) ( agregar) to put¿cuándo se le pone el agua? — when do you put the water in?, when do you add the water?
¿le pones azúcar al café? — do you take sugar in your coffee?
3) <ropa/calzado> (+ me/te/le etc)¿me pones los zapatos? — can you put my shoes on (for me)?
4) <inyección/supositorio> to give5)poner la mesa — to lay o set the table
6)a) (instalar, montar) <oficina/restaurante> to openb) <cocina/teléfono/calefacción> to installc) cerradura/armario to fit8) (Esp) (servir, dar)¿qué le pongo? — what can I get you?
póngame un café, por favor — I'll have a coffee, please
¿cuántos le pongo? — how many would you like?
9)a) ( contribuir)b) ( proporcionar) autobús/tren to lay on10) < atención> to pay; <cuidado/interés> to take11)b) ( oponer)no puso inconveniente — he didn't have o raise any objections
a todo le pone peros or pegas — she finds fault with everything
¿qué nota te puso? — what mark did he give you?
¿qué título le pusiste? — what title did you give it?
le pusieron el apodo de `el cojo' — they nicknamed him `el cojo'
14) ( escribir) to put15) (esp Esp) ( expresar por escrito) to say16) (Esp) (exhibir, dar) <obra/película>¿ponen algo interesante en la tele? — is there anything interesting on TV?
¿qué ponen en el Royal? — what's on o what's showing at the Royal?
17) (RPl) ( tardar) to take18) (en estado, situación) (+ compl)19) ( adoptar) cara/voz20)a) ( hacer empezar)poner a alguien a + inf: puso a las hijas a trabajar he sent his daughters out to work; lo puse a hacer los deberes — I made him do his homework
b)poner a alguien de algo: la pusieron de jefa de sección they made her head of department; lo pusieron de ángel he was given the part of an angel; siempre te pone de ejemplo — he always holds you up as an example
21) ( suponer)pon que perdemos ese tren... — say we miss that train o if we (were to) miss that train...
pongamos (por caso) que están equivocados — suppose o let's just say they're wrong
ponerle — (esp AmL)
¿cuánto se tarda? - ponle dos horas — how long does it take? - about two hours o reckon on two hours
22)a) (conectar, encender) <televisión/calefacción> to turn on, switch on, put on; <programa/canal> to put on; < disco> to put onpuso el motor en marcha — she switched on o started the engine
b) (ajustar, graduar)23) (Esp) ( al teléfono)en seguida le pongo — I'm just putting you through o connecting you
poner a alguien con algo/alguien — to put somebody through to something/somebody
2.¿me pone con la extensión 24? — could you put me through to extension 24, please?
vi gallina to lay3.1) ponerse v pron2)a) (refl) ( colocarse)pongámonos a la sombra — let's sit (o lie etc) in the shade
ponerse de rodillas — to kneel (down), get down on one's knees
ponte ahí, junto al árbol — stand over there, by the tree
se me/le puso que... — (AmS fam) I/he had a feeling that... (colloq)
se le pone cada cosa... — he gets the strangest ideas into his head
b) (Esp) ( llegar)3) sol to set4) (refl) <calzado/maquillaje/alhaja> to put onme puse el collar de perlas — I wore o put on my pearl necklace
5) (en estado, situación) (+ compl)cómo te has puesto de barro! — look at you, you're covered in mud!
6)a) ( empezar)ponerse a + inf — to start -ing, to start + inf
se puso a llover — it started raining o started to rain
b) (CS arg) ( contribuir dinero)cuando llega la cuenta hay que ponerse — when the bill comes, everyone has to cough up (colloq)
yo me pongo con cien — I'll put in o chip in a hundred
7) (Esp) ( al teléfono)¿Pepe? sí, ahora se pone — Pepe? OK, I'll just get him for you
* * *= affix, fit, put, set, lay, set up, lay out on, lay down, deposit, play, lay out, plant, bung + Nombe + in, get on.Ex: Some libraries use small stickers affixed to the spines which have cartoons or ideograms indicating a special genre.
Ex: One such method requires that each book has a magnetic strip inserted into the spine and a special exit door is fitted across which an electric signal is beamed.Ex: If you encounter an unlabeled document during charge-out, peel off one of the preprinted labels and put it in the document.Ex: If no fines are to be charged for a particular combination of borrower and material type, set the maximum fine to zero.Ex: By such mutual assistance, the wits and endeavours of the world may no longer be as so many scattered coals, or firebrands, which, for want of union are soon quenched, whereas, being but laid together, they would have yielded a comfortable light and heat.Ex: A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.Ex: A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.Ex: A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.Ex: The run-off paper must be thick and absorbent to cope with the thick layer of ink deposited on it by the duplicator.Ex: In another style of lesson, the book is approached through film clips, dramatizations on TV, or played on records or tapes made commercially.Ex: There should be plenty of space to lay out all the books attractively and for people to move about without feeling too crowded.Ex: The article is entitled 'To everything there is a season...a time to plant and a time to pluck up that which is planted: a life-cycle analysis of education for librarianship'.Ex: Instead of bunging it in the washing machine, clean it carefully by hand using lukewarm water.Ex: The full-length, two-direction zipper makes it easy to get on and off, and the bottom is easy to unzip for diaper changes.* con la mirada puesta en = in + Posesivo + sights.* cosas + ponerse feas = things + get rough.* costes + ponerse por las nubes = costs + spiral.* de quita y pon = burn-'em-down-build-'em-up, removable.* encargado de poner en práctica = implementor [implementer].* no poner en duda = be unquestioned.* poner a Alguien al cargo de = put + Nombre + in charge of.* poner a Alguien al frente de = put + Nombre + in charge of.* poner a Alguien al mando de = put + Nombre + in charge of.* poner a Alguien al tanto de = fill + Alguien + in on.* poner a Alguien contra las cuerdas = put + Nombre + on the spot.* poner a Alguien en contacto con = put + Nombre + in touch with.* poner a Alguien en el compromiso de = leave + Nombre + with the choice of.* poner a Alguien en guardia = put + Nombre + on + Posesivo + guard.* poner a Alguien en su sitio = cut + Nombre + down to size, knock + Nombre + off + Posesivo + pedestal, cut + Nombre + down to size.* poner a Alguien en un aprieto = put + Nombre + on the spot.* poner a Alguien en un apuro = put + Alguien + on the spot, put + Nombre + on the spot.* poner a Alguien en un compromiso = put + Alguien + on the spot.* poner a Alguien en un pedestal = put + Nombre + on a pedestal.* poner a cargo de = put in + charge of.* poner a disposición = keep within + reach.* poner a disposición de = make + available to, put at + the disposal of, place + at the disposal of, bring within + reach.* poner a la altura de las circunstancias = bring + Nombre + up to par.* poner a la defensiva = put on + the defensive.* poner al alcance = bring within + reach.* poner al día = bring + Nombre + up to date, bring + Nombre + up to scratch.* poner al día (de) = bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.* poner Algo a disposición = put + Nombre + within reach.* poner Algo al alcance = put + Nombre + within reach.* poner Algo al descubierto = bring + Nombre + to the surface.* poner Algo a mano = put + Nombre + within reach.* poner Algo a prueba = push + Nombre + to + Posesivo + limits.* poner Algo en = stick + Nombre + on.* poner Algo en Internet = put (out) + Nombre + on the web.* poner Algo patas arriba = turn + Nombre + inside-out.* poner Algo por delante de = put + Nombre + ahead of.* poner Alguien al descubierto = blow + Posesivo + cover.* poner + Alguien + frenético = make + Alguien + furious.* poner al mismo nivel que = bring + Nombre + to a par with.* poner al revés = upend.* poner al tanto (de) = bring into + the swim of, bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.* poner al tanto sobre = give + Nombre + the lowdown on.* poner a mal tiempo buena cara = keep + Posesivo + chin up.* poner a + Nombre + a la cabeza de = put + Nombre + ahead in.* poner a + Número = set to + Número.* poner aparte = set + apart.* poner a + Posesivo + disposición = put at + Posesivo + fingertips.* poner a prueba = stretch, tax, try, strain, overtax, pilot, put to + the test, test, plumb + the depths of, trial, overstretch, push + the envelope, put + Nombre + to the test, try + Nombre + on, push + Nombre + to the edge.* poner a prueba la paciencia de Alguien = test + Posesivo + patience, try + Nombre + patience.* poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = try + the patience of a saint.* poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = test + the patience of a saint.* poner a prueba una idea = test + idea, pilot + idea.* poner a punto = overhaul, hone, fine tune [fine-tune], tune-up.* poner atención = lend + an ear, listen (to).* poner a un lado = lay + Nombre + aside, set + aside.* poner bonito = get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue.* poner carnada = bait.* poner cebo = bait.* poner como ejemplo = instance, cite + as an example, showcase.* poner con chinchetas = thumbtack.* poner delante de = lay before.* poner de manifiesto = bring into + relief, highlight, show, state, throw into + relief, throw up, evince, illustrate, underscore, underline, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], bring to + light, make + it + clear, lay + bare, provide + insight into, reveal, flag + Nombre + up.* poner de manifiesto las mejores cualidades de = bring out + the best in.* poner demasiado énfasis en Algo = overemphasise [over-emphasise] [overemphasize, -USA].* poner de patitas en la calle = give + Nombre + the boot, sack, boot (out), give + Nombre + the sack, turf out.* poner de pie = stand + upright.* poner de pie apoyado sobre un costado = stand on + Posesivo + side.* poner de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + part, do + Posesivo + share, do + Posesivo + bit.* poner de relieve = bring into + relief, throw into + relief, underscore, highlight, show, state, throw up, evince, illustrate, underline, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], flag + Nombre + up, reveal.* poner de relieve la importancia = underscore + importance.* poner doble acristalamiento = double glaze.* poner el candado = padlock.* poner el centro de atención = put + focus.* poner el colofón final = bookend.* poner el culo = take + Nombre + lying down.* poner el dedo en la llaga = hit + a (raw) nerve, touch on + raw nerve, hit + the nail on the head, strike + home, strike + a nerve, touch on + a sore spot, touch + a (raw) nerve.* poner el despertador = set + the alarm clock.* poner el énfasis = put + focus.* poner el grito en el cielo = be (all) up in arms, kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, blow + Posesivo + top, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack, scream + blue murder, froth at + the mouth, shout + blue murder.* poner el matasellos a una carta = postmark.* poner el precio = price.* poner el sello = stamp.* poner el sello a = place + a stamp on.* poner el sello de = rubber stamp.* poner empeño = strive.* poner en adobo = marinade.* poner en alerta = put on + standby, put on + alert, place + Nombre + on standby.* poner en alquiler = rent out.* poner en apuros = cast + a shadow over, put + Nombre + in difficulties.* poner encima = top with.* poner en circulación = circulate.* poner en claro = clear up.* poner en cola = queue.* poner en cola de espera = place + in queue.* poner en contacto = bring into + relationship, contact, provide + an interface, bring into + contact.* poner en contenedor = containerise [containerize, -USA].* poner en cuarentena = quarantine.* poner en cuestión = call into + question, render + questionable.* poner en cuestión la validez de = bring into + question the validity of, question + the validity of.* poner en dificultades = put + Nombre + in difficulties.* poner en duda = challenge, be flawed, question, render + suspect, unsettle, cast + doubt on, regard + with suspicion, put in + doubt, call into + question, shed + doubt, throw into + doubt, throw + doubt on.* poner en duda la validez de = bring into + question the validity of.* poner en duda unos principios = shake + foundations.* poner en el haber de = credit.* poner en entredicho = challenge, cast + doubt on, subvert, compromise, cast + aspersions on, challenge + Posesivo + assumptions, doubt, question, call into + question, impugn.* poner en entredicho una postura = compromise + position.* poner en escena = stage.* poner en estado de alerta = put on + standby, put on + alert, place + Nombre + on standby.* poner en evidencia = make + it + clear, underline, bring to + light, put + Nombre + to shame, call + Posesivo + bluff, bring to + the fore.* poner énfasis = put + emphasis.* poner énfasis en = lay + stress on, place + emphasis on, lay + emphasis on.* poner en forma = buff up.* poner en funcionamiento = activate, set in + action, set up, trip, put into + working order, put in + place, put in + place, put into + place, set in + motion.* poner en funcionamiento un programa = implement + program(me).* poner en garantía = pawn.* poner en hielo = ice.* poner en juego = tap.* poner en la calle = evict.* poner en la pared = pin up.* poner en la red + Documento Impreso = webify + Documento Impreso.* poner en libertad = release from + jail.* poner en libertad bajo fianza = release on + bail.* poner en libertad condicional = release on + bail.* poner en libertad condicional, poner en libertad bajo fianza = release on + bail.* poner en lista de espera = put + on a waiting list.* poner en marcha = implement, set up, trip, set out on, crank up.* poner en marcha un proyecto = mobilise + effort.* poner en órbita = place into + orbit.* poner en orden = tidy up, put in + order, clear up.* poner en peligro = jeopardise [jeopardize, -USA], put into + jeopardy, imperil, put at + risk, compromise, endanger, pose + risk.* poner en peligro la seguridad = breach + security.* poner en peligro la vida = risk + Posesivo + life, risk + life and limb.* poner en práctica = exercise, implement, put into + practice, put to + work, put into + effect, put into + practical effect, put in + place, put into + place, translate into + practical action, bring to + bear, deploy.* poner en práctica una idea = put + Posesivo + idea + into practice.* poner en práctica una normativa = carry out + policy.* poner en práctica un arte = practise + art.* poner en préstamo = circulate.* poner en primer plano = foreground.* poner en relación = bring into + relationship.* poner en remojo = steep.* poner en ridículo = poke + fun at.* poner en riesgo = put at + risk.* poner en su sitio = put in + place.* poner en tela de juicio = throw + doubt on, contest.* poner en tensión = put + Nombre + under pressure.* poner entre comillas = enclose + in quotation marks.* poner entre corchetes = bracket.* poner entre la espada y la pared = press to + the point.* poner entre paréntesis = bracket.* poner entre rejas = put + Nombre + behind bars.* poner en uso = bring into + use, take in + use.* poner en venta = put on + sale.* poner esfuerzo = give + effort.* poner fin = curb, bring to + a close, draw to + a close.* poner fin a = put + paid to, put + an end to, put + a stop to, call + a halt on, bring + an end to, bring to + an end, sound + the death knell for, kill off.* poner fin a un embarazo = terminate + pregnancy.* poner freno = curb.* poner freno a = place + a curb on, clamp down on.* poner fuera de combate = lay + Nombre + low.* poner guiones = hyphenate.* poner huevos = lay + eggs, oviposit.* poner impuestos = impose + VAT.* poner la brida = bridle.* poner la casa al revés = turn + everything upside down.* poner la casa patas arriba = turn + the house upside down.* poner la dirección en un sobre = address + envelope.* poner ladrillos = laying of bricks, lay + bricks.* poner la fecha = date-stamp.* poner la mesa = lay + the table.* poner la otra mejilla = turn + the other cheek.* poner la responsabilidad en = put + the burden on.* poner las antenas = prick (up) + Posesivo + ears, Posesivo + antennas + go up.* poner las bases = lay + foundation, lay + the basis for.* poner las cartas boca arriba = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.* poner las cartas sobre la mesa = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.* poner las cosas en marcha = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.* poner las cosas en movimiento = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.* poner las cosas en su lugar = set + the record straight.* poner las esposas = handcuff.* poner la vida en peligro = put + Posesivo + life at risk.* ponerle el cascabel al gato = stick + Posesivo + neck out (for), stick out + Posesivo + neck.* ponerle la guinda = put + icing on the cake.* ponerle la mano encima a = lay + a finger on.* ponerle los cuernos a = cuckold.* ponerlo de otra manera = put it + in a different way.* poner lo pelos de punta = frighten + the living daylights out of.* poner los ojos en blanco = roll + Posesivo + eyes.* poner los pelos de punta = bristle, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + Nombre + to death, make + Posesivo + hair stand on end, scare + the hell out of.* poner los pies en alto = put + Posesivo + feet up.* poner los pies en + Posesivo + casa = darken + Posesivo + door.* poner los pies sobre la tierra = come down + to earth.* poner más fuerte = crank up.* poner mucho ahínco = try + Posesivo + heart out.* poner mucho ahínco en = put + Posesivo + heart into.* poner mucho empeño = try + Posesivo + heart out.* poner mucho empeño en = put + Posesivo + heart into.* poner mucho empeño en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.* poner mucho empeño por = take + (great) pains to.* poner mucho esmero por = take + (great) pains to.* poner negro = drive + Alguien + (a)round the bend.* poner nervioso = rattle.* poner nervioso a Alguien = give + Nombre + the screaming abdabs.* poner + Nombre + a dieta = put + Nombre + on a diet.* poner + Nombre + a + Nombre = place + Nombre + against + Nombre.* poner objeciones = object.* poner objeciones a = object to.* poner obstáculos = cramp.* poner orden = bring + order, tidying (up), create + order, clear out, clear up.* poner orden en el caos = create + order out of chaos, create + order out of chaos.* poner papel en la impresora = load + printer.* poner parches = patch up, patch.* poner patas arriba = upend.* poner pegas = cavil (about/at), baulk [balk, -USA], quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.* poner peros = baulk [balk, -USA], cavil (about/at), quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.* poner por las nubes = praise + highly, wax + lyrical, wax + rapturous, praise + Nombre + to the skies, sing + Posesivo + praises.* poner por los suelos = slate, slag + Nombre + off, mouth off, say + nasty things about, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, trash, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, rubbish.* poner + Posesivo + granito de arena = do + Posesivo + share, do + Posesivo + part, do + Posesivo + bit.* poner precio a la cabeza de = declare + open season on.* poner precio a la cabeza de Alguien = put + a price on + Posesivo + head.* poner punto final a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end, close + the book on.* poner punto y final a = put + a stop to, sound + the death knell for.* poner reparos = cavil (about/at), baulk [balk, -USA], quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.* poner sal = salt.* ponerse = don, pull on, wax.* ponerse a = set about + Gerundio, get (a)round to, settle down to, get down to + Nombre.* ponerse a cero = roll over to + zero.* ponerse a cubierto = run for + cover.* ponerse a dieta = go on + a diet.* ponerse a hacer = set out to + do.* ponerse a hacer Algo en serio = buckle down to.* ponerse al corriente = come up to + speed.* ponerse al corriente de = catch up with, catch up on.* ponerse al día = catching up, come up to + speed, get + up to speed.* ponerse al día de = get up to + speed on.* ponerse al día de un atraso = clear + backlog.* ponerse al día en = catch up with, catch up on.* ponerse Algo = slip + Nombre + on.* ponerse al rojo vivo = reach + boiling point, fire up.* ponerse al tanto = get + up to speed, wise up.* ponerse al tanto de = get up to + speed on.* ponerse a malas con = run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.* ponerse amarillo de envidia = turn + green with envy.* ponerse a temblar con sólo pensar en = shudder at + the thought of.* ponerse a trabajar en serio = get on with + Posesivo + work, buckle down to, pull up + Posesivo + socks, pull + (a/Posesivo) finger out.* ponerse a trabajar por cuenta propia = strike out on + Posesivo + own.* ponerse a tratar + Algo = get down to + Nombre.* ponerse blanco = turn + white, whiten.* ponerse borroso = blur.* ponerse ciego = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).* ponerse + Color = go + Color.* ponerse colorado = get + red in the face, go + bright red.* ponerse colorado como un tomate = go + bright red.* ponerse como loco = go + crazy, get + (all) worked up (about), get + hot under the collar.* ponerse como una fiera = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + Posesivo + stack.* ponerse como unas castañuelas = be tickled pink, be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits.* ponerse como un energúmeno = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + a fuse, wax + indignant, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler, tear + Posesivo + hair out, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.* ponerse contentísimo = be tickled pink, be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits.* ponerse de acuerdo sobre = agree (on/upon).* ponerse del lado de = side with.* ponerse del lado de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.* ponerse de lleno a = buckle down to.* ponerse de mil colores = go + bright red.* ponerse de moda = come into + vogue, come into + fashion.* ponerse de parte de = side with.* ponerse de parte de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.* ponerse de pie = rise, stand up, get to + Posesivo + feet, rise to + Posesivo + feet.* ponerse de punta = stand out.* ponerse, el = donning, the.* ponerse el cinturón = buckle up.* ponerse en cola = queue up, line up.* ponerse en contacto = make + contact.* ponerse en contacto con = be in touch (with), interact (with), get in + touch with.* ponerse en contra de = turn against.* ponerse en cuclillas = squat (down), crouch (down).* ponerse en el lugar de = place + Reflexivo + in the position of, put + Reflexivo + in the position of.* ponerse en el lugar de Alguien = put + Reflexivo + in + Nombre/Posesivo + shoes, wear + Posesivo + shoes, walk in + Posesivo + shoes.* ponerse enfermo = get + sick.* ponerse en fila = line up.* ponerse en forma = get + fit.* ponerse en forma para la lucir el cuerpo en la playa = get + beach-fit.* ponerse en lugar de Alguien = stand in + Posesivo + shoes.* ponerse en marcha = set off, get off + the ground, swing into + action.* ponerse en medio = get in + the way (of).* ponerse en pie de guerra = dig up + the tomahawk, dig up + the hatchet, dig up + the war axe.* ponerse en práctica = go into + effect.* ponerse en ridículo = make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.* ponerse en tensión = tense up.* ponerse firme = stand to + attention.* ponerse frenético = go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, work up + a lather, tear + Posesivo + hair out, be furious.* ponerse fresco con = act + fresh with.* ponerse furioso = infuriate, get + (all) worked up (about), get + hot under the collar.* ponerse gallito = bluster.* ponerse hecho una fiera = go + ballistic, go + berserk, blow + Posesivo + top, go + postal, go + crazy, blow + a fuse, lose + Posesivo + temper, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.* ponerse hecho una furia = go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, lose + Posesivo + temper.* ponerse hecho un basilisco = go + ballistic, go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, lose + Posesivo + temper.* ponerse hecho un energúmeno = go + ballistic, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.* ponerse histérico = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler.* ponerse la ropa rápidamente = slip into + Posesivo + clothes.* ponerse las medallas = take + the credit (for).* ponerse las orejeras = put on + blinkers.* ponerse las pilas = buckle down to, pull up + Posesivo + socks, put + Posesivo + skates on, get + Posesivo + skates on, pull + (a/Posesivo) finger out.* ponerse las pilas, ponerse de lleno a, ponerse a trabajar en serio = buckle down to.* ponerse loco = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather.* ponerse manos a la obra = get down to + business, swing into + action.* ponerse marrón = turn + brown.* ponerse morado = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).* ponerse nervioso = get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, be in a tizz(y), get in(to) a tizz(y), have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.* ponerse por las nubes = go + ballistic.* ponerse rígido = stiffen.* ponerse rojo = get + red in the face, go + bright red.* ponerse rojo como un tomate = go + bright red.* ponerse seriamente a = settle to.* ponerse tenso = tense up, stress + Nombre + out.* ponerse tibio = pig out (on).* ponerse una tarea = set + Reflexivo + task.* poner sobre aviso = alert to.* poner término a = put + paid to.* poner toda la carne en el asador = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon, put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.* poner todo de + Posesivo + parte = give + Posesivo + best, do + Posesivo + best, give + Posesivo + utmost.* poner todo patas arriba = turn + everything upside down.* poner todos los huevos en una canasta = put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket, put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.* poner trabas = cramp.* poner una bomba = plant + bomb.* poner una demanda = face + legal action.* poner una denuncia = file + police report.* poner una marca de comprobación = check-mark.* poner una nota en un sitio público = post.* poner una reclamación = appeal.* poner una señal = put up + a sign, put up + a notice.* poner una señal de aviso = post + a warning, post + a warning sign.* poner una tienda = pitch + tent.* poner un círculo alrededor = circle.* poner un ejemplo = take + an example, draw + example.* poner un letrero = put up + a sign, post + a notice, put up + a notice.* poner un pie = set + foot (inside/in/on).* poner un poquito de picante = pep up.* poner un precio a Algo muy alto = overprice.* poner verde = mouth off, get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue, trash, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, say + nasty things about, slag + Nombre + off, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, slate, rubbish.* poner vertical = stand + upright, upend.* poner y quitar = get on and off.* pongamos el caso de que = for the sake of + argument.* pongamos, por ejemplo,... = let us say, take, for example,..., take, for instance,....* por poner un ejemplo + Adjetivo = to take a + Adjetivo + example.* por poner un ejemplo sobre + Nombre = to take + Nombre.* precio + ponerse por las nubes = price + go through the roof, price + spiral out of control, price + soar through the roof.* precios + ponerse por las nubes = prices + spiral.* que pone la vida en peligro = life threatening.* que pone obstáculos = obstructive.* quita o pon = give or take.* sin poner en duda la veracidad de Algo temporalmente = suspension of disbelief.* sin poner en escena = unproduced.* sin ponerlo en duda = uncritically.* sin ponerse en duda = unquestioned.* sólo con la ropa interior puesta = in + Posesivo + underclothes.* sol + ponerse (por) = sun + set (on).* volver a ponerse al día = be back on track, be on track.* ya lo quitas, ya lo pones = burn-'em-down-build-'em-up.* * *■ poner (verbo transitivo)A1 colocar2 poner: anuncio, avisoB agregarC ropa, calzado etcD ‹inyección/supositorio›E poner la mesaF1 instalar, montar2 poner: cocina, teléfono etc3 poner: cerradura etcG poner: huevosH servir, darA1 contribuir2 proporcionarB poner: atención, cuidadoC1 imponer2 oponer3 adjudicarD poner: nombreE enviarF escribirG1 expresar por escrito2 impersonalH exhibir, darI tardarA en un estado, una situaciónB poner: cara, voz, etcC1 hacer empezar2 poner a alguien de algoD suponerA1 conectar, encender2 ajustar, graduarB poner al teléfono■ poner (verbo intransitivo)A1 apostar2 contribuir dineroB poner: gallinasC México: vulg■ ponerse (verbo pronominal)A1 colocarse2 llegarB ponerse: el solC ponerse: calzado etcA en un estado, una situaciónB1 empezar2 esforzarse, esmerarse3 contribuir dineroSentido III ponerse al teléfonovtA1 (colocar) to put¿dónde habré puesto las llaves? where can I have put the keys?¿dónde vas a poner este cuadro? where are you going to put o hang this picture?pon ese cuadro derecho put that picture straight, straighten that picturelo pusieron en el curso avanzado he was put o placed in the advanced classponle la cadena a la puerta put the chain on the doorpon agua a calentar put some water on to boil2 ‹anuncio/aviso› to place, putpusieron un anuncio en el periódico they put o placed an advertisement in the newspaperB (agregar) to put¿cuándo se le pone el agua? when do you put the water in?, when do you add the water?¿le has puesto sal a la sopa? have you put any salt in the soup?¿le pones azúcar al café? do you take sugar in your coffee?C ‹ropa/calzado› (+ me/te/le etc):¿me pones los zapatos? can you put my shoes on (for me)?le puse el vestido rojo I dressed her in her red dressD ‹inyección/supositorio› to giveel dentista le puso una inyección the dentist gave him an injectionEponer la mesa to lay o set the tableF1 (instalar, montar) ‹oficina/restaurante› to openpuso un estudio junto con otra arquitecta she set up in business with another architectconsiguió permiso para poner una autoescuela he got permission to open a driving schoolles ayudó a poner la casa he helped them set up house o homepusieron la casa/oficina a todo lujo they furnished the house/fitted the office out in stylele puso un apartamento a su amante he set his mistress up in an apartment2 ‹cocina/teléfono/calefacción› to installvan a poner cocinas de gas they are going to install o fit gas cookers3 ‹cerradura/armario› to fitG «ave» ‹huevos› to layH( Esp) (servir, dar): ¿qué le pongo? what can I get you?póngame un café, por favor I'll have a coffee, please¿cuántos le pongo, señora? how many would you like, madam?A1 (contribuir):él pone el capital y yo el trabajo he puts up the capital and I supply the laborpusimos 500 pesos cada uno we put in 500 pesos eachque cada uno ponga lo que pueda each person should give what he or she can afford2 (proporcionar) ‹autobús/tren› to lay onla empresa puso la comida y la bebida food and drink was laid on by the companyB ‹atención› to pay; ‹cuidado› to takepon más atención en lo que estás haciendo pay more attention to what you're doingno ha puesto ningún cuidado en este trabajo she hasn't taken any care at all over this piece of workpone mucho entusiasmo en todo lo que hace he's very enthusiastic about everything he does, he puts a lot of enthusiasm into everything he doesC1 (imponer) ‹deberes› to give, set; ‹examen› to setnos pusieron 20 preguntas we were given o set 20 questionsle pusieron una multa por exceso de velocidad he was fined for speeding2(oponer): no me puso ningún inconveniente he didn't have o raise any objectionsa todo le tiene que poner peros or pegas she finds fault with everything3 (adjudicar) ‹nota› to give¿qué (nota) te puso en la redacción? what (mark) did he give you for your essay?le pusieron un cero he got nought out of tenD (dar) ‹nombre/apodo› to give¡qué nombre más feo le pusieron! what a horrible name to give him!le pusieron Eva they called her Eva¿qué título le vas a poner al poema? what title are you going to give the poem?, what are you going to call the poem?le pusieron el sobrenombre de `el cojo' they nicknamed him `el cojo'F (escribir) to putno has puesto ningún acento you haven't put any of the accents inno sé qué más ponerle I don't know what else to put o writepuso mi nombre en la lista she put my name down on the listG ( esp Esp)1 (expresar por escrito) to sayel periódico no pone nada sobre el robo the newspaper doesn't say anything about the robbery2 ( impersonal):mira a ver lo que pone en esa nota see what that note saysallí pone que no se puede pasar it says there that you can't go in¿qué pone aquí? what does it say here?, what does this say?H ( Esp) (exhibir, dar)‹obra/película› ¿ponen algo interesante en la tele? is there anything interesting on TV?¿qué ponen en el Trocadero? what's on o what's showing at the Trocadero?en el teatro ponen una obra de Casares there's a play by Casares on at the theaterno pusieron ninguna película buena en Navidad there wasn't a single good film on over Christmas, they didn't show a single good film over Christmasel avión pone media hora de Montevideo a Buenos Aires the plane takes half an hour from Montevideo to Buenos Airesde allí a Salta pusimos tres horas it took us three hours from there to SaltaA (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl):me pones nerviosa you're making me nervousya la has puesto de mal humor now you've put her in a bad mood¿por qué me pusiste en evidencia así? why did you show me up like that?lo pusiste en un aprieto you put him in an awkward positionnos puso al corriente de lo sucedido he brought us up to date with what had happened¡mira cómo has puesto la alfombra! look at the mess you've made on the carpet!me estás poniendo las cosas muy difíciles you're making things very difficult for meB (adoptar) ‹cara/voz›no pongas esa cara there's no need to look like thatpuso cara de enfado he looked annoyedpuso voz de asustado he sounded scaredC1(hacer empezar): el médico me puso a régimen the doctor put me on a dietponer a algn A + INF:tuvo que poner a las hijas a trabajar he had to send his daughters out to worklo puso a estudiar guitarra con Rodríguez she sent him to have guitar lessons with Rodríguezlo puso a pelar cebollas she set him to work peeling onions2 poner a algn DE algo:la pusieron de jefa de sección they made her head of departmentlo pusieron de ángel he was given a part as an angel, he was given the part of an angelsu padre lo puso de botones en la oficina his father gave him a job as an office boysiempre te pone de ejemplo he always holds you up as an exampleD(suponer): pon que perdemos ese tren, no podríamos volver say we miss that train o if we (were to) miss that train, then we wouldn't be able to get backpon que es cierto ¿qué harías entonces? say o suppose o supposing it is true, then what would you do?pongamos (por caso) que están equivocados suppose o let's just say they're wrongponerle ( AmL): ¿cuánto se tarda? — ponle dos horas how long does it take? — about two hours o in the region of two hours o reckon on two hours¿cuánto nos costará? — y … pónganle alrededor de $200 how much will it cost us? — well, … you'd better reckon on about $200A1 (conectar, encender) ‹televisión/calefacción› to turn o switch o put on; ‹programa/canal› to put onpon un disco put on a recordpuso el motor en marcha she switched on o started the enginetodavía no nos han puesto la luz we haven't had our electricity connected yet2(ajustar, graduar): pon el despertador a las siete set the alarm (clock) for seven¿puedes poner la música un poco más alta? can you turn the music up a bit?puso el reloj en hora she put the clock right, she set the clock to the right timeponer el motor a punto to tune up the engineBponer a algn CON algn/algo to put sb THROUGH TO sb/sth¿me puede poner con el director, por favor? could you put me through to o could I speak to the director, please?¿me pone con la extensión 24? could you put me through to o can I have extension 24, please?■ ponerviA2 (contribuir dinero) to contribute¿vas a poner para el regalo de Pilar? are you going to give something o contribute toward(s) Pilar's present?B «gallina» to lay■ ponerseA1 ( refl)ponerse de pie to stand up, standponerse de rodillas to kneel, kneel down, get down on one's kneesponte ahí, junto al árbol stand over there, by the treeponérsele a algn algo ( AmL fam): se le puso que tenía que escalar la montaña he got it into his head that he had to climb the mountaina ese viejo se le pone cada cosa that old man gets the strangest ideas into his head2B «sol» to setC ( refl) ‹calzado/maquillaje/alhaja› to put onponte el abrigo put your coat onno tengo nada que ponerme I don't have a thing to wearmi hermano siempre se pone mi ropa my brother is always borrowing my clothesponte un poco de sombra de ojos put on a little eyeshadowme puse el collar de perlas I wore o put on my pearl necklaceA (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl):me puse furiosa I got very angrycuando lo vio se puso muy contenta she was so happy when she saw itadelante, pónganse cómodos come in, make yourselves comfortableno te pongas así, que no es para tanto don't get so worked up, it's not that bad¡mira cómo te has puesto de barro! just look at you, you're covered in mud!no te imaginas cómo se puso, hecha una fiera you wouldn't believe the way she reacted, she went absolutely wildla vida se está poniendo carísima everything's getting so expensiveB1 (empezar) ponerse A + INF to start -INGse va a poner a llover de un momento a otro it's going to start raining o to start to rain any minutea ver si te pones a trabajar you'd better start workingse puso a llorar sin motivo aparente she started crying o to cry for no apparent reason2 ( fam) (esforzarse, esmerarse) to try, make an effortsi te pones lo acabas hoy mismo if you make an effort o if you try o if you put your mind to it, you'll finish it today3(CS arg) (contribuir dinero): cuando se casaron el viejo se puso con $5.000 when they got married, her old man shelled out $5,000 ( colloq)cuando llega la cuenta hay que ponerse when the check comes, everyone has to cough up ( colloq)yo me pongo con cien I'll put in o chip in a hundred ( colloq)( Esp) (al teléfono): ¿Pepe? sí, ahora se pone Pepe? OK, I'll just get him for youdile a tu madre que se ponga tell your mother I want to speak to her, ask your mother to come to the phone* * *
poner ( conjugate poner) verbo transitivo
1
ponle el collar al perro put the dog's collar on;
poner una bomba to plant a bomb
2 ( agregar) to put
3 ‹inyección/supositorio› to give
4◊ poner la mesa to lay o set the table
5 (instalar, montar)
6 [ ave] ‹ huevo› to lay
7 (Esp) (servir, dar):◊ póngame un café, por favor I'll have a coffee, please;
¿cuántos le pongo? how many would you like?
1 ‹ dinero› ( contribuir) to put in;
2 ‹ atención› to pay;
‹cuidado/interés› to take;
3
‹examen/problema› to set;
4 ( dar) ‹nombre/apodo› to give;
‹ ejemplo› to give;
5 ( enviar) ‹ telegrama› to send
6 ( escribir) ‹dedicatoria/líneas› to write
7 (Esp) (exhibir, dar) ‹ película› to show;◊ ¿ponen algo interesante en la tele? is there anything interesting on TV?;
¿qué ponen en el Royal? what's on o what's showing at the Royal?
1
‹programa/canal› to put on;
‹cinta/disco/música› to put on;◊ puso el motor en marcha she switched on o started the engine
puso el reloj en hora she put the clock right
2 (Esp) ( al teléfono): poner a algn con algo/algn to put sb through to sth/sb
(en estado, situación) (+ compl):
poner a algn en un aprieto to put sb in an awkward position
vi [ ave] to lay
ponerse verbo pronominal
1 ( refl) ( colocarse):
ponerse de pie to stand (up);
ponerse de rodillas to kneel (down), get down on one's knees
2 [ sol] to set
3 ( refl) ‹calzado/maquillaje/alhaja› to put on;
1 (en estado, situación) (+ compl):
se puso triste she became sad;
cuando lo vio se puso muy contenta she was so happy when she saw it;
se puso como loco he went mad;
ponerse cómodo to make oneself comfortable
2 ( empezar) ponerse a + inf to start -ing, to start + inf;
(Esp):
poner verbo transitivo
1 (en un lugar, una situación) to put: me puso en un aprieto, he put me in a tight corner
(seguido de adjetivo) to make: me pone contento, he makes me happy
2 (hacer funcionar) to turn o switch on
3 (un fax, telegrama) to send
poner una conferencia, to make a long-distance call
4 (una multa, un castigo) to impose
5 (abrir un negocio) to set up
6 (vestir) to put on
7 (exponer) tienes que poner la planta al sol/a la sombra, you have to put the plant in the sun/shade
8 (aportar) yo puse mil pesetas, I contributed a thousand pesetas
9 (conjeturar, imaginar) to suppose: pongamos que..., supposing (that)...
10 (estar escrito) lo pone aquí, it's written here
no pone nada de eso, it doesn't say anything about that
11 TV Cine to put on, show
12 Tel ponme con él, put me through to him
13 (un nombre) le pondremos Tadeo, we are going to call him Tadeo
ya le puso título a la novela, he has already given the novel a title
♦ Locuciones: poner a alguien a caldo, to pull sb to pieces
poner a cien, to make sb nervous: me pone a cien cuando habla de ese modo, when he talks that way I get nervous
poner en duda, to call into question: los inversores pusieron su competencia en duda, the investors questioned his competence
poner a alguien en evidencia, to show sb up
poner en evidencia, to show up: la situación pone en evidencia la falta de justicia del sistema, the situation exposes the system's unfairness
poner a alguien en su sitio, to put sb in his place
' poner' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
activar
- alinear
- alta
- alto
- altura
- antecedente
- antena
- arreglar
- arrinconar
- aunar
- bandeja
- brete
- cabeza
- calzar
- caldo
- calle
- cara
- cargar
- carta
- caso
- cien
- codificar
- comprometer
- confiar
- coto
- crecer
- cuenco
- cuestión
- dejar
- denuncia
- depositar
- descomponer
- descubierta
- descubierto
- desesperar
- diente
- dirigir
- discutir
- distribuir
- enchufar
- enderezar
- enervar
- enfermar
- enfrentar
- enmascarar
- entregar
- entregarse
- escenificar
- escobilla
- esmerarse
English:
acquaint
- action
- apply
- arm
- arrange
- aside
- best
- blur
- bond
- box
- bracket
- bundle
- bung
- cap
- cast
- cheek
- claim
- code
- collect
- compromise
- connect
- cork
- crack
- cross
- crown
- curb
- date
- dip
- discomfit
- dishwasher
- egg
- end
- endanger
- excite
- face
- fault
- feature
- fetter
- fill in
- fit
- fluster
- follow up
- forewarn
- free
- gather
- get
- glaze
- go
- gown
- grin
* * *♦ vt1. [situar, agregar, meter] to put;me pusieron en la última fila I was put in the back row;ponle un poco más de sal put some more salt in it, add a bit of salt to it;pon los juguetes en el armario put the toys (away) in the cupboard;¿dónde habré puesto la calculadora? where can I have put o left the calculator?;poner un anuncio en el periódico to put an advert in the paper;poner un póster en la pared to put a poster up on the wall;poner una inyección a alguien to give sb an injection;hubo que ponerle un bozal al perro we had to put a muzzle on the dog, we had to muzzle the dog3. [servir]¿qué le pongo? what can I get you?, what would you like?;póngame una cerveza, por favor I'd like o I'll have a beer, please;¿cuánto le pongo? how much would you like?;póngame un kilo give me a kilo4. [contribuir, aportar] to put in;poner dinero en el negocio to put money into the business;poner mucho empeño en (hacer) algo to put a lot of effort into (doing) sth;pon atención en lo que digo pay attention to what I'm saying;5. [hacer estar de cierta manera]poner a alguien en un aprieto/de mal humor to put sb in a difficult position/in a bad mood;le has puesto colorado/nervioso you've made him blush/feel nervous;ponérselo fácil/difícil a alguien to make things easy/difficult for sb;lo puso todo perdido she made a real mess;el profesor nos puso a hacer cuentas the teacher gave us some sums to do;llegó y nos puso a todos a trabajar she arrived and set us all to work;pon la sopa a calentar warm the soup up;me pusieron de aprendiz de camarero they had me work as a trainee waiter;poner cara de tonto/inocente to put on a stupid/an innocent faceme pusieron de mentiroso they called me a liar;poner bien algo/a alguien to praise sth/sb;poner mal algo/a alguien to criticize sth/sbponer pegas a algo to raise objections to sth8. [asignar] [precio] to fix, to settle on;[multa] to give; [deberes, examen, tarea] to give, to set;le pusieron (de nombre) Mario they called him Mario;me han puesto (en el turno) de noche I've been assigned to the night shift, they've put me on the night shift;le pusieron un cinco en el examen he got five out of ten in the exam9. [comunicar] [telegrama, fax, giro postal] to send;[conferencia] to make; Esp¿me pones con él? can you put me through to him?;Espno cuelgue, ahora le pongo don't hang up, I'll put you through in a second10. [conectar, hacer funcionar] [televisión, radio] to switch o put on;[despertador] to set; [instalación, gas] to put in; [música, cinta, disco] to put on;pon la lavadora put the washing machine on;pon el telediario put the news on;puse el despertador a las seis/el reloj en hora I set my alarm clock for six o'clock/my watch to the right time;¿te han puesto ya el teléfono? are you on the phone yet?, have they connected your phone yet?;ponlo más alto, que no se oye turn it up, I can't hear it11. [en el cine, el teatro, la televisión] to show;anoche pusieron un documental muy interesante last night they showed a very interesting documentary;¿qué ponen en la tele/en el Rialto? what's on the TV/on at the Rialto?;en el Rialto ponen una de Stallone there's a Stallone movie on at the Rialto12. [montar] to set up;poner la casa to set up home;poner un negocio to start a business;ha puesto una tienda she has opened a shop;hemos puesto moqueta en el salón we've had a carpet fitted in the living-room;poner la mesa to lay the table;pusieron la tienda (de campaña) en un prado they pitched their tent o put their tent up in a meadow13. [decorar] to do up;han puesto su casa con mucho lujo they've done up their house in real style14. [suponer] to suppose;pongamos que sucedió así (let's) suppose that's what happened;pon que necesitemos cinco días suppose we need five days;poniendo que todo salga bien assuming everything goes according to plan;¿cuándo estará listo? – ponle que en dos días when will it be ready? – reckon on it taking two days¿qué pone ahí? what does it say there?16. [escribir] to put;¿qué pusiste en la segunda pregunta? what did you put for the second question?17. [huevo] to lay18. RP [demorar] to take;el tren pone media hora en llegar allá the train takes half an hour to get there♦ vi[gallina, aves] to lay (eggs)♦ v impersonalAm Fam [parecer]se me pone que… it seems to me that…* * *<part puesto> v/t1 put;poner en escena stage;poner en marcha set in motion;pongamos que let’s suppose o assume that2 ropa put on3 ( añadir) put in4 RAD, TV turn on, switch on5 la mesa set6 ( escribir) put downla crítica puso muy bien su última película the critics gave his last film very good reviews8 negocio set up9 telegrama send10 huevos lay12 dinero deposit13:poner a alguien furioso make s.o. angry;ponerle a alguien con alguien TELEC put s.o. through to s.o.;ponerle una multa a alguien fine s.o.* * *poner {60} vt1) colocar: to put, to placepon el libro en la mesa: put the book on the table2) agregar, añadir: to put in, to add3) : to put on (clothes)4) contribuir: to contribute5) escribir: to put in writingno le puso su nombre: he didn't put his name on it6) imponer: to set, to impose7) exponer: to put, to exposelo puso en peligro: she put him in danger8) : to prepare, to arrangeponer la mesa: to set the table9) : to namele pusimos Ana: we called her Ana10) establecer: to set up, to establishpuso un restaurante: he opened up a restaurant11) instalar: to install, to put insiempre lo pones de mal humor: you always put him in a bad mood13) : to turn on, to switch on14) suponer: to supposepongamos que no viene: supposing he doesn't come15) : to lay (eggs)poner a : to start (someone doing something)lo puse a trabajar: I put him to workponer de : to place asla pusieron de directora: they made her directorponer en : to put in (a state or condition)poner en duda: to call into questionponer vi1) : to contribute2) : to lay eggs* * *poner vb2. (ropa, etc) to put on3. (añadir) to put¿le has puesto sal a las patatas? have you put any salt on the potatoes?¿te pones azúcar? do you take sugar?6. (encender) to put on / to turn on / to switch on7. (establecer) to open9. (comunicar) to put through¿me pones con Asunción, por favor? can you put me through to Asunción, please?en el periódico pone que la película está muy bien it says in the newspaper that the film is very good11. (proyectar) to be on¿qué ponen en el Renoir? what's on at the Renoir?12. (dar un nombre) to call14. (servir) to give¿qué te pongo? what can I get you?¿me pone un kilo de tomates? can I have a kilo of tomatoes, please?pongamos por caso... suppose... / let's say... -
4 τις
A any one, any thing, enclitic through all cases (for exceptions v. infr.):—but τίς; τί; Interrog. Pron. who? what?, oxyt. in the monosyll. cases, parox. in the others:—Dialectal forms: Cypr. σις ( si se) Inscr.Cypr.135.10 H.; Arc. σις (with <*> for ς) IG5(2).262.25 (Mantinea, v B.C.); Thess. κις ib.9(2).515.12 ([place name] Larissa), 1226.4, 1229.27 ([place name] Phalanna), pl. κινες ib.517.41 ([place name] Larissa), neut. κι in διεκί, ποκκί (qq.v.); neut. pl. [dialect] Dor. σά, [dialect] Boeot. τά, [dialect] Aeol. dat. τίω, τίοισι (v. infr. B). (I.-E. q[uglide]i-, cf. Lat. quis, quid, etc.; for σά, τά, v. ἄσσα, σά μάν; with τέο (v. infr. B) cf. OSlav. gen. c<*>eso.)A Indef. Pron. τις, τι, gen. [dialect] Ion. τεο Od.16.305, Hdt.1.58; more freq. τευ Il.2.388, al., Hdt.4.30, al., Meliss.7, etc.; Trag. and [dialect] Att. του A.Pr.21, Ar.Ach. 329, Th.1.70, etc. (sts. fem., S.Aj. 290, OT 1107 (lyr.), E.Hec. 370, etc.); του is rare after 300 B.C., never in LXX or NT, but found in IG12(5).798.17 (Tenos, iii B.C.), PCair.Zen.250.6, 647.23 (iii B.C.), Plb.3.23.3, revived by the Atticists, D.H.8.29, Plu.Fab.20, etc.; τινος Pi.P.2.90, IG12.16.17, 65.41, A.Eu. 5, Ch. 102, S.Ant. 698, al., Hdt.2.109, al. (Rh.Mus.72.483), etc.; dat. [dialect] Ion.τεῳ Il.16.227
, Od.11.502, Hdt.2.48, 5.86; Trag. and [dialect] Att. τῳ (also in Hom., Il.1.299, 12.328, Od.13.308, 20.297, al., always in masc.) A.Th. 1045, IG12.39.54, D.S.18.45; as fem., A.Th. 472, S. OT80, etc.; τινι (Hom. in the formοὔ τινι Il.17.68
, Od.14.96) Pi. O.9.26, al., B.17.12, Hdt.1.114 (elsewh. fem., 2.62, 3.69, 83, 4.113), A.Th. 1041, S.Aj. 443, 495, etc.; acc. τινα Il.1.62, 5.761, etc., neut. τι 2.122, etc.: dual τινε Od.4.26, Pl.Sph. 237d, Prm. 143c, 149e: pl. τινες (Hom. only inοὔ τινες Od.6.279
, 17.587 and οἵτινες (v. ὅστις)); [dialect] Dor. τινεν SIG527.127 (Drerus, iii B.C.); nom. and acc. neut. τινα (ὅτινα Il.22.450
), never in Trag., Ar., Th., or Hdt., f.l. in Isoc.4.74, first in Pl.Chrm. 163d, Ep. 325a, D.47.63, Hyp.Ath.19, Alex.110, Sotad.Com.1.22, Arist.EN 1094a5, IG42(1).121.35 (Epid., iv B.C.), etc.; ἄσσα (q.v.) Od.19.218, never in Trag. or Hdt.; [dialect] Att. ἄττα first in Th.1.113, 2.100, Ar.Ra. 173, al., Pl.R. 400a, etc., never in LXX, Plb., D.S., Str., revived by the Atticists, D.H.Comp.3, etc.; gen. [dialect] Ion. τεων Hdt.2.175, 5.57, τεῶν cj. for γε ῶν in 4.76; τινων not in Hdt., first in Ar.Eq. 977 (lyr.); dat. τισι, τισιν, first in Hdt. 9.113, X.Ath.1.18; N.-W. [dialect] Dor. τινοις GDI1409.5 (Delph., iii B.C.); [dialect] Ion. τεοισι Hdt.8.113, 9.27 (for τεοις and τεον v. τεός); acc. τινας Il.15.735, Od.11.371 (also in οὕστινας, ὅτινας, v. ὅστις), etc.; neut. τινα (v. supr.):—any one, any thing, some one, some thing; and as Adj. any, some, and serving as the Indef. Art. a, an;θεός νύ τίς ἐστι κοτήεις Il.5.191
;καί τις θεὸς ἡγεμόνευεν Od.9.142
; οὐδέ τις αὐτὸν ἠείδη δμώων ib. 205; ἤ τι ὀϊσάμενος, ἢ.. ib. 339; μή τίς μοι ὑποδείσας ἀναδύη ib. 377, cf. 405- 410; εἴ τινά που μετ' ὄεσσι λάβοι ib. 418, cf. 421, al.; τις θεός construed as if τις θεῶν, 19.40, cf. 11.502, IG12.94.19, E.Hel. 1039.II special usages:1 some one (of many), i.e. many a one,ὧδε δέ τις εἴπεσκεν Il.7.201
, etc.: sts. with meiosis, implying all or men, 13.638, Od.3.224; so in Prose, Hdt.5.49 fin., Th.2.37, etc.2 any one concerned, every one,εὖ μέν τις δόρυ θηξάσθω Il.2.382
; ἀλλά τις αὐτὸς ἴτω let every man come himself, 17.254; , cf. 16.209, 17.227, al.; so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., even with the imper., τοῦτό τις.. ἴστω S Aj.417 (lyr.), cf. E.Ba. 346, Ar.Av. 1187; ; τοὺς ξυμμάχους αὐτόν τινα κολάζειν that every man should himself chastise his own allies, Th.1.40, cf. 6.77;ὅ τί τις ἐδύνατο Id.7.75
; ἄμεινόν τινος better than any others, D.21.66, cf. 19.35:—this is more fully expressed by adding other pronominal words,τις ἕκαστος Od.9.65
, Th.6.31, etc.; , Hdt.6.80, Th.8.94, etc.;ἅπας τις Hdt.3.113
, etc.;οὐδέν τι μᾶλλον Id.4.118
. In these senses, τις is freq. combined with pl. words, οἱ κακοὶ.. οὐκ ἴσασι, πρίν τις ἐκβάλῃ, for πρὶν ἐκβάλωσι, S.Aj. 965; οἷς ἂν ἐπίω, ἧσσόν τις πρόσεισι, for ἧσσον προσίασι, Th.4.85;ἐτόλμα τις.., ὁρῶντες Id.2.53
, cf. 7.75; esp. after εἴ or ἤν τις, X. Mem.1.2.62, al.3 in reference to a definite person, whom one wishes to avoid naming, οὐκ ἔφασαν ἰέναι, ἐὰν μή τις χρήματα διδῷ (i.e. Cyrus) Id.An.1.4.12, cf. Ar.Ra. 552, Theoc.5.122; so also euphem. for something bad,ἤν τι ποιῶμεν Th.2.74
;ἂν οὗτός τι πάθῃ D.4.11
: hence for the [ per.] 1st or [ per.] 2nd pers. Pron.,ἅ τιν' οὐ πείσεσθαι ὀΐω Il.1.289
, cf. S.Ant. 751; ποῖ τις τρέψεται; for ποῖ τρέψομαι; Ar.Th. 603, cf. S.Aj. 245 (lyr.), 1138, Th.4.59, X.An.3.4.40, 5.7.31, etc.4 indefinitely, where we say they, French on, sts. with an ironical force,φοβεῖταί τις A.Ch.59
(lyr.);μισεῖ τις ἐκεῖνον D.4.8
; as voc., τὸν Πλοῦτον ἔξω τις κάλει call P. out, somebody, Ar.Pl. 1196.5 τις, τι may be opposed, expressly or by implication, to οὐδείς, οὐδέν, and mean somebody, something, by meiosis for some great one, some great thing, ηὔχεις τις εἶναι you boasted that you were somebody, E.El. 939;εἰσὶν ὅμως τινὲς οἱ εὐδοκιμοῦντες Arist.Pol. 1293b13
;τὸ δοκεῖν τιν' εἶναι Men.156
;τὸ δοκεῖν τινὲς εἶναι D.21.213
;ὡς σὲ μὲν ἐν τῇ πόλει δεῖ τινὰ φαίνεσθαι, τὴν πόλιν δ' ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησι μηδενὸς ἀξίαν εἶναι Id.10.71
; κἠγών τις φαίνομαι ἦμεν after all I too am somebody, Theoc.11.79, cf. Act.Ap.5.36; also in neut., , cf.Phd. 63c, Phdr. 243a, Euthd. 303c, etc.:— so τι λέγειν to be near the mark, opp. οὐδὲν λέγειν, Id.Prt. 339c, R. 329e, Phdr. 260a, etc.;ἵνα καὶ εἰδῶμεν εἴ τι ὅδε λέγει Id.Cra. 407e
;οἴεσθέ τι ποιεῖν, οὐδὲν ποιοῦντες Id.Smp. 173c
.b τις is sts. opp. to another word,ἀελλοπόδων μέν τιν' εὐφραίνοισιν ἵππων τιμαί.., τέρπεται δὲ καί τις.. Pi.Fr. 221
;τισὶ τῶν πολιτῶν ἀποροῦσι συνεξέδωκε θυγατέρας.., τοὺς δ' ἐλύσατο ἐκ τῶν πολεμίων Lys.19.59
;μέρος μέν τι σιδήρου, μέρος δέ τι ὀστράκινον LXX Da.2.33
(more freq. with the Article, v. infr. 10 c); ἔστιν οὖν οὐ πᾶν τὸ ταχύ, ἀλλά τι (sic codd. BT)αὐτοῦ ἀγαστόν Pl.Cra. 412c
;ἀναγκαῖον ἤτοι πᾶσι τοῖς πολίταις ἀποδίδοσθαι πάσας ταύτας τὰς κρίσεις ἢ τισὶ πάσας.. ἢ τινὰς μὲν αὐτῶν πᾶσι τινὰς δὲ τισίν Arist.Pol. 1298a9
, cf. 1277a23; τὸ μεῖζον τοῦθ' ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἑτέρου λέγεται· τινὸς γὰρ λέγεται μεῖζον greater than something, Id.Cat. 6a38;τὸ πρώτως ὂν καὶ οὐ τὶ ὂν ἀλλ' ὂν ἁπλῶς Id.Metaph. 1028a30
; πότερον τῷ τυχόντι ἢ τισίν; Id.Pol. 1269a26.6 with pr. names τις commonly signifies one named so-and-so,ἦν δέ τις ἐν Τρώεσσι Δάρης Il.5.9
, cf. X.An.3.1.4, etc.; with a sense of contempt, Θερσίτης τις ἦν there was one Thersites, S.Ph. 442.b one of the same sort, converting the pr. name into an appellative, ἤ τις Ἀπόλλων ἢ Πάν an Apollo or a Pan, A.Ag.55 (anap.); [πόλιες] ταὶ μέλονται πρός τινος ἢ Διὸς ἢ γλαυκᾶς Ἀθάνας Lyr.in PVat.11v xi7;Σκύλλαν τινά A.Ag. 1233
, cf.Ar.V. 181, Av. 512, Ra. 912: so alsoὥς τις ἥλιος A.Ag. 288
; ἰσθμόν τιν' Ar. Th. 647.7 with Adjs. τις combines to express the idea of a Subst. used as predicate, ὥς τις θαρσαλέος καὶ ἀναιδής ἐσσι προΐκτης a bold and impudent beggar, Od.17.449, cf. 18.382, 20.140, Il.3.220; ἐγώ τις, ὡς ἔοικε, δυσμαθής a dull ard, Pl.R. 358a, cf. Prt. 340e; φόβου πλέα τις εἶ a cow ard, A.Pr. 696, cf. Th. 979(lyr.), Ag. 1140 (lyr.); ὡς ταχεῖά τις.. χάρις διαρρεῖ in what swift fashion ( = ταχέως πως), S.Aj. 1266, cf. OT 618, Hdt.4.198; δεινόν τι ποιεύμενος thinking it a terrible thing, Id.3.155, 5.33.8 with numerals and Adjs. expressing number, size, or the like , εἷς δέ τις ἀρχὸς ἀνὴρ.. ἔστω some one man, Il.1.144;ἕνα τιν' ἂν καθεῖσεν Ar.Ra. 911
;δώσει δέ τι ἕν γε φέρεσθαι Od.15.83
;τινὰ μίαν νύκτα Th.6.61
;προσκαλεσάμενός τινας δύο τῶν ἑκατονταρχῶν Act.Ap.23.23
; sts. the τις softens the definiteness of the numeral, ἑπτά τινες some seven, seven or so, Th.7.34;ἐς διακοσίους τινάς Id.3.111
, cf. 7.87, 8.21; so without an actual numeral, ἡμέρας τινάς some days, i.e. several, Id.3.52; στρατῷ τινι of a certain amount, considerable, Id.8.3; ἐνιαυτόν τινα a year or so, Id.3.68; so οὐ πολλοί τινες, τινὲς οὐ πολλοί, A.Pers. 510, Th. 6.94, etc.; ὀλίγοι τινές orτινὲς ὀλίγοι Id.2.17
, 3.7; οὔ τινα πολλὸν χρόνον no very long time, Hdt.5.48;τις στρατιὰ οὐ πολλή Th.6.61
; so also ὅσσος τις χρυσός what a store of gold, Od.10.45, cf. Hdt. 1.193, 2.18, etc.;κόσοι τινές Id.7.234
;πηλίκαι τινὲς τιμωρίαι Isoc. 20.3
;πολλὸς γάρ τις ἔκειτο Il.7.156
;ἐκ πολλοῦ τευ χρόνου Hdt. 2.58
.9 with Pronominal words, ἀλλά τί μοι τόδε θυμὸς.. μερμηρίζει something, namely this, Od.20.38, cf. 380; οἷός τις what sort of a man, Il.5.638 (dub. l.), cf. Od.9.348, 20.377, Pl.Prt. 313a, etc.;ποῖός τις S.Ant.42
, OC 1163, Hdt.3.34, X.An.7.6.24, etc.;ὁποῖός τις Id.Cyr.2.2.2
, al.;εὐτυχίη τις τοιήδε Hdt.3.139
, cf. X.Mem.1.1.1, etc.;τοιοῦτός τις Id.An.5.8.7
.10 with the Article,a when a noun with the Art. is in appos. with τις, as ὅταν δ' ὁ κύριος παρῇ τις when the person in authority, whoever he be, is here, S.OC 289; τοὺς αὐτοέντας.. τιμωρεῖν τινας (v.l. τινα) Id.OT 107.b in Philosophic writers, τις is added to the Art. to show that the Art. is used to denote a particular individual who is not specified in the general formula, although he would be in the particular case, ὁ τὶς ἄνθρωπος the individual man (whoever he may be), this or that man, opp. ἄνθρωπος (man in general), ὁ τὶς ἵππος, ἡ τὶς γραμματική, Arist.Cat. 1b4, 8; τὸ τὶ μέγεθος, opp. ὅλως τὸ μέγεθος, Id.Pol. 1283a4, cf. S.E.P.2.223; but in , the Art. is used as in Il. cc. s.v. ὁ, ἡ, τό B.1.5
: later ὅ τις (or ὁ τὶς ) much like ὁ δεῖνα, δεῦρο ὅ τις θεός, ὄφθητί μοι in a general formula of invocation, PMag.Par.1.236; αἴρω σε, ἥ τις βοτάνη ib.287; εἰς τήν τινα κρείαν (leg. χρείαν) ib.289.c freq. in opposed clauses,ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δὲ.. E.Med. 1141
, Hec. 624, Pl.Phd. 99b, etc.;ὁ μέν τις.., ἄλλος δὲ.. E.IT 1407
;ὁ μὲν.., ὁ δέ τις.. X.Cyr.1.4.15
: pl.,οἱ μέν τινες.., οἱ δὲ.. Hdt.1.127
, cf. Th.2.91;οἱ μέν τινες.., οἱ δὲ.., οἱ δέ τινες X.Cyr.3.2.10
, etc.; οἱ μὲν.., οἱ δέ τινες.. ib.6.1.26, etc.: also combined with other alternative words,ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δέ τις.., ἕτερος δέ τις.. Id.Smp.2.6
; ὁ μὲν.., ἕτερος δέ τις.., ὁ δὲ.. , etc., Ar. Pl. 162 sq.: also in neut.,τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δέ τι.. Pl.Ep. 358a
;τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δὲ.. Hdt.3.40
; in adverb. sense, τὸ μὲν.., τὸ δέ τι.. partly.., partly.., Plb.1.73.4; and τι remains unaltered even when the Art. is pl.,τὰ μέν τι μαχόμενοι, τὰ δὲ καὶ ἀναπαυόμενοι X.An.4.1.14
, cf. HG7.1.46; also τὸ δέ τι.. but in some measure.., without τὸ μέν preceding, Th.1.107, cf. 118, 7.48.d later τις is used as in b supr. but without the Art., γράψον.. ὅτι τι καί τι εἴληφας that you have received such and such things, POxy.937.22 (iii A.D.); κληρονόμους καταλείπω τὴν θυγατέρα μού τινα καὶ τὸν σύντροφον αὐτῆς τινα καί τινα ib.1034.2 (ii A.D.); τίς τινι χαίρειν A to B greeting (in a draft letter), ib. 509 (ii A.D.).II the neut. τι is used,a collectively, ἦν τι καὶ ἐν ταῖς Συρακούσαις there was a party.., Th.7.48; so perh. τῶν ἄλλων οὔ πέρ τι πεφυγμένον ἐστ' Ἀφροδίτην, οὔτε θεῶν, οὔτ' ἀνθρώπων no class, h.Ven.34 (but masc. τις in h.Merc. 143).b euphem. for something bad, v. supr. 3.c joined with Verbs, somewhat, in any degree, at all,ἦ ῥά τί μοι κεχολώσεαι Il.5.421
;παρεθάρρυνέ τι αὐτούς X.HG6.4.7
, etc.: with Adjs. or Adverbs, οὕτω δή τι ἰσχυραί, οὕτω δή τι πολύγονον, etc., Hdt.3.12, 108, cf. 4.52; so alsoὀλίγον τι ἧσσον Od.15.365
;οὐδέ τι μᾶλλον Hdt.6.123
, etc.;ἧσσόν τι Th.3.75
, etc.; οὐ πάνυ τι, πολύ τι, σχεδόν τι, v. πάνυ 1.3,πολύς 111.1a
, 2a, σχεδόν IV; also in conjunction withοὐδέν, μηδέν, οὐδέν τι πάντως Hdt.6.3
; οὐδέν, μηδέν τι μᾶλλον, E.Alc. 522, S.Aj. 280;μηδέν τι λίαν E.Andr. 1234
:—also καί τι καὶ.. ὑποψίᾳ in part also from suspicion, Th.1.107;καί πού τι καί Pi.O.1.28
.12 τίς τε freq. in Hom.,ὡς ὅτε τίς τε Il.3.33
, 4.141, v. τε B.13 ἤ τις ἢ οὐδείς few or none, next to none, Hdt.3.140, X.Cyr.7.5.45, D.C.47.5, 48.4; ἤ τι ἢ οὐδέν little or nothing, Pl.Ap. 17b;ἢ οὐδεὶς ἤ τις D.C.41.62
(s. v.l.).b repeated in successive clauses, ; (where however κἄτι πλείους is prob. cj.), cf. E.Or. 1218 (whereas τις is sts. omitted in the first clause, , cf. S.Tr.3): but in E.Andr. 734, ἔστι γάρ τις οὐ πρόσω.. πόλις τις, the repetition is pleonastic, as also in A.Supp.57 sq. (lyr., s. v.l.).15 τις is sts. omitted, οὐδέ κεν ἔνθα τεόν γε μένος καὶ χεῖρας ὄνοιτο (sc. τις) Il.13.287; ὡς δ' ἐν ὀνείρῳ οὐ δύναται (sc. τις)φεύγοντα διώκειν 22.199
, cf. S.OC 1226 (lyr.), Leg.Gort.2.2, X.Smp.5.2, Pl.Grg. 456d: τις must often be supplied from what goes before, ib. 478c, Prt. 319d.b sts. also τις is omitted before a gen. case which must depend upon it, asἢ [τις] τᾶς ἀσώτου Σισυφιδᾶν γενεᾶς S.Aj. 189
(lyr.); ἢν γαμῇ ποτ' αὐτὸς ἢ [τις]τῶν ξυγγενῶν Ar.Nu. 1128
;ἐν τῶν πόλεων IG12.56.14
.--Cf. ὅστις, οὔτις, μήτις, ἄλλο τι.1 accentuation: τις is normally enclitic, but in certain uses is orthotone, i.e. theoretically oxytone (τίς, τινά, τινές, τινῶν, etc., cf. Choerob. in Theod.1.373 H.) and barytone when followed by another word ( τὶς or τις, τινὰ, τινὲς, τινῶν, etc.). According to Sch. D.T.p.240 H. its orthotone accent is τίς (not τὶς) , τίνα, τίνες, etc. The orthotone form is used in codd.:a at the beginning of a sentence, τίς ἔνδον.. ; is any one within? A.Ch. 654 ( τὶς cj. Hermann); τί φημι; = λέγω τι; am I saying anything? S.Tr. 865, OT 1471; <τίς ἦλθε;> ἦλθέ τις has anybody come? Somebody has come, Sch.D.T. l.c.; τὶς κάθηται, τὶς περιπατεῖ, so and so is sitting (walking), S.E.M.8.97; τὶς αἰπόλος καλούμενος Κομάτας Sch.Theoc.7.78;τίς ποτε οἰκοδεσπότης.. ἐκοπία Aesop.
in Gloss. iii p.41; or after a pause,πῶς γὰρ ἄν, ἔφην ἐγώ, ὦ βέλτιστε, τὶς ἀποκρίναιτο Pl.R. 337e
; τι οὖν ([etym.] τὶς ἂν εἴποι) ταῦτα λέγεις; D.1.14 (v.l.);ἔντοσθεν δὲ γυνά, τι θεῶν δαίδαλμα Theoc.1.32
;οὐ γυμνὸν τὸ φίλαμα, τι δ' ὦ ξένε καὶ πλέον ἑξεῖς Mosch.1.5
(v.l. for τὺ).b when τις is opp. to another τις or to some other word,τισὶ μὲν συμφέρει, τισὶ δ' οὐ συμφέρει Arist.Pol. 1284b40
, cf. Th.2.92, Pl.Cri. 49a, D. 9.2;τινὲς μὲν οὖν.., ἡμεῖς δὲ.. Sor.1.1
;τὸ τὶ μὲν ψεῦδος ἔχον, τὶ δὲ ἀληθές S.E.M.8.127
;ἀλλὰ τινὰ μὲν.., τινὰ δὲ.. Gem.14.6
;ποτὲ μὲν πρὸς πάντα, ποτὲ δὲ πρὸς τινά Sor.1.48
: without such opposition, τοῦτ' εἰς ἀνίαν τοὔπος ἔρχεται τινί for a certain person, S.Aj. 1138. Codd. are not consistent; in signf.11.5a, 10c, 13 they make it enclitic; in signf. 11.5b sts. enclitic, sts. orthotone (v. supr.); sts. enclitic and orthotone in the same sentence,πάντα δὲ τὰ γιγνόμενα ὑπό τέ τινος γίγνεται καὶ ἔκ τινος καὶ τί Arist.Metaph. 1032a14
, cf. Pl.Chrm. 165c.2 position:a τις is rarely first word in the sentence, and rarely follows a pause (v. supr. 111.1a, b); it may stand second word,ἔσκε τις ἐνθάδε μάντις ἀνήρ Od.9.508
, cf. Il.8.515, 23.331; but in general its position is not far before or after the word to which it belongs in sense, ; .b in [dialect] Ion. Prose it sts. stands between its genitive and the Article of that genitive,τῶν τις Περσέων Hdt.1.85
;τῶν τις ἱρέων Id.2.38
;τῶν τινες Φοινίκων Id.8.90
;ἐς τῶν τι ἄλλο στομάτων τοῦ Νείλου Id.2.179
; so also in late Prose, Ath.3.108d, Eust.1402.18, 1659.27, 1676.1.c it stands between the Art. and Subst. in signf.11.10b.d τίς τι is the correct order, not τί τις, IG12.110.46, Th.7.10, X.An.4.1.14 (codd. dett.), D.22.22, etc.e whereas in [dialect] Att. the order ἐάν τις is compulsory, in [dialect] Dor. the usual order is αἴ τίς κα, Leg.Gort.9.43, al., Tab.Heracl.1.105, al. (butαἴ κά τις Epich.35
, 159;αἰ δέ κα μή τις Leg.Gort.5.13
): later [dialect] Dor. , al.; καἴ τι ἂν ( = καὶ εἴ τι ἂν) IG5(1).1390.50 (Andania, i B.C., v. infr. B.11.1b):—this [dialect] Dor. order influenced the Koine, as in the rareεἴ τις ἂν Plu.TG15
. -
5 grande
adj.1 big, large.este traje me está o me queda grande this suit is too big for meun gran artista a great artistel gran favorito the firm favoriteuna gran figura a big nameuna gran parte de mi trabajo implica… a large part of my job involves…una gran responsabilidad a heavy responsibilitya lo grande in a big way, in stylegrandes almacenes department storeGran Bretaña Great Britainel Gran Cañón the Grand Canyongran danés great Danegran éxito smash (hit) (disco, libro)los Grandes Lagos the Great Lakesla Gran Muralla (China) the Great Wall (of China)el gran público the general public2 old (de edad). (Mexican Spanish, River Plate)3 fantastic(informal). ( River Plate)4 magnus, Mag, magnum.5 grand, formidable, majestical, stately.m.grandee (noble).* * *► adjetivo1 (tamaño) large, big2 (fuerte, intenso) great3 (mayor) grown-up, old, big1 (de elevada jerarquía) great\a lo grande on a grand scale, in a big wayestar grande una cosa a alguien to be too big on somebodypasarlo en grande familiar to have a great timevivir a lo grande figurado to live in style* * *adj.1) big2) large3) great* * *1. ADJ( antes de sm sing gran)1) [de tamaño] big, large; [de estatura] big, tall; [número, velocidad] high, greatviven en una casa muy grande — they live in a very big o large house
¿cómo es de grande? — how big o large is it?, what size is it?
en cantidades más grandes — in larger o greater quantities
grandísimo — enormous, huge
un esfuerzo grandísimo — an enormous effort, a huge effort
¡grandísimo tunante! — you old rogue!
hacer algo a lo grande — to do sth in style, make a splash doing sth *
2) (=importante) [artista, hazaña] great; [empresa] bighay una diferencia no muy grande — there is not a very big o great difference
3) (=mucho, muy) greatse estrenó con gran éxito — it was a great success, it went off very well
4) [en edad](=mayor)ya eres grande, Raúl — you are a big boy now, Raúl
¿qué piensas hacer cuando seas grande? — what do you want to do when you grow up?
5)¡qué grande! — Arg * how funny!
2. SMF1) (=personaje importante)2) LAm (=adulto) adult3. SF1) Arg [de lotería] first prize, big prize2) And ** (=cárcel) clink **, jail* * *I1)a) ( en dimensiones) large, big; <boca/nariz> bigb) ( en demasía) too bigme queda or me está grande — it's too big for me
quedarle grande a alguien — puesto/responsabilidad to be too much for somebody
2) ( alto) tall3) (Geog)4) ( en edad)los más grandes pueden ir solos — the older o bigger ones can go on their own
5) (delante del n)a) (notable, excelente) greatun gran hombre/vino — a great man/wine
b) ( poderoso) big6)a) (en intensidad, grado) greatme llevé un susto más grande...! — I got such a fright!
una temporada de gran éxito — a very o a highly successful season
b) ( uso enfático)7)la gran parte or mayoría de los votantes — the great o vast majority of the voters
b) ( elevado)a gran velocidad — at high o great speed
en grande: lo pasamos en grande — we had a great time (colloq)
•IImasculino, femenino1) (de la industria, el comercio) big o leading name2)a) ( mayor)quiero ir con los grandes — I want to go with the big boys/girls
b) ( adulto)•* * *= vast [vaster -comp., vastest -sup.], big [bigger -comp., biggest -sup.], bulky, considerable, deep [deeper -comp., deepest -sup.], extensive, great [greater -comp., greatest -sup.], heavy [heavier -comp., heaviest -sup.], high [higher -comp., highest -sup.], huge, large [larger -comp., largest -sup.], large scale [large-scale], tremendous, wide [wider -comp., widest -sup.], goodly [goodlier -comp., goodliest -sup.], abysmal, heavyweight [heavy weight], broad [broader -comp., broadest -sup.], of the highest order.Ex. If you add to this other access points, such as collections housed in old people's homes or day centres, prisons, hospitals, youth clubs, playgroups etc the coverage is vast.Ex. Fiction is a big item for children and also just for ordinary public library users.Ex. Like all enumerative schedules, the LC schedules are bulky, extending to some 8000 pages.Ex. The need to become familiar with different command languages for different hosts is a considerable barrier to effective retrieval.Ex. The world's largest processing department's plans and policies are always of deep interest.Ex. The minutely detailed classification is of the type appropriate to an extensive collection.Ex. Clearly, great variations can be expected between different indexing languages for different databases.Ex. In fact, the area was well served by a very good neighbourhood advice centre which had a heavy workload of advice and information-giving.Ex. Lower specificity will be associated with lower precision but high recall.Ex. A user searching for Smith's 'History as Argument' who was not sure under which subject it would be entered, would have to prowl through a huge number of cards in a card catalog to find the entry under SMITH.Ex. Serial searching for a string of characters is usually performed on a small subset of a large file.Ex. It is in the development of such large-scale services that problems are seen most acutely.Ex. There has been tremendous growth in libraries since then, but, fundamentally, it has been possible to build on the foundation that nineteenth-century heroes constructed.Ex. The method is sufficiently flexible to allow for wide modifications.Ex. However, we must not forget the book which the critics acclaim and which also sells in goodly numbers.Ex. The major problem encountered in encouraging young adults to use public libraries is the abysmal lack of specialist young adult librarians = El principal problema que se encuentra para es incentivar a los jóvenes a usar las bibliotecas públicas es la enorme falta de bibliotecarios especialistas en temas relacionados con los adolescentes.Ex. Heavyweight information technology firms such as IBM are appearing in the market and challenging traditional players.Ex. In 'upper town' streets are broad, quiet, and tree-shaded; the homes are tall and heavy and look like battleships, each anchored in its private sea of grass.Ex. I've got to tell you, and I do say this affectionately, but we're talking about a geek of the highest order.----* a grandes rasgos = broadly, rough draft.* a gran escala = large scale [large-scale], massive, on a wide scale, high-volume, wide-scale, on a broad scale, in a big way, on a grand scale.* a gran velocidad = at great speed.* a lo grande = in a big way, big time, grandly, on a grand scale.* armar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons.* a un gran coste = at (a) great expense.* avanzar con gran dificultad = grind on.* bastante grande = largish.* calabacín grande = marrow, marrow squash.* causar una gran sensación = make + a splash.* causar un gran alboroto = make + a splash.* causar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons, make + a splash.* celebrar a lo grande = make + a song and dance about.* con gran capacidad = capacious.* con gran colorido = brightly coloured.* con gran densidad de población = densely populated.* con gran dificultad = with great difficulty.* con gran esplendor = grandly.* con gran iluminación = brightly illuminated.* con gran motivación = highly-motivated.* con gran sentimiento = earnestly.* conseguir en gran medida + Infinitivo = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.* contribuir en gran medida a + Infinitivo = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio, go far in + Gerundio, go far towards + Gerundio.* con una gran cultura = well-read.* con una gran diferencia = by a huge margin.* con una gran tradición = long-standing.* con un gran número de lectores = widely-read.* con un gran suspiro = with a deep sigh.* convertirse en un gran problema = grow to + a crisis.* correr un gran riesgo = play (for) + high stakes.* crear con gran destreza = craft.* dar un gran paso adelante = reach + milestone.* de gran ahorro energético = energy-saving.* de gran belleza = scenic.* de gran calibre = high-calibre.* de gran calidad = high-quality, high-grade [high grade], high-calibre.* de gran capacidad = large-capacity, high capacity.* de gran colorido = brightly coloured.* de gran corazón = big-hearted.* de gran efecto = wide-reaching.* de gran éxito comercial = high selling.* de gran formato = oversized.* de gran impacto = high impact [high-impact].* de gran influencia = seminal.* de gran lucidez = clear-sighted.* de gran lujo = top-class.* de gran potencia = high-powered.* de gran repercusión = far-reaching, wide-reaching, far-ranging.* de gran talento = talented.* de gran valor = highly valued, highly valuable.* de gran valor histórico = of great historical value.* de gran venta = high selling.* demasiado grande = oversized.* describir a grandes rasgos = paint + a broad picture.* desplazarse grandes distancias = travel + long distances.* ejercer una gran influencia en = play + a strong hand in.* el gran hermano = big brother.* el todo es más grande que la suma de sus partes = the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.* empresa de grandes derroches = high roller.* en gran cantidad = prodigiously.* en grandes cantidades = en masse, in good number, in bulk.* en grandes números = in record numbers, in record numbers.* en gran formato = oversize, oversized.* en gran medida = by and large, extensively, greatly, heavily, largely, to a considerable extent, to a high degree, to a large extent, tremendously, vastly, very much, to a great extent, in no small way, to any great degree, in many ways, in large part, in large measure, in no small measure, to a large degree, to a great degree.* en gran número = numerously.* en gran parte = largely, in large part, in large measure, for the most part, to a great extent, to a great degree.* en un gran aprieto = in dire straits.* en un gran apuro = in dire straits.* esperar una (gran) sorpresa = be in for a (big) surprise.* expresión típica de Gran Bretaña = Briticism.* extra grande = extra-large.* gestión de grandes extensiones para la cría de ganado = range management.* gran altura = high altitude.* gran aumento = heavy increase.* gran bebedor = heavy drinker.* gran belleza = scenic beauty.* Gran Bretaña = Britain, Great Britain.* gran calidad = high standard.* gran cantidad de = large crop of, mass of.* gran categoría = high standard.* gran cosa = big deal.* gran danés = Great Dane.* Gran Depresión, la = Depression, the, Great Depression, the.* grandes almacenes = department store.* grandes cantidades de = storerooms of, huge numbers of, huge numbers of, great numbers of.* grandes escritores, los = great imaginative writers, the.* grandes robles nacen de pequeñas bellotas = great oaks from little acorns grow.* grandes sumas de dinero = vast sums of money.* grande superficie = shopping mall, shopping complex, shopping centre.* grandes y pequeños = great and small.* grande y tenebroso = cavernous.* gran ducado = grand-duchy.* gran espectáculo = extravaganza.* gran extensión de tierra dedicada a la cría de animales de pasto = rangeland.* gran grupo = constellation.* gran mentira = big fat lie.* gran nivel = high standard.* gran número de = great numbers of.* gran pantalla de televisión = large-screen television.* gran parte = much.* gran parte de = much of.* gran peso = heavy weight.* gran placer = great pleasure.* gran potencia = great power.* gran salto adelante = giant leap, great leap forward.* gran tiburón blanco = great white shark.* gran titular = headline banner.* hacer grandes esfuerzos por = take + (great) pains to.* hacer grandes progresos = make + great strides.* hacer un gran esfuerzo = go out of + Posesivo + way to + Infinitivo.* hacer un gran negocio = make + a killing.* IGE (Integración a Gran Escala) = LSI (Large Scale Integration).* influir en gran medida = become + a force.* jaula grande para pájaros = aviary.* jugador de grandes apuestas = high roller.* la Gran Manzana = the Big Apple.* la gran mayoría de = the vast majority of, the bulk of.* levantar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons.* llevarse una (gran) sorpresa = be in for a (big) surprise.* lo suficientemente grande = large enough, big enough.* más grande = greater.* muy grande = big time.* Nombre + a gran escala = broad scale + Nombre.* no ser gran cosa = not add up to much, add up to + nothing.* no ser una gran pérdida = be no great loss.* no significar gran cosa = not add up to much.* no suponer gran cosa = not add up to much.* no valer gran cosa = be no great shakes.* pago único y bien grande = fat lump sum.* para + Posesivo + gran sorpresa = much to + Posesivo + surprise.* pasarlo a lo grande = have + a ball, have + a whale of a time.* pasarlo en grande = have + a ball, have + a whale of a time.* pasárselo en grande = enjoy + every minute of, love + every minute of it.* Pedro el Grande = Peter the Great.* pensar a lo grande = think + big.* Pie Grande = Bigfoot, Sasquatch.* por un gran margen = by a huge margin.* producir con gran destreza = craft.* provocar un gran alboroto = make + a splash.* provocar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons.* que le presta gran importancia a la cultura = culture-conscious.* recorrer grandes distancias = travel + long distances.* revista que tiene una gran demanda popular = mass-market journal.* ser de gran ayuda para = be a boon to.* ser de gran beneficio para = be of great benefit to.* ser una gran ayuda = be a tower of strength.* ser un gran alivio = be a welcome relief.* ser un gran apoyo = be a tower of strength.* ser un gran avance = be half the battle.* ser un gran paso adelante = be half the battle.* taza grande = mug.* tener en gran estima = have + a very high regard for.* tener gran éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.* tener gran importancia = be of high significance.* tener gran repercusión = be far reaching.* tener una gran tradición = have + a long ancestry.* tener un gran impacto = have + a big impact.* tomar un gran riesgo = play (for) + high stakes.* una gran cantidad de = a good deal of, a great deal of, a large degree of, a mass of, a plethora of, a supply of, a vast amount of, a city of, a wealth of, a sea of, a cascade of, an army of, a good many, a huge number of, a great number of, a multitude of, scores of, a host of, a vast corpus of, a whole host of.* una gran cantidad y variedad de = a wealth and breadth of.* una gran diversidad de = a wide range of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of, a broad range of.* una gran experiencia = a wealth of experience.* una gran extensión de = a sea of.* una gran gama de = a wide range of, a rich tapestry of, a wide band of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of, a broad range of, a whole gamut of.* una gran mayoría de = a large proportion of.* una gran parte de = a broad population of, a lion's share of.* una gran pérdida = a great loss.* una gran proporción de = a large proportion of.* una gran variedad de = a wide range of, a multiplicity of, a rich tapestry of, a plurality of, a broad variety of, a broad range of, a whole gamut of.* un gran espectro de = a wide band of.* un gran número de = a good deal of, a great deal of, a plethora of, a wide range of, a full roster of, a fair number of, a great number of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of, a broad range of, a vast corpus of.* un gran repertorio de = an arsenal of, an armoury of [armory].* un gran volumen de = a vast corpus of.* venirle Algo grande a Alguien = get + too big for + Posesivo + breeches.* WAN (red de gran alcance) = WAN (wide area network).* * *I1)a) ( en dimensiones) large, big; <boca/nariz> bigb) ( en demasía) too bigme queda or me está grande — it's too big for me
quedarle grande a alguien — puesto/responsabilidad to be too much for somebody
2) ( alto) tall3) (Geog)4) ( en edad)los más grandes pueden ir solos — the older o bigger ones can go on their own
5) (delante del n)a) (notable, excelente) greatun gran hombre/vino — a great man/wine
b) ( poderoso) big6)a) (en intensidad, grado) greatme llevé un susto más grande...! — I got such a fright!
una temporada de gran éxito — a very o a highly successful season
b) ( uso enfático)7)la gran parte or mayoría de los votantes — the great o vast majority of the voters
b) ( elevado)a gran velocidad — at high o great speed
en grande: lo pasamos en grande — we had a great time (colloq)
•IImasculino, femenino1) (de la industria, el comercio) big o leading name2)a) ( mayor)quiero ir con los grandes — I want to go with the big boys/girls
b) ( adulto)•* * *= vast [vaster -comp., vastest -sup.], big [bigger -comp., biggest -sup.], bulky, considerable, deep [deeper -comp., deepest -sup.], extensive, great [greater -comp., greatest -sup.], heavy [heavier -comp., heaviest -sup.], high [higher -comp., highest -sup.], huge, large [larger -comp., largest -sup.], large scale [large-scale], tremendous, wide [wider -comp., widest -sup.], goodly [goodlier -comp., goodliest -sup.], abysmal, heavyweight [heavy weight], broad [broader -comp., broadest -sup.], of the highest order.Ex: If you add to this other access points, such as collections housed in old people's homes or day centres, prisons, hospitals, youth clubs, playgroups etc the coverage is vast.
Ex: Fiction is a big item for children and also just for ordinary public library users.Ex: Like all enumerative schedules, the LC schedules are bulky, extending to some 8000 pages.Ex: The need to become familiar with different command languages for different hosts is a considerable barrier to effective retrieval.Ex: The world's largest processing department's plans and policies are always of deep interest.Ex: The minutely detailed classification is of the type appropriate to an extensive collection.Ex: Clearly, great variations can be expected between different indexing languages for different databases.Ex: In fact, the area was well served by a very good neighbourhood advice centre which had a heavy workload of advice and information-giving.Ex: Lower specificity will be associated with lower precision but high recall.Ex: A user searching for Smith's 'History as Argument' who was not sure under which subject it would be entered, would have to prowl through a huge number of cards in a card catalog to find the entry under SMITH.Ex: Serial searching for a string of characters is usually performed on a small subset of a large file.Ex: It is in the development of such large-scale services that problems are seen most acutely.Ex: There has been tremendous growth in libraries since then, but, fundamentally, it has been possible to build on the foundation that nineteenth-century heroes constructed.Ex: The method is sufficiently flexible to allow for wide modifications.Ex: However, we must not forget the book which the critics acclaim and which also sells in goodly numbers.Ex: The major problem encountered in encouraging young adults to use public libraries is the abysmal lack of specialist young adult librarians = El principal problema que se encuentra para es incentivar a los jóvenes a usar las bibliotecas públicas es la enorme falta de bibliotecarios especialistas en temas relacionados con los adolescentes.Ex: Heavyweight information technology firms such as IBM are appearing in the market and challenging traditional players.Ex: In 'upper town' streets are broad, quiet, and tree-shaded; the homes are tall and heavy and look like battleships, each anchored in its private sea of grass.Ex: I've got to tell you, and I do say this affectionately, but we're talking about a geek of the highest order.* a grandes rasgos = broadly, rough draft.* a gran escala = large scale [large-scale], massive, on a wide scale, high-volume, wide-scale, on a broad scale, in a big way, on a grand scale.* a gran velocidad = at great speed.* a lo grande = in a big way, big time, grandly, on a grand scale.* armar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons.* a un gran coste = at (a) great expense.* avanzar con gran dificultad = grind on.* bastante grande = largish.* calabacín grande = marrow, marrow squash.* causar una gran sensación = make + a splash.* causar un gran alboroto = make + a splash.* causar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons, make + a splash.* celebrar a lo grande = make + a song and dance about.* con gran capacidad = capacious.* con gran colorido = brightly coloured.* con gran densidad de población = densely populated.* con gran dificultad = with great difficulty.* con gran esplendor = grandly.* con gran iluminación = brightly illuminated.* con gran motivación = highly-motivated.* con gran sentimiento = earnestly.* conseguir en gran medida + Infinitivo = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.* contribuir en gran medida a + Infinitivo = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio, go far in + Gerundio, go far towards + Gerundio.* con una gran cultura = well-read.* con una gran diferencia = by a huge margin.* con una gran tradición = long-standing.* con un gran número de lectores = widely-read.* con un gran suspiro = with a deep sigh.* convertirse en un gran problema = grow to + a crisis.* correr un gran riesgo = play (for) + high stakes.* crear con gran destreza = craft.* dar un gran paso adelante = reach + milestone.* de gran ahorro energético = energy-saving.* de gran belleza = scenic.* de gran calibre = high-calibre.* de gran calidad = high-quality, high-grade [high grade], high-calibre.* de gran capacidad = large-capacity, high capacity.* de gran colorido = brightly coloured.* de gran corazón = big-hearted.* de gran efecto = wide-reaching.* de gran éxito comercial = high selling.* de gran formato = oversized.* de gran impacto = high impact [high-impact].* de gran influencia = seminal.* de gran lucidez = clear-sighted.* de gran lujo = top-class.* de gran potencia = high-powered.* de gran repercusión = far-reaching, wide-reaching, far-ranging.* de gran talento = talented.* de gran valor = highly valued, highly valuable.* de gran valor histórico = of great historical value.* de gran venta = high selling.* demasiado grande = oversized.* describir a grandes rasgos = paint + a broad picture.* desplazarse grandes distancias = travel + long distances.* ejercer una gran influencia en = play + a strong hand in.* el gran hermano = big brother.* el todo es más grande que la suma de sus partes = the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.* empresa de grandes derroches = high roller.* en gran cantidad = prodigiously.* en grandes cantidades = en masse, in good number, in bulk.* en grandes números = in record numbers, in record numbers.* en gran formato = oversize, oversized.* en gran medida = by and large, extensively, greatly, heavily, largely, to a considerable extent, to a high degree, to a large extent, tremendously, vastly, very much, to a great extent, in no small way, to any great degree, in many ways, in large part, in large measure, in no small measure, to a large degree, to a great degree.* en gran número = numerously.* en gran parte = largely, in large part, in large measure, for the most part, to a great extent, to a great degree.* en un gran aprieto = in dire straits.* en un gran apuro = in dire straits.* esperar una (gran) sorpresa = be in for a (big) surprise.* expresión típica de Gran Bretaña = Briticism.* extra grande = extra-large.* gestión de grandes extensiones para la cría de ganado = range management.* gran altura = high altitude.* gran aumento = heavy increase.* gran bebedor = heavy drinker.* gran belleza = scenic beauty.* Gran Bretaña = Britain, Great Britain.* gran calidad = high standard.* gran cantidad de = large crop of, mass of.* gran categoría = high standard.* gran cosa = big deal.* gran danés = Great Dane.* Gran Depresión, la = Depression, the, Great Depression, the.* grandes almacenes = department store.* grandes cantidades de = storerooms of, huge numbers of, huge numbers of, great numbers of.* grandes escritores, los = great imaginative writers, the.* grandes robles nacen de pequeñas bellotas = great oaks from little acorns grow.* grandes sumas de dinero = vast sums of money.* grande superficie = shopping mall, shopping complex, shopping centre.* grandes y pequeños = great and small.* grande y tenebroso = cavernous.* gran ducado = grand-duchy.* gran espectáculo = extravaganza.* gran extensión de tierra dedicada a la cría de animales de pasto = rangeland.* gran grupo = constellation.* gran mentira = big fat lie.* gran nivel = high standard.* gran número de = great numbers of.* gran pantalla de televisión = large-screen television.* gran parte = much.* gran parte de = much of.* gran peso = heavy weight.* gran placer = great pleasure.* gran potencia = great power.* gran salto adelante = giant leap, great leap forward.* gran tiburón blanco = great white shark.* gran titular = headline banner.* hacer grandes esfuerzos por = take + (great) pains to.* hacer grandes progresos = make + great strides.* hacer un gran esfuerzo = go out of + Posesivo + way to + Infinitivo.* hacer un gran negocio = make + a killing.* IGE (Integración a Gran Escala) = LSI (Large Scale Integration).* influir en gran medida = become + a force.* jaula grande para pájaros = aviary.* jugador de grandes apuestas = high roller.* la Gran Manzana = the Big Apple.* la gran mayoría de = the vast majority of, the bulk of.* levantar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons.* llevarse una (gran) sorpresa = be in for a (big) surprise.* lo suficientemente grande = large enough, big enough.* más grande = greater.* muy grande = big time.* Nombre + a gran escala = broad scale + Nombre.* no ser gran cosa = not add up to much, add up to + nothing.* no ser una gran pérdida = be no great loss.* no significar gran cosa = not add up to much.* no suponer gran cosa = not add up to much.* no valer gran cosa = be no great shakes.* pago único y bien grande = fat lump sum.* para + Posesivo + gran sorpresa = much to + Posesivo + surprise.* pasarlo a lo grande = have + a ball, have + a whale of a time.* pasarlo en grande = have + a ball, have + a whale of a time.* pasárselo en grande = enjoy + every minute of, love + every minute of it.* Pedro el Grande = Peter the Great.* pensar a lo grande = think + big.* Pie Grande = Bigfoot, Sasquatch.* por un gran margen = by a huge margin.* producir con gran destreza = craft.* provocar un gran alboroto = make + a splash.* provocar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons.* que le presta gran importancia a la cultura = culture-conscious.* recorrer grandes distancias = travel + long distances.* revista que tiene una gran demanda popular = mass-market journal.* ser de gran ayuda para = be a boon to.* ser de gran beneficio para = be of great benefit to.* ser una gran ayuda = be a tower of strength.* ser un gran alivio = be a welcome relief.* ser un gran apoyo = be a tower of strength.* ser un gran avance = be half the battle.* ser un gran paso adelante = be half the battle.* taza grande = mug.* tener en gran estima = have + a very high regard for.* tener gran éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.* tener gran importancia = be of high significance.* tener gran repercusión = be far reaching.* tener una gran tradición = have + a long ancestry.* tener un gran impacto = have + a big impact.* tomar un gran riesgo = play (for) + high stakes.* una gran cantidad de = a good deal of, a great deal of, a large degree of, a mass of, a plethora of, a supply of, a vast amount of, a city of, a wealth of, a sea of, a cascade of, an army of, a good many, a huge number of, a great number of, a multitude of, scores of, a host of, a vast corpus of, a whole host of.* una gran cantidad y variedad de = a wealth and breadth of.* una gran diversidad de = a wide range of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of, a broad range of.* una gran experiencia = a wealth of experience.* una gran extensión de = a sea of.* una gran gama de = a wide range of, a rich tapestry of, a wide band of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of, a broad range of, a whole gamut of.* una gran mayoría de = a large proportion of.* una gran parte de = a broad population of, a lion's share of.* una gran pérdida = a great loss.* una gran proporción de = a large proportion of.* una gran variedad de = a wide range of, a multiplicity of, a rich tapestry of, a plurality of, a broad variety of, a broad range of, a whole gamut of.* un gran espectro de = a wide band of.* un gran número de = a good deal of, a great deal of, a plethora of, a wide range of, a full roster of, a fair number of, a great number of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of, a broad range of, a vast corpus of.* un gran repertorio de = an arsenal of, an armoury of [armory].* un gran volumen de = a vast corpus of.* venirle Algo grande a Alguien = get + too big for + Posesivo + breeches.* WAN (red de gran alcance) = WAN (wide area network).* * *A1 (en dimensiones) large, bigse mudaron a una casa más grande they moved to a larger o bigger housesus grandes ojos negros her big dark eyesun tipo grande, ancho de hombros a big, broad-shouldered guytiene la boca/nariz grande she has a big mouth/noseabra la boca más grande open wider2 (en demasía) too big¿esto será grande para Daniel? do you think this is too big for Daniel?estos zapatos me quedan or me están grandes these shoes are too big for mequedarle or ( Esp) venirle grande a algn «puesto/responsabilidad» to be too much for sbB (alto) tall¡qué grande está Andrés! isn't Andrés tall!, hasn't Andrés gotten* tall!C ( Geog):el Gran Buenos Aires/Bilbao Greater Buenos Aires/BilbaoD1( esp AmL) ‹niño/chico› (en edad): los más grandes pueden ir solos the older o bigger ones can go on their ownya eres grande y puedes comer solito you're a big boy now and you can feed yourselfcuando sea grande quiero ser bailarina when I grow up I want to be a ballet dancermis hijos ya son grandes my children are all grown up now2está saliendo con un tipo grande she's going out with an older guyE ( delante del n)1 (notable, excelente) greatun gran hombre/artista/vino a great man/artist/winela gran dama del teatro the grande dame of the theater2 (poderoso) biglos grandes bancos/industriales the big banks/industrialistslos grandes señores feudales the great feudal lordsa lo grande in style3(en importancia): son grandes amigos they're great friendsgrandes fumadores heavy smokersF ( fam)(increíble): ¡qué cosa más grande! ¡ya te he dicho 20 veces que no lo sé! this is unbelievable! I've told you 20 times already that I don't know!¿no es grande que ahora me echen la culpa a mí? ( iró); and now they blame me; great, isn't it? ( iro)G1 (en intensidad, grado) greatme causó una gran pena it caused me great sadnessme has dado una gran alegría you have made me very happycomió con gran apetito she ate hungrily o heartilyun día de gran calor a very hot daylos grandes fríos del 47 the great o big freeze of '47me llevé un susto más grande … I got such a frightpara mi gran vergüenza to my great embarrassmentse produjo una gran explosión there was a powerful explosiones un gran honor para mí it is a great honor* for meha sido una temporada de gran éxito it has been a very o a highly successful seasonno corre gran prisa it is not very urgentlas paredes tienen gran necesidad de una mano de pintura the walls are very much in need of a coat of paint2(uso enfático): eso es una gran verdad that is absolutely o very trueeres un grandísimo sinvergüenza you're a real swine ( colloq)ésa es la mentira más grande que he oído that's the biggest lie I've ever heardH1 (en número) ‹familia› large, big; ‹clase› bigla gran mayoría de los votantes the great o vast majority of the votersdedican gran parte de su tiempo a la investigación they devote much of o a great deal of their time to researchesto se debe en gran parte a que … this is largely due to the fact that …2(elevado): a gran velocidad at high o great speedvolar a gran altura to fly at a great heightun edificio de gran altura a very tall buildingun gran número de personas a large number of peopleobjetos de gran valor objects of great valueen grande: lo pasamos or nos divertimos en grande we had a great time ( colloq)Compuestos:masculine wide-angle lensel gran capital big businessmasculine Great Danela Gran Depresión the Great Depression( Astron): la gran explosión the Big Bangla Gran Guerra the Great Warmasculine Big Brotherel gran hermano te observa or te vigila Big Brother is watching youmasculine Grand Mastermasculine grand mastermasculine international grand masterfeminine grand operamasculine Grand Prixel gran público the general publicel gran simpático the sympathetic nervous systemmpl department storemasculine, feminineA (de la industria, el comercio) big o leading name, leading playeruno de los tres grandes de la industria automovilística one of the big three names o one of the big three in the car industryB ( esp AmL)1(mayor): quiero ir con los grandes I want to go with the big boys/girlsla grande ya está casada their eldest (daughter) is already married2 (adulto) grown-upCompuesto:(Spanish) grandee o nobleman( RPl)la grande the big prize, the jackpotsacarse la grande (literal) to win the big prize o the jackpotse sacó la grande con ese marido she hit the jackpot with that husband* * *
grande adjetivo◊ gran is used before singular nouns
1
unos grande almacenes a department store
‹ clase› big;
la gran parte or mayoría the great majority
2
◊ ¡qué grande está Andrés! isn't Andrés tall!b) ( en edad):
ya son grandes they are all grown up now
3 (Geog):
4 ( delante del n)
a lo grande in style
5
‹ explosión› powerful;◊ ¡me llevé un susto más grande … ! I got such a fright!;
una temporada de gran éxito a very o a highly successful season;
son grandes amigos they're great friends;
eso es una gran verdad that is absolutely true;
¡qué mentira más grande! that's a complete lie!b) ( elevado):◊ a gran velocidad at high o great speed;
volar a gran altura to fly at a great height;
un gran número de personas a large number of people;
objetos de gran valor objects of great value;
en grande: lo pasamos en grande we had a great time (colloq)
■ sustantivo masculino, femeninoa) ( mayor):
b) ( adulto):
grande adjetivo
1 (tamaño) big, large
grandes almacenes, department stores
2 (cantidad) large
3 fig (fuerte, intenso) great: es un gran músico, he is a great musician
♦ Locuciones: a lo grande, in style
figurado pasarlo en grande, to have a great time
' grande' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abarcar
- alfombra
- ampliar
- ampliación
- armatoste
- así
- bastante
- bestial
- bloque
- buena
- bueno
- cabezón
- cabezona
- cabezudo
- cajón
- calabacín
- campeonato
- cantidad
- canto
- ciudad
- colosal
- consideración
- fenomenal
- formidable
- gran
- hermosa
- hermoso
- incalculable
- ingeniosa
- ingenioso
- mía
- mío
- monstruosa
- monstruoso
- monumental
- nuestra
- nuestro
- pila
- puerta
- quedar
- señor
- suficientemente
- suma
- sumo
- terraza
- tirada
- tremenda
- tremendo
- venir
- bailar
English:
abnormally
- above
- ample
- army
- awful
- bag
- baggy
- bay
- big
- boat
- border
- box
- breaker
- brush
- bulk
- carve
- cauldron
- cushion
- deposit
- enough
- extend
- grand
- great
- grow
- hers
- in
- integrate
- large
- lion
- manufacturer
- marrow
- mighty
- mine
- outrank
- overgrown
- paving stone
- place
- roller
- set on
- set upon
- slight
- spanking
- style
- tablespoonful
- tea urn
- temptation
- terrific
- time
- to
- tub
* * *♦ adj1. [de tamaño] big, large;el gran Buenos Aires/Santiago greater Buenos Aires/Santiago, the metropolitan area of Buenos Aires/Santiago;Figel cargo le viene grande he's not up to the job;Fampagó con un billete de los grandes he paid with a large notegrandes almacenes department store; Fot gran angular wide-angle lens;la Gran Barrera de Coral the Great Barrier Reef;Gran Bretaña Great Britain;el Gran Cañón (del Colorado) the Grand Canyon;gran danés Great Dane;Hist la Gran Depresión the Great Depression;gran ducado grand duchy;la Gran Explosión the Big Bang;la Gran Guerra the Great War;los Grandes Lagos the Great Lakes;gran maestro [en ajedrez] grand master;Hist Gran Mogol Mogul;la Gran Muralla (China) the Great Wall (of China);Dep Gran Premio Grand Prix; Hist el Gran Salto Adelante the Great Leap Forward;gran simio antropoide great ape;gran slam [en tenis] grand slam;Esp Com gran superficie hypermarket2. [de altura] tall;¡qué grande está tu hermano! your brother's really grown!3. [en importancia] great;una gran mujer a great woman;los grandes bancos the major banks;la gran mayoría está a favor del proyecto the great o overwhelming majority are in favour of the project;el éxito se debe en gran parte a su esfuerzo the success is largely due to her efforts, the success is in no small measure due to her efforts4. [en intensidad] great;es un gran mentiroso he's a real liar;¡qué alegría más grande! what joy!me dijeron que todavía no soy grande como para salir solo they told me I'm not big enough to go out on my own yetsiempre se llevó bien con gente más grande he always got on well with older peopleayer le hice un favor y hoy me vuelve la espalda, ¡grande! great! I did him a favour and now he doesn't want to know!9. CompFamhacer algo a lo grande to do sth in a big way o in style;vivir a lo grande to live in style;pasarlo en grande to have a great time♦ nm1. [noble] grandeeGrande de España = one of highest-ranking members of Spanish nobility2. [persona, entidad importante]uno de los grandes del sector one of the major players in the sector;los tres grandes de la liga the big three in the league;uno de los grandes de la literatura mexicana one of the big names in Mexican literature♦ nfRP [en lotería] first prize, jackpot;se sacó la grande con ese trabajo [tuvo buena suerte] she hit the jackpot with that job;con esa nuera que tiene le tocó la grande [tuvo mala suerte] you've got to feel sorry for her having a daughter-in-law like that♦ interjRP Fam [fantástico] great!* * *I adj1 big, large;me viene grande the jacket is too big for me;el cargo le viene grande the job is too much for him2:a lo grande in style;pasarlo en grande have a great timeII m/f1 L.Am. ( adulto) grown-up, adult;grandes y pequeños young and old2 ( mayor) eldest* * *1) : large, bigun libro grande: a big book2) alto: tall3) notable: greatun gran autor: a great writercon gran placer: with great pleasure5) : old, grown-uphijos grandes: grown children* * *grande adj¿es muy grande el jardín? is the garden very big?2. (número, cantidad) large3. (importante) great -
6 ऋषि
ṛíshim. (2. ṛish Comm. on Uṇ. IV, 119 ;
ṛishatijñānenasaṉsāra-pāram T. ;
perhaps fr. an obsolete ṛish for dṛiṡ, « to seeﾠ ?» cf. ṛishi-kṛit),
a singer of sacred hymns, an inspired poet orﾠ sage, any person who alone orﾠ with others invokes the deities in rhythmical speech orﾠ song of a sacred character
(e.g.. the ancient hymn-singers Kutsa, Atri., Rebha, Agastya, Kuṡika, Vasishṭha, Vy-aṡva) RV. AV. VS. etc.. ;
the Ṛishis were regarded by later generations as patriarchal sages orﾠ saints, occupying the same position in India history as the heroes andﾠ patriarchs of other countries, andﾠ constitute a peculiar class of beings in the early mythical system,
as distinct from gods, men, Asuras, etc. AV. X, 10, 26 ṠBr. AitBr. KātySr. Mn. etc.. ;
they are the authors orﾠ rather seers of the Vedic hymns
i.e. according to orthodox Hindū ideas they are the inspired personages to whom these hymns were revealed,
andﾠ such an expression as « the Ṛishi says» is equivalent to « so it stands in the sacred text» ;
seven Ṛishis, saptaṛishayaḥ, orﾠ saptaṛishayaḥ orﾠ saptarshayaḥ, are often mentioned in the Brāhmaṇas andﾠ later works as typical representatives of the character andﾠ spirit of the pre-historic orﾠ mythical period;
in ṠBr. XIV, 5, 2, 6 their names are given as follows, Gotama, Bharadvāja, Viṡvā-mitra, Jamadagni, Vasishṭha, Kaṡyapa, andﾠ Atri;
in MBh. XII, Marīci, Atri., Aṇgiras, Pulaha, Kratu, Pulastya, Vasishṭha are given as the names of the Ṛishis of the first Manvantara, andﾠ they are alsoﾠ called Prajāpatis orﾠ patriarchs;
the names of the Ṛishis of the subsequent Manv-antaras are enumerated in Hariv. 417 ff. ;
afterwards three other names are added, viz. Pracetas orﾠ Daksha, Bhṛigu, andﾠ Nārada, these ten being created by Manu Svāyambhuva for the production of all other beings including gods andﾠ men ĀṡvṠr. MBh. VP. etc.. ;
in astron. the seven Ṛishis form the constellation of « the Great Bear» RV. X, 82, 2 AV. VI, 40, 1 ṠBr. ĀṡvGṛ. MBh. etc.. ;
(metaphorically the seven Ṛishis may stand for the seven senses orﾠ the seven vital airs of the body VS. XXXIV ṠBr. XIV KātyṠr.);
a saint orﾠ sanctified sage in general, an ascetic, anchorite (this is a later sense;
sometimes three orders of these are enumerated,
viz. Devarshis, Brahmarshis, andﾠ Rājarshis;
sometimes seven, four others being added,
viz. Maharshis, Paramarshis, Ṡrutarshis, andﾠ Kāṇdarshis)
Mn. IV, 94; XI, 236 Ṡak. Ragh. etc.. ;
the seventh of the eight degrees of Brāhmans Hcat. ;
a hymn orﾠ Mantra composed by a Ṛishi;
the Veda Comm. on MBh. and Pat. ;
a symbolical expression for the number seven;
the moon;
an imaginary circle;
a ray of light L. ;
the fish Cyprinus Rishi L. ;
<cf. Hib. arsan, « a sage, a man old in wisdom» ;
arrach, « old, ancient, aged» >,
- ऋषिकल्प
- ऋषिकुल्या
- ऋषिकृत्
- ऋषिगण
- ऋषिगिरि
- ऋषिगुप्त
- ऋषिचान्द्रायण
- ऋषिचोदन
- ऋषिच्छन्दस्
- ऋषिजाङ्गलिकी
- ऋषितर्पण
- ऋषितीर्थ
- ऋषित्व
- ऋषिदेव
- ऋषिदेश
- ऋषिद्रोण
- ऋषिद्विष्
- ऋषिपञ्चमी
- ऋषिपतन
- ऋषिपुत्र
- ऋषिपुत्रक
- ऋषिप्रशिष्ट
- ऋषिप्रोक्ता
- ऋषिबन्धु
- ऋषिब्राह्मण
- ऋषिमण्डल
- ऋषिमनस्
- ऋषिमुख
- ऋषियज्ञ
- ऋषिलोक
- ऋषिवत्
- ऋषिशृङ्ग
- ऋषिश्राद्ध
- ऋषिषह्
- ऋषिषाण
- ऋषिष्टुत
- ऋषिसंहिता
- ऋषिसत्तम
- ऋषिसाह्वय
- ऋषिस्तोम
- ऋषिस्वर
- ऋषिस्वाध्याय
- ऋषीवत्
- ऋषीवह
-
7 AF
of* * *prep. w. dat.I. Of place:1) off, from;G. hljóp af hesti sínum, G. jumped off his horse;ganga af mótinu, to go away from the meeting;Flosi kastaði af sér skikkjunni, threw off his cloak;Gizzur gekk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from the south-west;hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he had taken off his shoes;Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off;tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms;bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus;land af landi, from one land to the other;hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession;vil ek þú vinnir af þér skuldina, work off the debt;muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand;rísa af dauða, to rise from the dead;vakna af draumi, to awaken from a dream;lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse;vindr stóð af landi, the wind blew from the land;2) out of;verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world;gruflar hón af læknum, she scrambles out of the brook;Otradalr var mjök af vegi, far out of the way.Connected with út; föstudaginn fór út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town.II. Of time; past, beyond:af ómagaaldri, able to support oneself, of age;ek em nú af léttasta skeiði, no longer in the prime of life;þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, when seven weeks of summer are past;var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past.III. In various other relations:1) þiggja lið af e-m, to receive help from one;hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy;vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of one;féll þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s men fell there;þá eru þeir útlagir ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their goðorð;þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim;ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to give up;2) off, of;höggva fót, hönd, af e-m, to cut off one’s foot, hand;vil ek, at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, whatever you like of the stores;þar lá forkr einn ok brotit af endanum, with the point broken off;absol., beit hann höndina af, bit the hand off;fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off;3) of, among;hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum, the most promising of the young men;4) with;hláða, (ferma) skip af e-u, to load (freight) a ship with;fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring;5) of (= ór which is more frequent);húsit var gert af timbr stokkum, was built of trunks of trees;6) fig., eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him;hvat hefir þú gert af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar?;7) denoting parentage, descent, origin;ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, are descended from them;kominn af Trójumönnum, descended from the Trojans;8) by, of (after passive);ek em sendr hingat af Starkaði, sent hither by;ástsæll af landsmónnum, beloved of;9) on account of, by reason of, by;úbygðr at frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold;ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds;af ástæld hans, by his popularity;af því, therefore;af hví, wherefor why;af því at, because;10) by means of, by;framfœra e-n af verkum sínum, by means of his own labour;af sínu fé, by one’s own means;absol., hann fekk af hina mestu sœmd, derived great honour from it;11) with adjectives, in regard to;mildr af fé, liberal of money;góðr af griðum, merciful;fastr af drykk, close (stingy) in regard to drink;12) used absol. with a verb, off away;hann bað hann þá róa af fjörðinn, to row the firth off;ok er þeir höfðu af fjörðung, when they had covered one forth of the way;sofa af nóttina, to sleep the night away.* * *prep. often used elliptically by dropping the case, or even merely adverbially, [Ulf. af; A. S. and Engl. of, off; Hel. ab; Germ. ab; Gr. άπό; Lat. a, ab.] With dat. denoting a motion a loco; one of the three prepp. af, ór, frá, corresponding to those in loco—á, í, við, and ad locum—á, í, at. It in general corresponds to the prepp. in loco—á, or in locum— til, whilst ór answers more to í; but it also frequently corresponds to yfir, um or í. It ranges between ór and frá, generally denoting the idea from the surface of, while ór means from the inner part, and frá from the outer part or border. The motion from a hill, plain, open place is thus denoted by af; by ór that from an enclosed space, depth, cavity, thus af fjalli, but ór of a valley, dale; af Englandi, but ór Danmörk, as mörk implies the notion of a deep wood, forest. The wind blows af landi, but a ship sets sail frá landi; frá landi also means a distance from: af hendi, of a glove, ring; ór hendi, of whatever has been kept in the hand (correl. to á hendi and í hendi). On the other hand af is more general, whilst frá and ór are of a more special character; frá denoting a departure, ór an impulse or force; a member goes home af þingi, whereas ór may denote an inmate of a district, or convey the notion of secession or exclusion from, Eb. 105 new Ed.; the traveller goes af landi, the exile ór landi: taka e-t af e-m is to take a thing out of one’s hand, that of taka frá e-m to remove out of one’s sight, etc. In general af answers to Engl. of, off, ór to out of, and frá to from: the Lat. prepp. ab, de, and ex do not exactly correspond to the Icelandic, yet as a rule ór may answer to ex, af sometimes to ab, sometimes to de. Of, off, from among; with, by; on account of by means of, because of concerning, in respect of.A. Loc.I. With motion, off, from:1. prop. corresp. to á,α. konungr dró gullhring af hendi sér (but á hendi), Ld. 32; Höskuldr lætr bera farm af skipi, unload the ship (but bera farm á skip), id.; var tekit af hestum þeirra, they were unsaddled, Nj. 4; Gunnarr hafði farit heiman af bæ sínum, he was away from home, 82; Gunnarr hljóp af hesti sínum, jumped off his horse (but hl. á hest), 83; hlaupa, stökkva af baki, id., 112, 264 ; Gunnarr skýtr til hans af boganum, from the bow, where af has a slight notion of instrumentality, 96; flýja af fundinum, to fly from off the battle-field, 102; ríða af Þríhyrningshálsum, 206; út af Langaholti, Eg. 744 ; sunnan ór Danmörk ok af Saxlandi, 560; ganga af mótinu, to go from the meeting, Fms. vii. 130; af þeirra fundi reis María upp ok fór, 625. 85 ; Flosi kastaði af ser skikkjunni, threw his cloak off him (but kasta á sik),Nj. 176; taka Hrungnis fót af honum, of a load, burden, Edda 58; land þat er hann fiskði af, from which he set off to fish, Grág. i. 151, is irregular, frá would suit better; slíta af baki e-s, from off one’s back, ii. 9 ; bera af borði, to clear the table, Nj. 75.β. where it more nearly answers to í; þeir koma af hafi, of sailors coming in (but leggja í haf), Nj. 128 ; fara til Noregs af Orkneyjum (but í or til O.), 131; þeim Agli fórst vel ok komu af hafi i Borgarfjörð, Eg. 392 ; hann var útlagi ( outlawed) af Noregi, where ór would be more regular, 344; af Islandi, of a traveller, Fms. x. 3; búa her af báðum ríkjunum, to take a levy from, 51; hinir beztu bændr ór Norðlendingafjórðungi ok af Sunnlendingafjórðungi, the most eminent Southerners and Northerners, 113; Gizzurr gékk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from south-west, Sturl. ii. 219; prestar af hvárutveggja biskupsdæmi, from either diocess, Dipl. ii. 11; verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world, 623. 21; gruflar hon af læknum, scrambles out of the brook, Ísl. ii. 340; Egill kneyfði af horninu í einum drykk, drained off the horn at one draught, literally squeezed every drop out of it, Eg. 557; brottuaf herbúðunurn, Fms. x. 343.γ. of things more or less surrounding the subject, corresp. to yfir or um; láta þeir þegar af sér tjöldin, break off, take down the tents in preparing for battle, Eg. 261; kyrtillinn rifnaði af honum, his coat burst, caused by the swollen body, 602; hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he untied his shoes (but binda á sik), 716; Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off, of one clinging to one’s body, 747; tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms, Fms. vii. 39. Of putting off clothes; fara af kápu, Nj. 143; far þú eigi af brynjunni, Bs. i. 541; þá ætlaði Sigurðr at fara af brynjunni, id.; þá var Skarphéðinn flettr af klæðunum, Nj. 209: now more usually fara or klæðum, fötum, exuere, to undress.δ. connected with út; föstudaginn for út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town, Nj. 274; ganga út af kirkjunni, to go out of the church, now út úr, Fms. vii. 107: drekki hann af þeirri jörðunni, of something impregnated with the earth, Laekn. 402.ε. more closely corresponding to frá, being in such cases a Latinism (now frá); bréf af páfa, a pope’s bull, Fms. x. 6; rit af hánum, letter from him, 623. 52; bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus, Bs. i. 712; farið þér á brautu af mér í eilífan eld, Hom. 143; brott af drottins augliti, Stj. 43.ζ. denoting an uninterrupted continuity, in such phrases as land aflandi, from land to land, Eg. 343, Fas. ii. 539; skip af skipl. from ship to ship, Fms. v. 10; brann hvat af öðru, one after another, of an increasing fire, destroying everything, i. 128; brandr af brandi brenn, funi kveykist af funa, one from another, Hm. 56; hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession, also hverr at öðrum, Eb. 272, 280 (where at in both passages).2. metaph., at ganga af e-m dauðum, to go from, leave one dead on the spot, of two combatants; en hann segiz bani hins ef hann gekk af dauðum manni, Grág. ii. 88, Hkr. 1. 327; undr þykir mér er bróðir þinn vildi eigi taka af þér starf þetta, would not take this toil from thee, Nj. 77; þegnar hans glöddust af honum, were fain of him, Fms. x. 380; at koma þeim manni af sér er settr var á fé hans, to get rid of, Ld. 52; vil ek þú vinriir af þér skuldina, work off the debt, Njarð. 366; reka af sér, to repel, Sturl. ii. 219; hann á þá sonu er aldri munu af oss ganga, who will never leave us, whom we shall never get rid of, Fas. i. 280; leysa e-n af e-u, to relieve, 64; taka e-n af lífi, to kill, Eg. 48, 416, Nj. 126; af lífdögum, Fms. vii. 204; ek mun ná lögum af því máli, get the benefit of the law in this case, Eg. 468; muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand, 414; rísa af dauða, to rise from death, Fms. ii. 142; guð bætti honum þó af þessi sótt, healed him of this sickness, ix. 390; vakna af sýn, draumi, svefni, to awaken from a vision, dream, sleep, 655 xxxii. I, Gísl. 24, Eb. 192, Fas. i. 41. Rather with the notion out of, in the phrase af sér etc., e. g. sýna e-t af scr, to shew, exhibit a disposition for or against, Ld. 18; gera mikit af sér, to shew great prowess, Ísl. ii. 368; éf þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, unless you make more of thyself, Edda 32; Svipdagr hafði mikit af sér gert, fought bravely, Fas. i. 41; góðr (illr) af sér, good ( bad) of oneself, by nature; mikill af sjálfum sér, proud, bold, stout, Nj. 15; ágætastr maðr af sjálfum sér, the greatest hero, Bret.: góðr af ser, excellent, Hrafn. 7; but, on the contrary, af sér kominn, ruinous, in decay; this phrase is used of old houses or buildings, as in Bs. i. 488 = Sturl. l. c.; af sér kominn af mæði can also be said of a man fallen off from what he used to be; kominn af fotum fram, off his legs from age, Sturl. i. 223, Korm. 154 (in a verse).II. WITHOUT MOTION:1. denoting direction from, but at the same time continuous connection with an object from which an act or thing proceeds, from; tengja skip hvárt fram af stafni annars, to tie the ships in a line, stem to stern, Fms. i. 157, xi. 111; svá at þeir tóku út af borðum, jutted out of the boards, of rafters or poles, iv. 49; stjarna ok af sem skaft, of a comet, ix. 482; lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse, Grág. ii. 264; hon svarar af sínu sæti sem álpt af baru, Fás. i. 186; þar er sjá mátti utau af firði, af þjóðleið, that might be seen from the fareway on the sea when sailing in the firth, Hkr. ii. 64; þá mun hringt af (better at) Burakirkju, of bells rung at the church, Fms. xi. 160; gengr þar af Meðalfellsströnd, projects from, juts out, of a promontory, Ld. 10.2. denoting direction alone; upp af víkinni stóð borg mikil, a burg inland from the inlet, Eg. 161; lokrekkja innar af seti, a shut bed inward from the benches in the hall, Ísl. ii. 262; kapella upp af konungs herbergjum, upwards from, Fms. x. 153; vindr stóð af landi, the wind stood off the land, Bárð. 166.β. metaph., stauda af e-u, vide VI. 4.γ. ellipt., hallaði af norðr, of the channel, north of a spot, Boll. 348; also, austr af, suðr af, vestr af, etc.3. denoting absence; þingheyendr skulu eigi vera um nótt af þingi ( away from the meeting), eðr lengr, þá eru þeir af þingi ( away from (be meeting) ef þeir eru or ( out of) þingmarki, Grág. i. 25; vera um nótt af várþingi, 115; meðan hann er af landi héðan, abroad, 150.β. metaph., gud hvíldi af öllum verkum sínum á sjaunda degi, rested from his labours, Ver. 3.4. denoting distance; þat er komit af þjóðleið, out of the high road, remote, Eg. 369; af þjóðbraut, Grág. ii. 264, i. 15; Otradalr (a farm) var mjök af vegi, far out of the way, Háv. 53.B. TEMP, past, from, out of, beyond:1. of a person’s age, in the sense of having past a period of life; af ómaga aldri, of age, able to support oneself, Grág. i. 243; af aeskualdri, stricken in years, having past the prime of life, Eg. 202; lítið af barnsaldri, still a child, Ld. 74; ek em nú af léttasia skeiði, no longer in the prime of life, Háv. 40.2. of a part or period of time, past; eigi síðar en nótt er af þingi, a night of the session past, Grág. i. 101; þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, seven weeks past of the summer, 182; tíu vikur af sumri, Íb. 10; var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past, Háv. 41; mikið af vetri, much of the winter was past, Fas. ii. 186; þriðjungr af nótt, a third of the night past, Fms. x. 160; stund af degi, etc.; tveir mánoðr af sumri, Gþl. 103.3. in adverbial phrases such as, af stundu, soon; af bragði, at once; af tómi, at leisure, at ease; af nýju, again; af skyndingu, speedily; af bráðungu, in a hurry, etc.C. In various other relations:I. denoting the passage or transition of an object, concrete or abstract, of, from.1. where a thing is received, derived from, conferred by a person or object; þiggja lið af e-m, to derive help from, Edda 26; taka traust af e-m, to receive support, comfort from, Fms. xi. 243; taka mála af e-m, to be in one’s pay, of a soldier, Eg. 266; halda land af e-m, to hold land of any one, 282; verða viss af e-m, to get information from, 57, Nj. 130; taka við sök af manni (a law term), to undertake a case, suit, Grág. i. 142; hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy, ii. 374; vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of, Vd. 88 (old Ed., the new reads frá), Fs. 45; afla matar af eyjum, to derive supplies from, Eb. 12.2. where an object is taken by force:α. prop. out of a person’s hand; þú skalt hnykkja smíðit af honum, wrest it out of his hand, Nj. 32; cp. taka, þrífa, svipta e-u (e-t) af e-m, to wrest from.β. metaph. of a person’s deprival of anything in general; hann tók af þér konuna, carried thy wife off, Nj. 33; tók Gunnarr af þér sáðland þitt, robbed thee of seedland, 103; taka af honum tignina, to depose, degrade him, Eg. 271; vinna e-t af e-m, to carry off by force of arms, conquer, Fms. iii. 29; drepa menn af e-m, for one, slay one’s man, Eg. 417; fell þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s people fell there, 261.γ. in such phrases as, hyggja af e-u (v. afhuga), hugsa af e-u, to forget; hyggja af harmi; sjá af e-u, to lose, miss; var svá ástúðigt með þeim, at livargi þóttist mega af öðrum sjá, neither of them could take his eyes off the other, Sturl. i. 194; svá er mörg við ver sinn vær, at varla um sér hon af hoiuun nær, Skálda 163.3. denoting forfeiture; þá eru þeir útlagir, ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their priesthood, Grág. i. 24; telja hann af ráðunum fjár síns alls, to oust one, on account of idiocy or madness, 176; verða af kaupi, to be off the bargain, Edda 26; þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim, Nj. 15; ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to forfeit, a case of divorce, id.; ella er hann af rettarfari um hana, has forfeited the suit, Grág. i. 381.β. ellipt., af ferr eindagi ef, is forfeited, Grág. i. 140.II. denoting relation of a part to a whole, off, of, Lat. de; höggva hönd, höfuð, fót af e-um, to cut one’s hand, head, foot off, Nj. 97, 92, Bs. i. 674; höggva spjót af skapti, to sever the blade from the shaft, 264; hann lét þá ekki hafa af föðurarfi sínum, nothing of their patrimony, Eg. 25; vil ek at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, take what you like of the stores, Nj. 4; at þú eignist slíkt af fé okkru sem þú vili, 94.β. ellipt., en nú höfum vér kjörit, en þat er af krossinum, a slice of, Fms. vii. 89; Þórðr gaf Skólm frænda sínum af landnámi sínu, a part of, Landn. 211; hafði hann þat af hans eigu er hann vildi, Sturl. ii. 169; þar lá forkr einn ok brotið af endanum, the point broken off, Háv. 24, Sturl. i. 169.γ. absol. off; beit hann höndina af, þar sem nú heitir úlfliðr, bit the hand off, Edda 17; fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off, Nj. 97; jafnt er sem þér synist, af er fótrinn, the foot is off, id.; af bæði eyru, both ears off, Vm. 29.2. with the notion of—among; mestr skörungr af konum á Norðrlöndum, the greatest heroine in the North, Fms. i. 116; hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum í Austfjörðum, the most hopeful of youths in the Eastfirths, Njarð. 364; af ( among) öllurn hirðmönnuni virði konungr mest skáld sín, Eg. 27; ef hann vildi nokkura kaupa af þessum konum, Ld. 30; ör liggr þar útiá vegginum, ok er sú af þeirra örum, one of their own arrows, Nj. 115.β. from, among, belonging to; guð kaus hana af ollum konum sér til móður, of the Virgin Mary, Mar. A. i. 27.γ. metaph., kunna mikit (lítið) af e-u, to know much, little of, Bragi kann mest af skáldskap, is more cunning of poetry than any one else, Edda 17.δ. absol. out of, before, in preference to all others; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir eingi af taka, you would choose none of them, Nj. 77; ráða e-t af, to decide; þó mun faðir minn mestu af ráða, all depends upon him, Ld. 22; konungr kveðst því mundu heldr af trúa, preferred believing that of the two, Eg. 55; var honum ekki vildara af ván, he could expect nothing better, 364.3. with the additional sense of instrumentality, with; ferma skip af e-u, to freight a ship with, Eg. 364; hlaða mörg skip af korni, load many ships with corn, Fms. xi. 8; klyfja tvá hesta af mat, Nj. 74; var vágrinn skipaðr af herskipum, the bay was covered with war ships, 124; fylla ker af glóðum, fill it with embers, Stj. 319; fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring, Ver. 3.III. denoting the substance of which a thing is made, of; used indifferently with ór, though ór be more frequent; þeir gerðu af honum jörðina, af blóði hans sæinn ok vötnin, of the creation of the world from the corpse of the giant Ymir; the poem Gm. 40, 41, constantly uses ór in this sense, just as in modern Icelandic, Edda 5; svá skildu þeir, at allir hlutir væri smíðaðir af nokkru efni, 147 (pref.); húsit var gert af timbrstokkum, built of trunks of timber, Eg. 233; hjöhin vóru af gulli, of gold, golden, Fms. i. 17; af osti, of cheese, but in the verse 1. c. ór osti, Fms. vi. 253; línklæði af lérepti, linen, Sks. 287.2. metaph. in the phrases, göra e-t af e-n ( to dispose of), verða af ( become of), hvat hefir þú gört af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar? Njarð. 376; hvat af motrinuni er orðit, what has become of it? of a lost thing, Ld. 208; hverfr Óspakr á burt, svá eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him? Band. 5.IV. denoting parentage, descent, origin, domicile, abode:1. parentage, of, from, used indifferently with frá; ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, descend from them, but a little below—frá honum eru konmir Sturlungar, Eb. 338, cp. afkvæmi; af ætt Hörðakára, Fms. i. 287; kominn af Trojumönnum, xi. 416; af Ása-ætt (Kb. wrongly at), Edda I.β. metaph., vera af Guði (theol.), of God, = righteous, 686 B. 9; illr ávöxtr af íllri rót, Fms. ii. 48; Asia er kölluð af nafni nokkurar konu, derives her name from, Stj. 67; af honum er bragr kallaðr skáldskapr, called after his name, Edda 17.2. of domicile; af danskri tungu, of Danish or Scandinavian origin, speaking the Danish tongue, Grág. ii. 73; hvaðan af löndum, whence, native of what country? Ísl.β. especially denoting a man’s abode, and answering to á and í, the name of the farm (or country) being added to proper names, (as in Scotland,) to distinguish persons of the same name; Hallr af Síðu, Nj. 189; Erlingr af Straumey, 273; Ástríðr af Djúpárbakka, 39; Gunnarr af Hlíðarenda (more usual frá); þorir haklangr konungr af Ögðum, king of Agdir, Eg. 35, etc.; cp. ór and frá.V. denoting a person with whom an act, feeling, etc. originates, for the most part with a periphrastic passive:1. by, the Old Engl. of; as, ek em sendr hingað af Starkaði ok sonum hans, sent hither by, Nj. 94; inna e-t af hendi, to perform, 257; þó at alþýða væri skírð af kennimönnum, baptized of, Fms. ii. 158; meira virðr af mönnum, higher esteemed, Ld. 158; ástsæll af landsmönnum, beloved, íb. 16; vinsæll af mönnum, Nj. 102; í allgóðu yfirlæti af þeim feðgum, hospitably treated by them, Eg. 170; var þá nokkut drukkið af alþjóð, there was somewhat hard drinking of the people, Sturl. iii. 229; mun þat ekki upp tekið af þeim sükudólgum mínum, they will not clutch at that, Nj. 257; ef svá væri í hendr þér búit af mér, if í had so made everything ready to thy hands, Ld. 130; þá varð fárætt um af föður hans, his father said little about it, Fms. ii. 154.2. it is now also sometimes used as a periphrase of a nom., e. g. ritað, þýtt af e-m, written, translated, edited by, but such phrases scarcely occur in old writers.VI. denoting cause, ground, reason:1. originating from, on account of, by reason of; af frændsemis sökum, for kinship’s sake, Grág. ii. 72; ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds, 27; af manna völdum, by violence, not by natural accident, of a crime, Nj. 76; af fortölum Halls, through his pleading, 255; af ástsæld hans ok af tölum þeirra Sæmundar, by his popularity and the eloquence of S., Íb. 16; af ráðum Haralds konungs, by his contriving, Landn. 157; úbygðr af frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold, Hkr. i. 5.β. adverbially, af því, therefore, Nj. 78; af hví, why? 686 B. 9; þá verðr bóndi heiðinn af barni sínu, viz. if he does not cause his child to be christened, K. Þ. K. 20.2. denoting instrumentality, by means of; af sinu fé, by one’s own means, Grág. i. 293; framfæra e-n af verkum sinum, by means of one’s own labour, K. Þ. K. 142; draga saman auð af sökum, ok vælum ok kaupum, make money by, 623. I; af sínum kostnaði, at hi s own expense, Hkr. i. 217.β. absol., hún fellir á mik dropa svá heita at ek brenn af öll, Ld. 328; hann fékk af hina mestu sæmd, derived great honotur from it, Nj. 88; elli sótti á hendr honum svá at hann lagðist í rekkju af, he grew bedridden from age, Ld. 54; komast undan af hlaupi, escape by running, Fms. viii. 58; spinna garn af rokki, spin off a wheel (now, spinna á rokk), from a notion of instrumentality, or because of the thread being spun out (?), Eb. 92.3. denoting proceeding, originating from; lýsti af höndum hennar, her hands spread beams of light, Edda 22; allir heimar lýstust ( were illuminated) af henni, id.; en er lýsti af degi, when the day broke forth, Fms. ii. 16; lítt var lýst af degi, the day was just beginning to break, Ld. 46; þá tók at myrkja af nótt, the ‘mirk-time’ of night began to set in, Eg. 230; tók þá brátt at myrkva af nótt, the night grew dark, Hkr. ii. 230.4. metaph., standa, leiða, hljótast af, to be caused by, result from; opt hlýtst íllt af kvenna hjali, great mischief is wrought by women’s gossip (a proverb), Gísl. 15, 98; at af þeim mundi mikit mein ok úhapp standa, be caused by, Edda 18; kenna kulda af ráðum e-s, to feel sore from, Eb. 42; þó mun her hljótast af margs manns bani, Nj, 90.5. in adverbial phrases, denoting state of mind; af mikilli æði, in fury, Nj. 116; af móð, in great emotion, Fms. xi. 221; af áhyggju, with concern, i. 186; af létta, frankly, iii. 91; af viti, collectedly, Grág. ii. 27; af heilu, sincerely, Eg. 46; áf fári, in rage; af æðru, timidly, Nj. (in a verse); af setning, composedly, in tune, Fms. iii. 187; af mikilli frægð, gallantly, Fas. i. 261; af öllu afli, with all might, Grág. ii. 41; af riki, violently, Fbr. (in a verse); af trúnaði, confidently, Grág. i. 400.VII. denoting regard to, of, concerning, in respect of, as regards:1. with verbs, denoting to tell of, be informed, inquire about, Lat. de; Dioscorides segir af grasi því, speaks of, 655 xxx. 5; er menn spurðu af landinu, inquired about it, Landn. 30; halda njósn af e-u, Nj. 104; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, Eg. 546, Band. 8.β. absol., hann mun spyrja, hvárt þér sé nokkut af kunnigt hversu for með okkr, whether you know anything about, how, Nj. 33; halda skóla af, to hold a school in a science, 656 A. i. 19 (sounds like a Latinism); en ek gerða þik sera mestan mann af öllu, in respect of all, that you should get all the honour of it, Nj. 78.2. with adjectives such as mildr, illr, góðrafe-u, denoting disposition or character in respect to; alira manna mildastr af fo, very liberal, often-banded, Fms. vii. 197; mildr af gulli, i. 33; góðr af griðum, merciful, Al. 33; íllr af mat en mildr af gulli, Fms. i. 53; fastr af drykk, close, stingy in regard to, Sturl. ii. 125; gat þess Hildigunnr at þú mundir góðr af hestinum, that you would be good about the horse, Nj. 90, cp. auðigr at, v. at, which corresponds to the above phrases; cp. also the phrase af sér above, p. 4, col. I, ll. 50 sqq.VIII. periphrasis of a genitive (rare); provincialis af öllum Predikaraklaustrum, Fms. x. 76; vera af hinum mesta fjandskap, to breathe deep hatred to, be on bad terms with, ix. 220; af hendi, af hálfu e-s, on one’s behalf, v. those words.IX. in adverbial phrases; as, af launungu, secretly; af hljóði, silently; v. those words.β. also used absolutely with a verb, almost adverbially, nearly in the signification off, away; hann bað þá róa af fjörðinn, pass the firth swiftly by rowing, row the firth off, Fms. ix. 502; var pá af farit þat seni skerjóttast var, was past, sailed past, Ld. 142; ok er þeir höfðu af fjórðung, past one fourth of the way, Dropl. 10: skína af, to clear up, of the skv, Eb. 152; hence in common language, skína af sér, when the sun breaks forth: sofa af nóttina, to sleep it away, Fms. ii. 98; leið af nóttin, the night past away, Nj. 53; dvelja af stundir, to kill the time, Band. 8; drepa af, to kill; láta af, to slaughter, kill off;γ. in exclamations; af tjöldin, off with the awnings, Bs. i. 420, Fins, ix. 49.δ. in the phrases, þar af, thence; hér af, hence, Fms. ii. 102; af fram, straight on, Nj. 144; now, á fram, on, advance.X. it often refers to a whole sentence or to an adverb, not only like other prepp. to hér, hvar, þar, but also redundantly to hvaðan, héðan, þaðan, whence, hence, thence.2. the preposition may sometimes be repeated, once elliptically or adverbially, and once properly, e. g. en er af var borit at borðinu, the cloth was taken off from the table, Nj. 176; Guð þerrir af (off, away) hvert tár af ( from) augum heilagra manna, God wipes off every tear from the eyes of his saints, 655 xx. vii. 17; skal þó fyrst bætr af lúka af fé vegaiula, pay off, from, Gþl. 160, the last af may be omitted—var þá af borið borðinu—and the prep. thus be separated from its case, or it may refer to some of the indecl. relatives er or sem, the prep. hvar, hér, þar being placed behind them without a case, and referring to the preceding relative, e. g. oss er þar mikit af sagt auð þeim, we have been told much about these riches, Band. 24; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, in short, shortly. Eg. 546; þaðan af veit ek, thence í infer, know, Fms. i. 97.XI. it is moreover connected with a great many verbs besides those mentioned above, e. g. bera af, to excel, whence afbragð, afbrigði; draga af, to detract, deduct, hence afdráttr; veita ekki af, to be hard with; ganga at, to be left, hence afgangr; standast af um e-t, to stand, how matters stand; sem af tekr, at a furious rate; vita af, to be conscious, know about (vide VII).D. As a prefix to compounds distinction is to be made between:I. af privativum, denoting diminution, want, deduction, loss, separation, negation of, etc., answering indifferently to Lat. ab-, de-, ex-, dis-, and rarely to re- and se-, v. the following COMPDS, such as segja, dicere, but afsegja, negare; rækja, colere, but afrækja, negligere; aflaga, contra legem; skapligr, normalis, afskapligr, deformis; afvik, recessus; afhús, afhellir, afdalr, etc.II. af intensivum, etymologically different, and akin to of, afr-, e. g. afdrykkja = ofdrykkja, inebrietas; afbrýði, jealously; afbendi, tenesmus; afglapi, vir fatuus, etc. etc. Both the privative and the intensive af may be contracted into á, esp. before a labial f, m, v, e. g. á fram = af fram; ábrýði = afbrýði; ávöxtr = afvöxtr; áburðr = afburðr; ávíta = afvíta (?). In some cases dubious. With extenuated and changed vowel; auvirðiligr or övirðiligr, depreciated, = afv- etc., v. those words. -
8 _різне
aim at the stars, but keep your feet on the ground all are not thieves that dogs bark at all cats are grey in the dark all roads lead to Rome always lend a helping hand among the blind the one-eyed man is king as the days grow longer, the storms are stronger at a round table, there is no dispute of place a bad excuse is better than none a bad vessel is seldom broken be just before you're generous be just to all, but trust not all the best things come in small packages the best way to resist temptation is to give in to it better alone than in bad company better an empty house than a bad tenant better be the head of a dog than the tail of a lion better ride an ass that carries me than a horse that throws me better to beg than to steal, but better to work than to beg better a tooth out than always aching between two stools one goes to the ground a bird may be known by its flight a bird never flew on one wing a bit in the morning is better than nothing all day a bleating sheep loses a bite a blind man would be glad to see a blind man needs no looking glass bread always falls buttered side down a burden which one chooses is not felt butter to butter is no relish cast no dirt in the well that gives you water the chain is no stronger than its weakest link a change is as good as a rest Christmas comes but once a year circumstances after cases cleanliness is next to godliness the cobbler's wife is the worst shod a cold hand, a warm heart comparisons are odious consistency is a jewel consideration is half of conversation a creaking door hangs long on its hinges desperate diseases must have desperate remedies the devil looks after his own diamond cut diamond dirt shows the quickest on the cleanest cotton discontent is the first step in progress do as you would be done by dog does not eat dog a dog that will fetch a bone will carry a bone a dog will not cry if you beat him with a bone do not spoil the ship for a ha'porth of tar do not throw pearls before swine do your best and leave the rest with God do your duty and be afraid of none don't be a yes-man don't cut off your nose to spite your face don't drown yourself to save a drowning man don't look a gift horse in the mouth don't spur a willing horse don't strike a man when he is down don't swap the witch for the devil eagles don't catch flies eagles fly alone, but sheep flock together the English are a nation of shopkeepers even a stopped clock is right twice a day every cock sings in his own way every fish that escapes seems greater than it is every man is a pilot in a calm sea every medal has its reverse side every thing comes to a man who does not need it every tub smells of the wine it holds evil communications corrupt good manners the exception proves the rule exchange is no robbery extremes meet facts are stubborn things familiarity breeds contempt fast bind, fast find fields have eyes, and woods have ears fight fire with fire figure on the worst but hope for the best fingers were made before forks the fire which lights us at a distance will burn us when near the first shall be last and the last, first follow your own star forbearance is no acquittance the fox knows much, but more he that catches him from the day you were born till you ride in a hearse, there's nothing so bad but it might have been worse from the sweetest wine, the tartest vinegar fruit is golden in the morning, silver at noon, and lead at night gambling is the son of avarice and the father of despair the game is not worth the candles a gentleman never makes any noise the gift bringer always finds an open door the giver makes the gift precious a good horse cannot be of a bad colour a good tale is none the worse for being twice told good riddance to bad rubbish the greatest right in the world is the right to be wrong the half is more than the whole half a loaf is better than no bread half an orange tastes as sweet as a whole one hawk will not pick out hawk's eyes the heart has arguments with which the understanding is unacquainted he may well swim that is held up by the chin he that doesn't respect, isn't respected he that lies down with dogs must rise with fleas he that would live at peace and rest must hear and see and say the best he who is absent is always in the wrong he who follows is always behind the higher the climb, the broader the view history is a fable agreed upon hitch your wagon to a star the ideal we embrace is our better self if a bee didn't have a sting, he couldn't keep his honey if a sheep loops the dyke, all the rest will follow I fear Greeks even when bringing gifts if each would sweep before his own door, we should have a clean city if the cap fits, wear it if the mountain will not come to Mohammed, Mohammed must go to the mountain if you cannot bite, never show your teeth if you cannot have the best, make the best of what you have if you cannot speak well of a person, don't speak of him at all if you leave your umbrella at home, it is sure to rain if you wish to see the best in others, show the best of yourself ill news travels fast ill weeds grow apace an inch breaks no square it always pays to be a gentleman it costs nothing to ask it is easier to descend than ascend it is easier to pull down than to build up it is good fishing in troubled waters it is idle to swallow the cow and choke on the tail it is the last straw that breaks the camel's back it is sometimes best to burn your bridges behind you it is well to leave off playing when the game is at the best it is not clever to gamble, but to stop playing it's a small world it takes all sorts to make a world it takes a thief to catch a thief jealousy is a green-eyed monster jealousy is a proof of self-love keep a dress seven years and it will come back into style keep no more cats than will catch mice kindle not a fire that you cannot extinguish kissing goes by favor jam tomorrow and jam yesterday, but never jam today a joy that's shared is a joy made double justice is blind lay not the load on the lame horse learn to creep before you leap let the cock crow or not, the day will come the longest road is sometimes the shortest way home lookers-on see most of the game man does not live by bread alone many are called but few are chosen many go out for wool and come home shorn many stumble at a straw and leap over a block men cease to interest us when we find their limitations a misty morn may have a fine day the mob has many heads but no brains the moon is not seen when the sun shines the more the merrier mountain has brought forth a mouse much water runs by the mill that the miller knows not of name not a halter in his house that hanged himself the nearer the bone, the sweeter the meat never be the first by whom the new is tried nor yet the last to lay the old aside never do anything yourself you can get somebody else to do never is a long time never let your left hand know what your right hand is doing never make a bargain with the devil on a dark day never quarrel with your bread and butter never tell tales out of school a nod's as good as a wink to a blind horse no joy without alloy no man is a hero to his valet no mud can soil us but the mud we throw no names, no pack-drill no news good news no one but the wearer knows where the shoe pinches none is so blind as they who will not see none of us is perfect nothing is certain but the unforeseen nothing is easy to the unwilling nothing is so good but it might have been better nothing is stolen without hands nothing new under the sun nothing seems quite as good as new after being broken an old poacher makes the best keeper once is no rule one dog barks at nothing, the rest bark at him one good turn deserves another one half of the world does not know how the other half lives one hand washes the other one man's meat is another man's poison one picture is worth ten thousand words one volunteer is worth two pressed men one whip is good enough for a good horse; for a bad one, not a thousand opposites attract each other the orange that is squeezed too hard yields a bitter juice other people's burdens killed the ass out of the mire into the swamp painted flowers have no scent paper is patient: you can put anything on it people condemn what they do not understand pigs might fly the pitcher goes often to the well please ever; tease never plenty is no plague the porcupine, whom one must handle gloved, may be respected but is never loved the proof of the pudding is in the eating the remedy is worse than the disease reopen not the wounds once healed a rolling stone gathers no moss the rotten apple injures its neighbors scratch my back and I shall scratch yours the sea refuses no river seize what is highest and you will possess what is in between seldom seen, soon forgotten silence scandal by scandal the sharper the storm, the sooner it's over the sheep who talks peace with a wolf will soon be mutton since we cannot get what we like, let us like what we can get small faults indulged in are little thieves that let in greater solitude is at times the best society some people are too mean for heaven and too good for hell the soul of a man is a garden where, as he sows, so shall he reap sour grapes can never make sweet wine sow a thought and reap an act the sow loves bran better than roses a stick is quickly found to beat a dog with still waters run deep stoop low and it will save you many a bump through life a straw shows which way the wind blows a stream cannot rise above its source the style is the man the sun loses nothing by shining into a puddle the sun shines on all the world the sun will shine down our street too sunday plans never stand suspicion may be no fault, but showing it may be a great one sweetest nuts have the hardest shells the tail cannot shake the dog take things as they are, not as you'd have them tastes differ there are more ways of killing a dog than hanging it there is always room at the top there is life in the old dog yet there is no rose without a thorn there is small choice in rotten apples there is truth in wine there's as good fish in the sea as ever came out of it they need much whom nothing will content they that dance must pay the fiddler they walk with speed who walk alone those who hide can find three removals are as bad as a fire to the pure all things are pure to work hard, live hard, die hard, and go to hell after all would be hard indeed too far east is west translation is at best an echo a tree is known by its fruit a tree often transplanted neither grows nor thrives two can play at that game two dogs over one bone seldom agree venture a small fish to catch a great one the voice with a smile always wins wear my shoes and you'll know where they pitch we weep when we are born, not when we die what can you have of a cat but her skin what can't be cured must be endured what matters to a blind man that his father could see what you lose on the swings, you gain on the roundabouts when all you have is a hammer, everything looks like a nail when a dog is drowning, everyone offers him drink when in doubt, do nowt when interest is lost, memory is lost when a man lays the foundation of his own ruin, others will build on it when a river does not make a noise, it is either empty or very full when the devil is dead, he never lacks a chief mourner when two ride on one horse one must sit behind where bees are, there is honey where it is weakest, there the thread breaks who seeks what he should not finds what he would not why keep a dog and bark yourself? a wonder lasts but nine days the worth of a thing is best known by its want the world is a ladder for some to go up and some down would you persuade, speak of interest, not of reason you buy land, you buy stones; you buy meat, you buy bones you can take a horse to the water, but you cannot make him drink you can tell the day by the morning you cannot lose what you never had you cannot touch pitch and not be defiled you can't put new wine in old bottles you can't walk and look at the stars if you have a stone in your shoe your looking glass will tell you what none of your friends will zeal without knowledge is a runaway horse -
9 dirigir
v.1 to steer (conducir) (coche, barco).2 to manage (llevar) (empresa, hotel, hospital).dirige mi tesis, me dirige la tesis he's supervising my thesis, he's my PhD supervisor3 to direct.Ella dirigió el caso She directed the case.Ella dirige al equipo She directs the team.4 to address (carta, paquete).5 to guide (guiar) (person).6 to point, to range.Ellos dirigen al misil They point the missile.7 to drive, to steer, to pilot, to head.Ella dirige el avión She drives the plane.8 to conduct.Ella dirige la orquesta She conducts the orchestra.* * *(g changes to j before a and o)Present Indicativedirijo, diriges, dirige, dirigimos, dirigís, dirigen.Present SubjunctiveImperative* * *verb1) to direct, lead2) conduct3) address* * *1. VT1) (=orientar) [+ persona] to direct; [+ asunto] to advise, guidelo dirigió con ayuda de un mapa — she showed him the way o directed him with the help of a map
¿por qué no vas tú delante y nos diriges? — why don't you go first and lead the way?
palabra 2)dirigían sus pasos hacia la iglesia — they made their way o walked towards the church
2) (=apuntar) [+ arma, telescopio] to aim, point (a, hacia at)[+ manguera] to turn (a, hacia on) point (a, hacia at)dirigió los focos al escenario — he pointed o directed the lights towards the stage
ordenó dirigir el fuego hacia el enemigo — he ordered them to direct o aim their fire at the enemy
3) (=destinar)a) [+ carta, comentario, pregunta] to address (a to)b) [+ libro, programa, producto] to aim (a at)c) [+ acusación, críticas] to make (a, contra against)level (a, contra at, against) [+ ataques] to make (a, contra against)dirigieron graves acusaciones contra el ministro — serious accusations were made against the minister, serious accusations were levelled at o against the minister
le dirigieron fuertes críticas — he was strongly criticized, he came in for some strong criticism
d) [+ esfuerzos] to direct (a, hacia to, towards)hay que dirigir todos nuestros esfuerzos hacia este fin — we must direct all our efforts to this end
4) (=controlar) [+ empresa, hospital, centro de enseñanza] to run; [+ periódico, revista] to edit, run; [+ expedición, país, sublevación] to lead; [+ maniobra, operación, investigación] to direct, be in charge of; [+ debate] to chair; [+ proceso judicial] to preside over; [+ tesis] to supervise; [+ juego, partido] to refereeel Partido Comunista dirigió los destinos del país durante siete décadas — the Communist Party controlled the fate of the country for seven decades
cotarro 1)dirigió mal las negociaciones — he handled the negotiations badly, he mismanaged the negotiations
5) (Cine, Teat) to direct6) (Mús) [+ orquesta, concierto] to conduct; [+ coro] to lead¿quién dirigirá el coro? — who will be the choirmaster?, who will lead the choir?
7) (=conducir) [+ coche] to drive; [+ barco] to steer; [+ caballo] to leaddirigió su coche hacia la izquierda — he steered o drove his car towards the left
2.See:* * *1.verbo transitivo1)a) < empresa> to manage, run; <periódico/revista> to run, edit; <investigación/tesis> to supervise; < debate> to lead, chairdirigir el tráfico — to direct o control the traffic
b) <obra/película> to directc) < orquesta> to conduct2)a)dirigir algo a alguien — <mensaje/carta> to address something to somebody; < críticas> to direct something to somebody
b)dirigir algo hacia or a algo/alguien — < telescopio> to point something toward(s) something/somebody; < pistola> to point something toward(s) something/somebody
dirigir la mirada hacia or a algo/alguien — to look at something/somebody
3) ( encaminar)2.dirigir algo a + inf — < esfuerzos> to channel something into -ing; <energía/atención> to direct something toward(s) -ing
dirigirse v pron1) ( encaminarse)2)dirigirse a alguien — ( oralmente) to speak o talk to somebody; ( por escrito) to write to somebody
me dirijo a Vd. para solicitarle... — (Corresp) I am writing to request...
* * *= address, channel, direct, gear (to/toward(s)/for), lead, man, pitch, route, run, steer, head, signpost, give + direction, angle, rule over, lend + direction, shepherd, choreograph, key + Nombre + to.Ex. More can be assumed in instructions addressed to the experienced information searcher than in instructions for the novice.Ex. Users make suggestions for modifications and these are then channelled through a series of committees.Ex. This statement directs the user to adopt a number more specific terms in preference to the general term.Ex. Most of the main subject headings lists are geared to the alphabetical subject approach found in dictionary catalogues.Ex. A book index is an alphabetically arranged list of words or terms leading the reader to the numbers of pages on which specific topics are considered, or on which specific names appear.Ex. The responsibility for manning the one telephone left at the disposal of a residue of callers fell to a single officer who had other duties to carry out to justify his keep.Ex. Thus pitching instructions at the right level can be difficult.Ex. Requests which cannot be filled by local or regional libraries are automatically routed by the system to NLM as the library of last resort.Ex. The service is run by Radio-Suisse and can be accessed via de PSS.Ex. They decided that they had to set up information and referral services to steer people to the correct agency.Ex. A stickler for details, sometimes to the point of compulsion, Edmonds was deemed a fortuitous choice to head the monumental reorganization process.Ex. There is a need for a firststop organization that could signpost the public through the maze of government agencies and social welfare organizations.Ex. To give direction to these physical resources, there are objectives for the project and a framework timetable.Ex. This publication seems to find particular favour in law firms, possibly because of its currency and the way it is angled towards the commercial world.Ex. From the impressive library of his mansion home on Beacon Hill, Ticknor ruled over Boston's intellectual life and was looked to as the leading arbiter of intellectual and social life in that great city.Ex. Policies are guidelines that lend direction to planning and decision-making.Ex. He showed the ability of a single mind to shepherd cultural ventures.Ex. Response to reading room theft should be carefully choreographed but decisive.Ex. The case study found that children do have the ability to use a classification scheme that is keyed to their developmental level.----* dirigir el cotarro = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.* dirigir el esfuerzo = direct + effort, direct + energy.* dirigir información a = direct + information towards.* dirigir interpretación musical = conduct.* dirigir la atención = put + focus.* dirigir la atención a = turn to, direct + Posesivo + attention to(ward).* dirigir la mirada hacia = look toward(s).* dirigir la palabra = be civil towards.* dirigir los intereses de uno = break into.* dirigir + Posesivo + atención = turn + Posesivo + attention, turn + Posesivo + thoughts.* dirigir + Posesivo + atención a un problema = turn + Posesivo + attention to problem.* dirigir + Posesivo + mirada = turn + Posesivo + thoughts.* dirigirse = be headed, head, head out.* dirigirse a = aim at, check with, turn over to, turn to, make + Posesivo + way to, set off to, turn to, head for, reach out to, head off for/to.* dirigirse a Alguien = approach + Alguien.* dirigirse amenazadoramente hacia = bear down on.* dirigirse a toda prisa hacia = make + haste towards.* dirigirse en multitud = beat + the path to.* dirigirse hacia = be on + Posesivo + way to, start toward, move toward(s), be heading towards, head for, turn into.* dirigirse hacia + Dirección = push + Dirección.* dirigirse hacia el oeste = push + westward(s).* dirigirse la palabra = on speaking terms.* dirigirse rápidamente hacia = make + haste towards.* dirigir una crítica hacia = level + criticism at.* dirigir una tesis = supervise + dissertation, supervise + thesis.* dirigir un servicio = run + service.* lectura no dirigida = undirected reading.* * *1.verbo transitivo1)a) < empresa> to manage, run; <periódico/revista> to run, edit; <investigación/tesis> to supervise; < debate> to lead, chairdirigir el tráfico — to direct o control the traffic
b) <obra/película> to directc) < orquesta> to conduct2)a)dirigir algo a alguien — <mensaje/carta> to address something to somebody; < críticas> to direct something to somebody
b)dirigir algo hacia or a algo/alguien — < telescopio> to point something toward(s) something/somebody; < pistola> to point something toward(s) something/somebody
dirigir la mirada hacia or a algo/alguien — to look at something/somebody
3) ( encaminar)2.dirigir algo a + inf — < esfuerzos> to channel something into -ing; <energía/atención> to direct something toward(s) -ing
dirigirse v pron1) ( encaminarse)2)dirigirse a alguien — ( oralmente) to speak o talk to somebody; ( por escrito) to write to somebody
me dirijo a Vd. para solicitarle... — (Corresp) I am writing to request...
* * *= address, channel, direct, gear (to/toward(s)/for), lead, man, pitch, route, run, steer, head, signpost, give + direction, angle, rule over, lend + direction, shepherd, choreograph, key + Nombre + to.Ex: More can be assumed in instructions addressed to the experienced information searcher than in instructions for the novice.
Ex: Users make suggestions for modifications and these are then channelled through a series of committees.Ex: This statement directs the user to adopt a number more specific terms in preference to the general term.Ex: Most of the main subject headings lists are geared to the alphabetical subject approach found in dictionary catalogues.Ex: A book index is an alphabetically arranged list of words or terms leading the reader to the numbers of pages on which specific topics are considered, or on which specific names appear.Ex: The responsibility for manning the one telephone left at the disposal of a residue of callers fell to a single officer who had other duties to carry out to justify his keep.Ex: Thus pitching instructions at the right level can be difficult.Ex: Requests which cannot be filled by local or regional libraries are automatically routed by the system to NLM as the library of last resort.Ex: The service is run by Radio-Suisse and can be accessed via de PSS.Ex: They decided that they had to set up information and referral services to steer people to the correct agency.Ex: A stickler for details, sometimes to the point of compulsion, Edmonds was deemed a fortuitous choice to head the monumental reorganization process.Ex: There is a need for a firststop organization that could signpost the public through the maze of government agencies and social welfare organizations.Ex: To give direction to these physical resources, there are objectives for the project and a framework timetable.Ex: This publication seems to find particular favour in law firms, possibly because of its currency and the way it is angled towards the commercial world.Ex: From the impressive library of his mansion home on Beacon Hill, Ticknor ruled over Boston's intellectual life and was looked to as the leading arbiter of intellectual and social life in that great city.Ex: Policies are guidelines that lend direction to planning and decision-making.Ex: He showed the ability of a single mind to shepherd cultural ventures.Ex: Response to reading room theft should be carefully choreographed but decisive.Ex: The case study found that children do have the ability to use a classification scheme that is keyed to their developmental level.* dirigir el cotarro = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.* dirigir el esfuerzo = direct + effort, direct + energy.* dirigir información a = direct + information towards.* dirigir interpretación musical = conduct.* dirigir la atención = put + focus.* dirigir la atención a = turn to, direct + Posesivo + attention to(ward).* dirigir la mirada hacia = look toward(s).* dirigir la palabra = be civil towards.* dirigir los intereses de uno = break into.* dirigir + Posesivo + atención = turn + Posesivo + attention, turn + Posesivo + thoughts.* dirigir + Posesivo + atención a un problema = turn + Posesivo + attention to problem.* dirigir + Posesivo + mirada = turn + Posesivo + thoughts.* dirigirse = be headed, head, head out.* dirigirse a = aim at, check with, turn over to, turn to, make + Posesivo + way to, set off to, turn to, head for, reach out to, head off for/to.* dirigirse a Alguien = approach + Alguien.* dirigirse amenazadoramente hacia = bear down on.* dirigirse a toda prisa hacia = make + haste towards.* dirigirse en multitud = beat + the path to.* dirigirse hacia = be on + Posesivo + way to, start toward, move toward(s), be heading towards, head for, turn into.* dirigirse hacia + Dirección = push + Dirección.* dirigirse hacia el oeste = push + westward(s).* dirigirse la palabra = on speaking terms.* dirigirse rápidamente hacia = make + haste towards.* dirigir una crítica hacia = level + criticism at.* dirigir una tesis = supervise + dissertation, supervise + thesis.* dirigir un servicio = run + service.* lectura no dirigida = undirected reading.* * *dirigir [I7 ]vtA1 ‹empresa› to manage, run; ‹periódico/revista› to run, edit; ‹investigación/tesis› to supervise; ‹debate› to lead, chairdirigió la operación de rescate he led o directed the rescue operationdirigir el tráfico to direct o control the traffic2 ‹obra/película› to direct3 ‹orquesta› to conductB1 ‹mensaje/carta› dirigir algo A algn to address sth TO sbesta noche el presidente dirigirá un mensaje a la nación the president will address the nation tonightla carta venía dirigida a mí the letter was addressed to medirigió unas palabras de bienvenida a los congresistas he addressed a few words of welcome to the delegateslas críticas iban dirigidas a los organizadores the criticisms were directed at the organizersel folleto va dirigido a padres y educadores the booklet is aimed at parents and teachersla pregunta iba dirigida a usted the question was meant for you, I asked you the questionno me dirigió la palabra he didn't say a word to me2 ‹mirada/pasos/telescopio›dirigió la mirada hacia el horizonte he looked toward(s) the horizon, he turned his eyes o his gaze toward(s) the horizonle dirigió una mirada de reproche she looked at him reproachfully, she gave him a reproachful lookdirigió sus pasos hacia la esquina he walked toward(s) the cornerdirigió el telescopio hacia la luna he pointed the telescope toward(s) the moonC (encaminar) ‹esfuerzos/acciones› dirigir algo A + INF:acciones dirigidas a aliviar el problema measures aimed at alleviating o measures designed to alleviate the problemdirigiremos todos nuestros esfuerzos a lograr un acuerdo we shall channel all our efforts into o direct all our efforts toward(s) reaching an agreementA(ir): nos dirigíamos al aeropuerto we were heading for o we were going to o we were on our way to the airportse dirigió a su despacho con paso decidido he strode purposefully toward(s) his officese dirigían hacia la frontera they were making o heading for the borderel buque se dirigía hacia la costa the ship was heading for o toward(s) the coastB dirigirse A algn (oralmente) to speak o talk TO sb, address sb ( frml) (por escrito) to write TO sb¿se dirige a mí? are you talking o speaking to me?me dirijo a Vd. para solicitarle … ( Corresp) I am writing to request …para más información diríjase a … for more information please write to o contact …* * *
dirigir ( conjugate dirigir) verbo transitivo
1
‹periódico/revista› to run, edit;
‹investigación/tesis› to supervise;
‹ debate› to lead, chair;
‹ tráfico› to direct
‹ orquesta› to conduct
2a) dirigir algo a algn ‹mensaje/carta› to address sth to sb;
‹ críticas› to direct sth to sb;
no me dirigió la palabra he didn't say a word to me
‹ pistola› to point sth toward(s) sth/sb;
dirigir la mirada hacia or a algo/algn to look at sth/sb;
3 ( encaminar) dirigir algo a hacer algo ‹ esfuerzos› to channel sth into doing sth;
‹energía/atención› to direct sth toward(s) doing sth
dirigirse verbo pronominal
1 ( encaminarse): dirigirse hacia algo to head for sth
2 dirigirse a algn ( oralmente) to speak o talk to sb;
( por escrito) to write to sb
dirigir verbo transitivo
1 (estar al mando de) to direct
(una empresa) to manage
(un negocio, una escuela) to run
(un sindicato, partido) to lead
(un periódico) to edit
2 (una orquesta) to conduct
(una película) to direct
3 (hacer llegar unas palabras, un escrito) to address
(una mirada) to give
4 (encaminar, poner en una dirección) to direct, steer: dirigió el coche hacia la salida, he drove his car to the exit
dirigió la mirada hacia la caja fuerte, she looked towards the strongbox
dirigió sus pasos hacia el bosque, he made his way towards the wood
' dirigir' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
cruzar
- derivar
- destinar
- enchufar
- enfilar
- mandar
- manejar
- manipular
- orquestar
- palabra
- conducir
English:
address
- aim
- bend
- conduct
- control
- direct
- guide
- lead
- level
- manage
- mastermind
- operate
- pitch
- run
- shine
- spearhead
- steer
- turn
- edit
- head
- produce
- target
* * *♦ vt1. [conducir] [coche, barco] to steer;[avión] to pilot;el canal dirige el agua hacia el interior de la región the canal channels the water towards the interior of the region2. [estar al cargo de] [empresa, hotel, hospital] to manage;[colegio, cárcel, periódico] to run; [partido, revuelta] to lead; [expedición] to head, to lead; [investigación] to supervise;dirige mi tesis, me dirige la tesis he's supervising my thesis, he's my PhD supervisor o US advisor3. [película, obra de teatro] to direct;[orquesta] to conductdirige el telescopio al norte point the telescope towards the north;dirigió sus acusaciones a las autoridades her accusations were aimed at the authorities5. [dedicar, encaminar]nos dirigían miradas de lástima they were giving us pitying looks, they were looking at us pityingly;dirigir unas palabras a alguien to speak to sb, to address sb;dirige sus esfuerzos a incrementar los beneficios she is directing her efforts towards increasing profits, her efforts are aimed at increasing profits;dirigen su iniciativa a conseguir la liberación del secuestrado the aim of their initiative is to secure the release of the prisoner;dirigió sus pasos hacia la casa he headed towards the house;no me dirigen la palabra they don't speak to me;un programa dirigido a los amantes de la música clásica a programme (intended) for lovers of classical music;consejos dirigidos a los jóvenes advice aimed at the young6. [carta, paquete] to address7. [guiar] [persona] to guide* * *v/t2 COM manage, run3:dirigir una carta a address a letter to;dirigir una pregunta a direct a question to4 ( conducir) lead* * *dirigir {35} vt1) : to direct, to lead2) : to address3) : to aim, to point4) : to conduct (music)* * *dirigir vb1. (película, tráfico) to directJames Cameron dirigió "Titanic" James Cameron directed "Titanic"2. (empresa, equipo) to manage¿quién dirige la selección española? who manages the Spanish national team?5. (libro, medida) to aim / to direct6. (carta, palabras) to addressdirigió sus comentarios a todos los jóvenes presentes she addressed her comments to all the young people who were there7. (orquesta) to conduct -
10 गो _gō
गो m. f. (Nom. गौः) [गच्छत्यनेन, गम् करणे डो Tv.]1 Cattle, kine (pl.)-2 Anything coming from a cow; such as milk, flesh, leather &c.-3 The stars; वि रश्मिभिः ससृजे सूर्यो गाः Rv.7.36.1.-4 The sky.-5 The thunder- bolt of Indra; Ki.8.1.-6 A ray of light; नान्यस्तप्ता विद्यते गोषु देव Mb.1.232.11; बालो$यं गिरिशिखरेषु चारयन् गाः त्रैलोक्यं तिमिरभरेण दुष्टमेतत् (रविः नैर्मल्यं नयति) । Rām. Ch. 7.6.-7 A diamond.-8 Heaven.-9 An arrow. -f.1 A cow; जुगोप गोरूपधरामिवोर्वीम् R.2.3; क्षीरिण्यः सन्तु गावः Mk.1.6.-2 The earth; दुदोह गां स यज्ञाय R.1.26; गामात्तसारां रघुरप्यवेक्ष्य 5.26;11.36; Bg.15.13; सेको$- नुगृह्णातु गाम् Mu.3.2; Me.3; cf. also the quotation for (-6).-3 Speech, words; कुलानि समुपेतानि गोभिः पुरुषतो$- र्थतः Mb.5.28; रघोरुदारामपि गां निशम्य R.5.12;2.59; Ki.4.2.-4 The goddess of speech, Sarasvatī.-5 A mother.-6 A quarter of the compass.-7 Water; सायं भेजे दिशं पश्चाद्गविष्ठो गां गतस्तदा Bhāg.1.1.36; also pl.; Bhāg.11.7.5.-8 The eye; गोकर्णा सुमुखी कृतेन इषुणा गोपुत्रसंप्रेषिता Mb.8.9.42.-9 A region of the sky. -m. A bull, an ox; असंजातकिणस्कन्धः सुखं स्वपिति गौर्गडिः K. P.1; Ms.4.72; cf. चरद्गव.-2 The hair of the body.-3 An organ of sense; अदान्तगोभिर्विशतां तमिस्रं पुनः पुनश्चर्वितचर्वणानाम् Bhāg..7.5.3.-4 The sign Taurus of the zodiac; Bṛi. S.49.-5 The sun.-6 The number 'nine' (in math.).-7 The moon.-8 A singer.-9 A billion.-1 A cow-sacrifice-11 A house; cf. गौर्वज्रं गौः प्रभा भूमिर्वाणी तोयं त्रिविष्टपम् । धेनुर्बस्तो वृषो दिग्गौर्नेत्रं लज्जा गुरू रमा ॥ इन्द्रियं श्रीरुमा... Enm.-Comp. -कण्टकः, -कम् 1 a road or spot trodden down by oxen and thus made im- passable.-2 the cow's hoof.-3 the print of a cow's hoof.-कर्ण a. having cow's ears.(-र्णः) 1 a cow's ear; गोकर्णसदृशौ कृत्वा करावाबद्धसारणौ Ks.6.57.-2 a mule.-3 a snake; Mb.8.9.42.-4 a span (from the tip of the thumb to that of the ring-finger); गोकर्णशिथिल- श्चरन् Mb.2.68.75; तालः स्मृतो मध्यमया गोकर्णश्चाप्यनामया Brahmāṇḍa P.-5 N. of a place of pilgrimage in the south, sacred to Śiva. श्रितगोकर्णनिकेतमीश्वरम् R.8.33.-6 a kind of deer.-7 a kind of arrow; Mb.8.9.42.-किराटा -किराटिका the Sārikā bird.-किलः, -कीलः 1 a plough-2 a pestle.-कुलम् 1 a herd of kine; वृष्टिव्याकुलगोकुलावनरसादुद्धृत्य गोवर्धनम् Gīt.4; गोकुलस्य तृषा- र्तस्य Mb.-2 a cow-house.-3 N. of a village (where Kṛiṣṇa was brought up).-कुलिक a.1 one who does not help a cow in the mud.-2 squint-eyed.-कुलोद्भवा an epithet of Durgā.-कृतम् cow-dung.-क्षीरम् cow's milk.-क्षुरम्, -रकम् a cow's hoof.-खरः a beast (पशु); यत्तीर्थबुद्धिः सलिले न कर्हिचिज्जनेष्वभिज्ञेषु स एव गोखरः Bhāg.1.84.13.-खा a nail.-गृष्टिः a young cow which has had only one calf.-गोयुगम् a pair of oxen.-गोष्ठम् a cow-pen, cattle-shed.-ग्रन्थिः 1 dried cowdung.-2 a cow-house.-ग्रहः capture of cattle (गवालम्भ); Mb.12.265.2.-ग्रासः the ceremony of offering a morsel (of grass) to a cow when performing an expiatory rite.-घातः, -घातकः, -घातिन् m. a cow-killer.-घृतम् 1 rain-water.-2 clarified butter coming from a cow.-घ्न a.1 destructive to cows.-2 one who has killed a cow.-3 one for whom a cow is killed, a guest.-चन्दनम् a kind of sandal-wood.-चर a.1 grazed over by cattle.-2 frequenting, dwelling, resorting to, haunting पितृसद्मगोचरः Ku.5.77.-3 within the scope, power, or range of; अवाङ्मनसगोचरम् R.1.15; so बुद्धि˚, दृष्टि˚, श्रवण˚ स्वगोचरे दीप्ततरा बभूव Bu. Ch.1.13.-4 moving on earth.-5 accessible to, attainable; त्याग- सूक्ष्मानुगः क्षेम्यः शौचगो ध्यागोचरः Mb.12.236.12.-6 circulating, having a particular meaning, prevalent.(-रः) 1 the range of cattle, pasturage; उपारताः पश्चिम- रात्रिगोचरात् Ki.4.1.-2 (a) a district, department, province, sphere. (b) an abode, dwelling-place, a place of resort; Śi.1.21; Ms.1.39.-3 range of the organs of sense, an object of sense; श्रवणगोचरे तिष्ठ be within ear-shot; नयनगोचरं या to become visible.-4 scope, range, in general; हर्तुर्याति न गोचरम् Bh.2.16.-5 (fig.) grip, hold, power, influence, control; कः कालस्य न गोचरा- न्तरगतः Pt.1.146; गोचरीभूतमक्ष्णोः U.6.26; Māl.5.24; अपि नाम मनागवतीर्णो$सि रतिरमणबाणगोचरम् Māl.1.-6 horizon.-7 field for action, scope; इन्द्रियाणि हयानाहुर्विषयांस्तेषु गोचरान् Kaṭh.3.4.-8 the range of the planets from the Lagna or from each other.˚पीडा in- auspicious position of stars within the ecliptic; गोचर- पीडायामपि राशिर्बलिभिः शुभग्रहैर्दृष्टः (पीडां न करोति) Bṛi.S.41.13. (गोचरीकृ to place within the range (of sight), make current).-चर्मन् n.1 a cow's hide.-2 a particular measure of surface thus defined by Vasiṣṭha:-- दशहस्तेन वंशेन दशवंशान् समन्ततः । पञ्च चाभ्यधिकान् दद्यादेतद्गोचर्म चोच्यते ॥ ˚वसनः an epithet of Śiva.-चर्या seeking food like a cow; गोचर्यां नैगमश्चरेत् Bhāg.11.18.29.-चारकः cowherd.-चरणम् the tending or feeding of cows; Bhāg.1.38.8.-ज a.1 born in the earth (rice &c.).-2 produced by milk; अब्जा गोजा...... Kaṭh.5.2.-जरः an old ox or bull; नाद्रियन्ते यथापूर्वं कीनाशा इव गोजरम् Bhāg.3.3.13.-जलम् the urine of a bull or cow.-जागरिकम् auspi- ciousness, happiness. (-कः) a preparer of food, baker.-जात a. born in the heaven (gods); गोजाता अप्या मृळता च देवाः Rv.6.5.11.-जिह्वा N. of a plant (Mar. पाथरी).-जिह्विका the uvula.-जीव a. living on cattle (milk- man); Hch.1.7.-तल्लजः an excellent bull or cow.-तीर्थम् a cowhouse.-त्रम् [गां भूमिं त्रायते त्रै-क]1 a cow-pen.-2 a stable in general.-3 a family, race, lineage; गोत्रेण माठरो$स्मि Sk.; so कौशिकगोत्राः, वसिष्ठगोत्राः &c.; Ms.3.19,9.141.-4 a name, appellation; जगाद गोत्र- स्खलिते च का न तम् N.1.3; Ś.6.5; see ˚स्खलित below; मद्गोत्राङ्कं विरचितपदं गेयमुद्गातुकामा Me.88.-5 a multitude.-6 increase.-7 a forest.-8 a field.-9 a road.-1 possessions, wealth.-11 an umbrella, a parasol.-12 knowledge of futurity.-13 a genus, class, species.-14 a caste, tribe, caste according to families. (-त्रः) a mountain; 'गोत्रं नाम्नि कुले$प्यद्रौ' इति यादवः; Śi.9.8. Hence गोत्रोद्दलनः means Indra; cf. इन्द्रे तु गोत्रोद्दलनः कुलघ्ने गिरिदारणे Nm.(-त्रा) 1 a multitude of cows.-2 the earth.˚उच्चारः recitation of family pedigree.˚कर्तृ, -कारिन् m. the founder of a family.˚कीला the earth.˚ज a. born in the same family, gentile, a relation; Bhāg.3.7.24; Y.2.135.˚पटः a genealogical table, pedigree.˚प्रवरः the oldest member or founder of a family.-भिद् m. an epithet of Indra; हृदि क्षतो गोत्रभिदप्यमर्षणः R.3.53;6.73; Ku.2.52.˚स्खलनम्, ˚स्खलितम् blundering or mistaking in calling (one) by his name, calling by a wrong name; स्मरसि स्मर मेखलागुणैरुत गौत्रस्खलितेषु बन्धनम् Ku.4.8.-द a. giving cows; Ms.4.231. (-दः) brain. (-दा) N. of the river Godāvarī.-दत्र a. Ved. giving cows. (-त्रः) an epithet of Indra. (-त्रम्) a crown (pro- tecting the head).-दन्त a. armed with a coat of mail.(-तम्) 1 yellow orpiment.-2 a white fossil substance.-दानम् 1 the gift of a cow.-2 the ceremony of tonsure or cutting the hair; रामलक्ष्मणयो राजन् गोदानं कारयस्व ह Rām.1.71.23; अथास्य गोदानविधेरनन्तरम् R.3. 33; (see Mallinātha's explanation of the word); कृत- गोदानमङ्गलाः U.1; अतोनं गोदानं दारकर्म च Kau. A.1.5; (Rām. explains the word differently).-3 the part of the head close to the right ear.-दाय a. intending to give cows.-दारणम् 1 a plough.-2 a spade, hoe.-दा, -दावरी N. of a river in the south.-दुह् m.,-दुहः 'cow-milker', a cowherd; सुदुघामिव गोदुहे R.1.4.1; चिरं निदध्यौ दुहतः स गोदुहः Śi.-दोहः 1 the milking of cows.-2 the milk of cows.-3 the time of milking cows.-दोहनम् 1 the time of milking cows.-2 the milking of cows; न लक्ष्यते ह्यवस्थानमपि गोदोहनं क्वचित् Bhāg.1.19. 4.-दोहनी a milk-pail.-द्रवः the urine of a bull or cow.-धनम् 1 a herd or multitude of cows, cattle.-2 possession of cows. (-नः) a broad-pointed arrow.-धरः a mountain.-धर्मः the law of cattle, rules relating to cattle; (open and unconcealed intercourse of the sexes); गोधर्मं सौरभेयाच्च सो$धीत्य निखिलं मुनिः । प्रावर्तत तदा कर्तुं श्रद्धावांस्तमशङ्कया ॥ Mb.1.14.26.-धुमः, -धूमः 1 wheat; Bṛi. Up.6.3.13.-2 the orange. ˚चूर्णम् wheat flour;-सम्भवम् a sour paste.-धूलिः 'dust of the cows', the time of sunset or evening twilight (so called be- cause cows, which generally return home at about sunset, raise up clouds of dust by their treading on the earth).-धेनुः a milch-cow with a calf.-भ्रः a mountain.-नन्दा an epithet of the wife of Śiva.-नन्दी the female of the Sārasa bird.-नर्दः 1 the (Indian) crane.-2 an epithet of Śiva (bellowing like a bull).-3 N. of a country.-नर्दीयः an epithet of Patañjali, author of the Mahābhāṣya.-नसः, -नासः 1 a kind of snake.-2 a kind of gem.-नसा the mouth of a cow.-नाथः 1 a bull.-2 an owner of land.-3 a herdsman.-4 an owner of kine.-नायः a cowherd; तद्यथा गोनायो$श्वनायः पुरुषनाय इत्येवं तदप आचक्षते$शनायेति Ch. Up.6.8.3.-नाशनः a wolf.-नासा the projecting snout of a cow or ox.-नासम् a kind of gem.-निष्यन्दः cow's urine.-पः 1 a cowherd (considered as belonging to a mixed tribe); गोपवेशस्य विष्णोः Me.15.-2 the chief of a cowpen.-3 the superintendent of a village.-4 a king.-5 a protector, guardian; Rv.1.61.1.˚अनसी the wood of a thatch; गोपानसीषु क्षणमास्थितानाम् Śi.3.49.˚अष्टमी the eighth day of the bright fortnight of Kārttika when Kṛiṣṇa is said to have worn the dress of a cowherd.˚आटविका a cowherd.˚कन्या 1 the daughter of a cowherd.-2 a nymph of Vṛindāvana.˚अध्यक्षः, ˚इन्द्रः, ˚ईशः the chief of herdsmen, an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa.˚चापः the rainbow.˚दलः the betel-nut tree.˚भद्रम् the fibrous root of a water-lily.˚रसः gum myrrh.˚राष्ट्राः (pl.) N. of a people. ˚वधूः f. a cowherd's wife; Bhāg.1.9.4. ˚वधूटी a young cowherdess, a young wife of a cowherd; गोपवधूटीदुकूलचौराय Bhāṣā P.1.(-पकः) 1 the superin- tendent of a district.-2 myrrh.(-पिका) 1 a cowher- dess; Bhāg.1.9.14-15.-2 protectress. (-पी) a cowherd's wife (especially applied to the cowherdesses of Vṛindāvana, the companions of Kṛiṣṇa in his juvenile sports).-2 a milk-maid.-3 a protectress.-4 Nature, elementary nature.-पतिः 1 an owner of cows.-2 a bull.-3 a leader, chief.-4 the sun; नीहारमिव गोपतिः Bhāg.1.12.1; Mb.1.173.32.-5 Indra; सुराङ्गना गोपतिचापगोपुरं पुरम् (जहुः) Ki.8.1.-6 N. of Kṛiṣṇa.-7 N. of Śiva.-8 N. of Varuṇa; एष पुत्रो महाप्रज्ञो वरुणस्येह गोपतेः Mb.5.98.11.-9 a king; नासतो विद्यते राजन् स ह्यरण्येषु गोपतिः Mb.12.135.26.-पथः N. of a Brāhmaṇa of Av.-पर्वतम् the name of the place where Pāṇini is said to have performed penance and propitiated Śiva; गोपर्वतमिति स्थानं शम्भोः प्रख्यापितं मया । यत्र पाणिनिना लेभे वैयाकरणिकाग्ऱ्यता ॥ अरुणाचलमाहात्म्यम्- उत्तरार्धः 2 अ. 68 श्लो.-पशुः a sacrificial cow.-पाः m. Ved.1 a herdsman.-2 protector, or guardian; मन्द्राग्रे- त्वरी भुवनस्य गोपा Av.2.1.57.-पानसी a curved beam which supports a thatch; गोपानसी तु वलभिच्छादने वक्रदारुणि Ak.2.2.15.-पालः 1 a cowherd; Ms.4.253.-2 a king.-3 an epithet of Śiva.-4 an epithet of Kṛ&iṣṇa. ˚धानी a cow-pen, cow-shed.-पालकः 1 a cowherd.-2 a king.-3 an epithet of Śiva; also of Kṛiṣṇa.-पालिः an epithet of Śiva.-पालिका, -पाली the wife of a cowherd; पार्थः प्रस्थापयामास कृत्वा गोपालिकावपुः Mb.1.221.19.-पालितः N. of a lexicographer.-पित्तम् bile of cows, ox-bile (from which the yellow pigment गोरोचना is prepared; गोपित्ततो रोचना Pt.1.94.).-पीतः a species of wagtail.-पीथः protection; अस्माकमृषीणां गोपीथे न उरुष्यतम् Rv.5.65.6. (-थम्) a holy place, a place of pilgrimage.-पुच्छम् a cow's tail.-2 a particular point of an arrow.(-च्छः) 1 a sort of monkey; Bhāg.8.2.22.-2 a sort of necklace consisting of two or four or thirty-four strings.-3 a kind of drum.-पुटिकम् the head of Śiva's bull.-पुत्रः 1 a young bull.-2 an epithet of Karṇa.-पुरम् 1 a town-gate; उत्तुङ्गसौधसुरमन्दिरगोपुरम् Māl.9.1.-2 a principal gate; दधतमुच्चशिलान्तरगोपुराः Ki.5.5.-3 the ornamental gate- way of a temple.-पुरीषम् cowdung.-प्रकाण्डम् an ex- cellent cow or bull.-प्रचारः pasture-ground, pasturage for cattle; ग्राम्येच्छया गोप्रचारो भूमी राजवशेन वा Y.2.166.-प्रत (ता) रः 1 a ford for cattle.-2 a place of pilgrimage on the Śarayū; यद्गोप्रतरकल्पो$भूत्संमर्दस्तत्र मज्जताम् । अतस्तदाख्यया तीर्थं पावनं भुवि पप्रथे ॥ R.15.11.-प्रदानम् same as गोदान.-प्रवेशः the time when cows return home, sunset or evening-twilight; गोप्रवेशसमये Bṛi. S.24.35.-फणा 1 a bandage hollowed out so as to fit the chin or nose &c.-2 a sling.-बालः the hair of cows.-भुज् m. a king; गोभुजां वल्लभा लक्ष्मीः Rāj. T.5.6.-भृत् m.1 a mountain.-2 a king.-मक्षिका a gadfly.-मघ a. granting cattle or cows कदा गोमघा हवनानि गच्छाः Rv.6.35.3.-मंडलम् 1 the globe.-2 a multitude of cows.-मण़्डीरः a kind of an aquatic bird; L. D. B.-मतम् = गव्यूति q. v.-मतल्लिका a tract- able cow, an excellent cow; अरिर्मधोरैक्षत गोमतल्लिकाम् Śi.12.41.-मथः a cowherd.-मध्यमध्य a. slender in the waist.-महिषदा N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on कार्तिकेय.-मांसम् beef.-मायु 1 a kind of frog.-2 a jackal; अनुहंकुरुते घनध्वनिं न हि गोमायुरुतानि केसरी Śi.16. 25.-3 bile of a cow.-4 N. of a Gandharva.-मीनः a kind of fish.-मुखः, -मुखम् [गोर्मुखमिव मुखमस्य] a kind of musical instrument; Bg.1.13; गोमुखानां च शृङ्गाणाम- नीकद्वयवर्तिनाम् Śiva. B.24.55.(-खः) 1 a crocodile, shark.-2 a hole of a particular shape in a wall made by thieves.(-खम्) 1 a house built unevenly.-2 spreading unguents, smearing; 'गोमुखं कुटिलाकारे वाद्यभाण्डे विलेपने' इति विश्वः; यस्यामलिन्देषु न चक्रुरेव मुग्धाङ्गना गोमयगो- मुखानि Śi.3.48. (-खम्, -खी) a cloth-bag of the shape of a gnomon containing a rosary, the beads of which are counted by the hand thrust inside.-2 a house built unevenly.-3 a particular method of sitting (a योगासन) (-खी) the chasm in the Himālaya mountains through which the Ganges flows.-मूढ a. stupid as a bull.-मूत्रम् cow's urine.-मूत्रकः a variety of lapis lazuli (बैदूर्य); Kau. A.2.11.-कम् a particular attitude (मण्डल) in गदायुद्ध; दक्षिणं मण्डलं सव्यं गोमूत्रकमथापि च । व्यचर- त्पाण्डवो राजन्नरिं संमोहयन्निव ॥ Mb.9.58.23. -a. zigzagging, going unevenly.-मूत्रिका 1 an artificial verse, the second of which repeats nearly all the syllables of the first. (Malli. thus defines it:-- वर्णानामेकरूपत्वं यद्येकान्तरमर्धयोः गोमूत्रिकेति तत्प्राहुर्दुष्करं तद्विदो विदुः ॥ see Śi.19.46.)-2 a form of calculation.-मृगः a kind of ox (गवय).-मेदः a gem brought from the Himālaya and Indus, des- cribed as of four different colours:-- white, pale-yellow, red, and dark-blue.-मेदकः 1 see गोमेद.-2 a kind of poison (काकोल).-3 smearing the body with unguents.-मेधः, -यज्ञः a cow-sacrifice; Rām.7.25.8.-यानम्, -रथः a carriage drawn by oxen; Rām.2.82.26; Ms. 11.174.-युक्त a. drawn by oxen.-युतम् 1 a cattle station.-2 a measure of two Krośas (गव्यूत); गोयुते गोयुते चैव न्यवसत्पुरुषर्षभः Mb.14.65.22.-रक्षः 1 a cow- herd.-2 keeping or tending cattle.-3 the orange.-4 an epithet of Śiva. ˚जम्बू f. wheat.-रक्षणम् tending cattle (with religious faith).-रङ्कुः 1 a water-fowl-2 a prisoner.-3 a naked man, a mendicant wandering about without clothes.-4 a chanter.-रवम् saffron.-रसः cow's milk.-2 curds.-3 buttermilk.-4 the flavour of a sentence; को रसो गोरसं विना Udb. ˚जम् buttermilk.-राजः an excellent bull.-राटिका, -राटी the Sārikā bird.-रुतम् a measure of dis- tance equal to two Krośas.-रूपम् the form of a cow. (-पः) N. of Śiva.-रोचम् yellow orpiment.-रोचना a bright yellow pigment prepared from the urine or bile of a cow, or found in the head of a cow.-लवणम् a measure of salt given to a cow.-लाङ्गु- (गू) लः a kind of monkey with a dark body, red cheeks and a tail like that of a cow; गोलाङ्गूलः कपोलं छुरयति रजसा कौसुमेन प्रियायाः Māl.9.3.-लोकः a part of heaven, cow-world.-लोभिका, -लोभी 1 a prostitute.-2 white Dūrvā grass.-3 Zedoary.-4 N. of a shrub.-वत्सः a calf. ˚आदिन m. a wolf.-वधः the killing of a cow; Ms.11.59.-वर्धनः a celebrated hill in वृन्दावन the country about Mathurā. ('This hill was lifted up and supported by Kṛiṣṇa upon one finger for seven days to shelter the cowherds from a storm of rain sent by Indra to test Kṛiṣṇa's divinity.') ˚धरः, ˚धरिन् m. an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa.-वरम् pounded cowdung.-वशा a barren cow.-वाटम्, -वासः a cow-pen.-वासन a. covered with an ox-hide.-विकर्तः, -विकर्तृ m.1 the killer of a cow; Mb.4.2.9.-2 a hus- bandman.-विततः a horse-sacrifice having many cows.-विन्दः 1 a cowkeeper, a chief herdsman.-2 N. of Kṛiṣṇa.-3 Bṛihaspati. ˚द्वादशी the twelfth day in the light half of the month of फाल्गुन-विष् f.,-विष्ठा cowdung.-विषाणिकः a kind of musical instrument; Mb.6.44.4.-विसर्गः day-break (when cows are let loose to graze in forests); Rām.7.111.9.-वीथिः f. N. of that portion of the moon's path which contains the asterisms भाद्रपदा, रेवती and अश्विनी, or according to some, हस्त, चित्रा and स्वाती Bṛi. S.9.2.-वीर्यम् the price received for milk.-वृन्दम् a drove of cattle.-वृन्दारकः an excellent bull or cow.-वृषः, -वृषभः an excellent bull; न तां शेकुर्नृपा वोढुमजित्वा सप्त गोवृषान् Bhāg 1.58.33. ˚ध्वजः an epithet of Śiva.-वैद्यः a quack docter.-व्रजः 1 a cow-pen.-2 a herd of cows.-3 a place where cattle graze.-व्रत, -व्रतिन् a. one who imitates a cow in fru- gality;...अत्र गोव्रतिनो विप्राः... ॥ यत्रपत्रशयो नित्यं येन केन- चिदाशितः । येन केनचिदाच्छन्नः स गोव्रत इहोच्यते ॥ Mb.5.99. 13-14.-शकृत् n. cowdung; Ms.2.182.-शतम् a present of a hundred cows to a Brāhmaṇa.-शालम्, -ला a cow-stall.-शीर्षः, -र्षम् a kind of sandal; Kau. A.2.11.-2 a kind of weapon (arrow ?); Mb.7.178. 23.-षड्गवम् three pairs of kine.-षन्, -षा a. Ved. acquiring or bestowing cows.-षा (सा) तिः 1 acquiring cattle; or fighting for cattle. गोषाता यस्य ते गिरः Rv.8.84.7.-2 giving cattle.-ष्टोमः a kind of sacri- fice fasting for one day.-संख्यः a cowherd.-सदृक्षः a species of ox (गवय).-सर्गः the time at which cows are usually let loose, day-break; see गोविसर्ग.-सवः a kind of cow-sacrifice (not performed in the Kali age); Mb.3.3.17.-सहस्रम् a kind of present (महादान). (-स्त्री) N. of two holidays on the fifteenth day of the dark half of कार्तिक and ज्येष्ठ.-सावित्री N. of a hymn (cf. गायत्री).-सूत्रिका a rope fastened at both ends having separate halters for each ox or cow.-स्तनः 1 the udder of a cow.-2 a cluster of blossoms, nosegay &c.-3 a pearl-necklace of four strings.-4 a kind of fort.-स्तना, -नी a bunch of grapes.-स्थानम्, -क्रम् a cow-pen.-स्वामिन् m.1 an owner of cows.-2 a religious mendicant.-3 an honorary title affixed to proper names; (e. g. वोपदेवगोस्वामिन्).-हत्या cow-slaughter.-हल्लम् (sometimes written हन्नम्) cow-dung.-हरः, -हरणम् stealing of cows; गोष्ठमुत्किरति गोहरं वदेत् Bṛi. S.89.9. (v. l.)-हित a. cherishing or protecting kine. (-तः) N. of Viṣṇu. -
11 to
to [tu:, tə]━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━1. preposition2. adverb3. compounds━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━1. preposition━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► When to is the second element in a phrasal verb, eg apply to, set to, look up the verb. When to is part of a set combination, eg nice to, of help to, look up the adjective or noun.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━a. (direction, movement) à━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► to it ( = there) y• I liked the exhibition, I went to it twice j'ai aimé l'exposition, j'y suis allé deux foisb. ( = towards) versc. (home, workplace) chez► to + feminine country/area en• to England/France en Angleterre/France• to Brittany/Provence en Bretagne/Provence• to Sicily/Crete en Sicile/Crète• to Louisiana/Virginia en Louisiane/Virginie━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► en is also used with masculine countries beginning with a vowel.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• to Iran/Israel en Iran/Israël► to + masculine country/area au• to Japan/Kuwait au Japon/Koweït• to the Sahara/Kashmir au Sahara/Cachemire► to + plural country/group of islands aux• to the United States/the West Indies aux États-Unis/Antilles► to + town/island without article à• to London/Lyons à Londres/Lyon• to Cuba/Malta à Cuba/Malte• is this the road to Newcastle? est-ce que c'est la route de Newcastle ?• it is 90km to Paris ( = from here to) nous sommes à 90 km de Paris ; ( = from there to) c'est à 90 km de Paris• planes to Heathrow les vols mpl à destination de Heathrow► to + masculine state/region/county dans• to Texas/Ontario dans le Texas/l'Ontario• to Sussex/Yorkshire dans le Sussex/le Yorkshire━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► dans is also used with many départements.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• to the Drôme/the Var dans la Drôme/le Vare. ( = up to) jusqu'àf. ► to + person (indirect object) à━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► When a relative clause ends with to, a different word order is required in French.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► When translating to + pronoun, look up the pronoun. The translation depends on whether it is stressed or unstressed.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━h. (in ratios) he got a big majority (twenty votes to seven) il a été élu à une large majorité (vingt voix contre sept)i. ( = concerning) that's all there is to it ( = it's easy) ce n'est pas plus difficile que ça• you're not going, and that's all there is to it ( = that's definite) tu n'iras pas, un point c'est toutj. ( = of) de━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► A preposition may be required with the French infinitive, depending on what precedes it: look up the verb or adjective.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► The French verb may take a clause, rather than the infinitive.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• well, to sum up... alors, pour résumer...• we are writing to inform you... nous vous écrivons pour vous informer que...━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► to is not translated when it stands for the infinitive.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• he'd like me to come, but I don't want to il voudrait que je vienne mais je ne veux pas• yes, I'd love to oui, volontiers2. adverb( = shut) to push the door to pousser la porte3. compounds(plural to-dos)• he made a great to-do about lending me the car il a fait toute une histoire pour me prêter la voiture ► to-ing and fro-ing noun allées et venues fpl* * *1. [tə], devant une voyelle [tʊ, tuː], emphatique [tuː]1) ( expressing purpose) pour2) ( linking consecutive acts)he looked up to see... — en levant les yeux, il a vu...
3) ( after superlatives) àthe youngest to do — le or la plus jeune à faire
‘did you go?’ - ‘no I promised not to’ — ‘tu y es allé?’ - ‘non j'avais promis de ne pas le faire’
‘are you staying? ’ - ‘I want to but...’ — ‘tu restes?’ - ‘j'aimerais bien mais...’
it is difficult to do something — il est difficile de faire quelque chose; ( expressing wish)
2.oh to be able to stay in bed! — hum ô pouvoir rester au lit!
1) ( in direction of) à [shops, school]; ( with purpose of visiting) chez [doctor's, dentist's]; ( towards) vers2) ( up to) jusqu'àto the end/this day — jusqu'à la fin/ce jour
3) ( in telling time)4) ( introducing direct or indirect object) [give, offer] àto me/my daughter it's just a minor problem — pour moi/ma fille ce n'est qu'un problème mineur
5) (in toasts, dedications) àto prosperity — à la prospérité; ( on tombstone)
6) ( in accordance with)7) (in relationships, comparisons)8) ( showing accuracy)9) ( showing reason)10) ( belonging to) depersonal assistant to the director — assistant/-e m/f du directeur
11) ( on to) [tied] à; [pinned] à [noticeboard etc]; sur [lapel, dress]12) ( showing reaction) à3. [tuː]to his surprise/dismay — à sa grande surprise/consternation
••that's all there is to it — ( it's easy) c'est aussi simple que ça; ( not for further discussion) un point c'est tout
what a to-do! — (colloq) quelle histoire! (colloq)
what's it to you? — (colloq) qu'est-ce que ça peut te faire?
-
12 FOOL
• Arguing with a fool shows there are two - Дурак, кто с дураком свяжется (Д)• As the fool thinks, so the bell clinks - Дурни думкой богатеют (Д)• Children and fools cannot lie - Глупый да малый всегда правду говорят (Г)• Children and fools have merry lives - Дураком на свете жить - ни о чем не тужить (Д)• Children and fools speak (tell) the truth - Глупый да малый всегда правду говорят (Г)• Dreams give wings to fools - Дурни думкой богатеют (Д)• Drunken man will get sober, but a fool will never get wise (A) - Пьяница проспится, а дурак - никогда (П)• Drunks sober up, fools remain fools - Пьяница проспится, а дурак - никогда (П)• Even a fool, when he holds his peace, is counted wise - Молчи - за умного сойдешь (M)• Every fool wants to give advice - Умный любит учиться, а дурак учить (У)• Every man has a fool in (up) his sleeve - Безумье и на мудрого бывает (Б), И на Машку бывает промашка (И), И на старуху бывает проруха (И), На всякого мудреца довольно простоты (H)• Fool always finds a bigger fool to praise him (A) - Дурак дурака хвалит (Д)• Fool always finds another fool (А) - Дураку всегда компания найдется (Д)• Fool always rushes to the fore (А) - Глупый ищет большого места (Г), Дурак времени не знает (Д)• Fool and his gold are soon parted (A) - У дурака в горсти дыра (У)• Fool and his money are soon parted (A) - Нет в голове, нет и в мошне (H), Счастье без ума - дырявая сума (C), У дурака в горсти дыра (У)• Fool can ask more questions in a minute than a wise man can answer in an hour (A) - На всякого дурака ума не напасешься (H)• Fool can ask more questions in an hour than a wise man can answer in seven years (A) - На всякого дурака ума не напасешься (H)• Fool can ask questions that wise men cannot answer (A) - На всякого дурака ума не напасешься (H)• Fool doth think he is wise, but the wise man knows himself to be a fool (The) - Умный любит учиться, а дурак учить (У)• Fool is born every minute (A) - Дуракам счету нет (Д), На наш век дураков хватит (H)• Fool is he who deals with a fool - Дурак, кто с дураком свяжется (Д)• Fool is he who deals with other fools (A) - Дурак, кто с дураком свяжется (Д)• Fool is known by his conversation (speech) (A) - Дурак сам скажется (Д), Осла знать по ушам, медведя - по когтям, а дурака - по речам (O)• Fool is known by his laughing (A) - Дурак сам скажется (Д), Смех без причины - признак дурачины (C)• Fool is wise in his own conceit (A) - Умный любит учиться, а дурак учить (У), Я не дурак - сказал дурак (Я)• Fool may ask more questions /in an hour/ than a wise man can answer /in seven years/ (A) - На всякого дурака ума не напасешься (H)• Fool may give a wise man counsel (А) - Дурак врет, врет, да и правду скажет (Д), Иной раз и дурак молвит слово в лад (H)• Fool may sometimes speak to the purpose (A) - Дурак врет, врет, да и правду скажет (Д), Иной раз и дурак молвит слово в лад (И)• Fool may throw a stone into a well which a hundred wise men cannot pull out (A) - Глупый поп свенчает, умному не развенчать (Г), Дурак кинет в воду камень, а десять умных не вынут (Д)• Fools and bairns should not see half - done work (things half - done) - Дуракам полработы не показывают (Д)• Fools and children cannot lie - У дурака что на уме, то и на языке (У)• Fools and children speak (tell) the truth - У дурака что на уме, то и на языке (У)• Fools and madmen speak the truth - У дурака что на уме, то и на языке (У)• Fools are born not made - Дурак не дурак, а от роду так (Д), Дураков не сеют, не жнут - сами родятся (Д)• Fools are fain of nothing - Дурни думкой богатеют (Д)• Fools are lucky - Дуракам везет (Д)• Fool's bolt is soon shot (A) - Дурак сам скажется (Д)• Fool's bolt may sometimes hit the mark (A) - Дурак врет, врет, да и правду скажет (Д), Иной раз и дурак молвит слово в лад (И)• Fools build houses and wise men buy them - Дурак дом построил, а умный купил (Д)• Fools build houses for wise men to live in - Дурак дом построил, а умный купил (Д)• Fools cannot hold their tongues - У дурака язык впереди ног бежит (У)• Fools do more hurt in this world than rascals (The) - Простота хуже воровства (П)• Fools for luck - Дуракам везет (Д)• Fools go in crowds - Дуракам счету нет (Д), Дураку всегда компания найдется (Д)• Fools grow of themselves without sowing or planting - Дураков не сеют, не жнут - сами родятся (Д)• Fools grow without watering - Дураков не сеют, не жнут - сами родятся (Д)• Fools have fortune - Дурак спит, а счастье в головах лежит (Д)• Fool's head never grows white (A) - Дураком на свете жить - ни о чем не тужить (Д)• Fools lade the water, and wise men catch the fish - Дурак дом построил, а умный купил (Д)• Fools live poor to die rich - Шуба висит, а тело дрожит (Ш)• Fools make feasts and wise men eat them - Дурак дом построил, а умный купил (Д), Медведь пляшет, а поводырь деньги берет (M)• Fools multiply folly - Глупость заразительна (Г)• Fool's name appears everywhere (is seen in many places) (A) - Глупый ищет большого места (Г)• Fools' names and fools' faces are always seen in public places - Глупый ищет большого места (Г)• Fools need no passport - Дурак сам скажется (Д)• Fools never prosper - Нет в голове, нет и в мошне (H), Счастье без ума - дырявая сума (C), У дурака в горсти дыра (У)• Fools rush in where angels fear to tread - Дуракам закон не писан (Д)• Fools set stools for wise folks to stumble - Глупый поп свенчает, умному не развенчать (Г), Дурак кинет в воду камень, а десять умных не вынут (Д)• Fools set stools for wise men to fall over (to stumble) - Глупый поп свенчает, умному не развенчать (Г), Дурак кинет в воду камень, а десять умных не вынут (Д)• Fools tie knots, and wise men loosen (loose) them - Глупый поп свенчает, умному не развенчать (Г), Дурак кинет в воду камень, а десять умных не вынут (Д)• Fool's tongue runs before his wit (A) - У дурака язык впереди ног бежит (У)• Fool talks when he should be listening (A) - Дурак времени не знает (Д)• Fool talks while a wise man thinks (A) - Глупый болтает, а умный думает (Г)• Fools will be fools /still/ - Дурака учить, что мертвого лечить (Д), Дурак дураком останется (Д), Дураком родился - дураком и помрешь (Д), Пьяница проспится, а дурак - никогда (П)• Fool when he is silent is counted wise (A) - Молчи - за умного сойдешь (M)• Fortune favo(u)rs fools - Дуракам везет (Д), Дурак спит, а счастье в головах лежит (Д)• God sends fortune to fools - Дуракам везет (Д)• Half a fool, half a knave - Дурак-дурак, а себе на уме (K)• He is not the fool that the fool is but he that with the fool deals - Дурак, кто с дураком свяжется (Д)• He who is born a fool is never cured - Дураком родился - дураком и помрешь (Д)• If all fools wore feathers, we should seem a flock of geese - Дуракам счету нет (Д)• If all fools wore white caps, we'd all look like (we should seem a flock of) geese - Дуракам счету нет (Д), На наш век дураков хватит (H)• If every fool held a bauble, fuel would be dear - Дуракам счету нет (Д)• If you argue with a fool, that makes two fools arguing - Дурак, кто с дураком свяжется (Д)• If you want the truth, go to a child or a fool - Глупый да малый всегда правду говорят (Г)• It's a trifle that makes fools laugh - Дураку все смех на уме (Д), Смех без причины - признак дурачины (C)• It takes a fool to know a fool - Рыбак рыбака видит издалека (P)• Let a fool hold his tongue, and he can pass for a sage - Молчи - за умного сойдешь (M)• Live a fool, die a fool - Дураком родился - дураком и помрешь (Д)• Never joke with a fool - С дураками не шутят (C)• Never show a fool half - done job - Дуракам полработы не показывают (Д)• No man is always a fool, but every man is sometimes - И на старуху бывает проруха (И)• Older the fool, the worse he is (The) - Старые дураки глупее молодых (C)• Old fool is worse than a young fool (An) - Старые дураки глупее молодых (C)• Once a fool, always a fool - Дурак не дурак, а от роду так (Д), Дураком родился - дураком и помрешь (Д)• One fool makes a hundred (many) - Глупость заразительна (Г)• One fool praises another - Дурак дурака хвалит (Д)• Only fools and horses work - От работы кони дохнут (O), Работа дураков любит (P)• Send a fool to France and he'll come a fool back - Ворона за море летала, а умнее не стала (B)• Send a fool to the market, and a fool he'll return - Ворона за море летала, а умнее не стала (B), Каков поехал, таков и приехал (K), Осла хоть в Париж, а он все будет рыж (O)• There is no fool like an (to the) old fool - Седина в голову, а бес в ребро (C), Старые дураки глупее молодых (C)• When a fool has bethought himself, the market's over - После поры не точат топоры (П), После свадьбы в барабаны не бьют (П), Спустя лето в лес по малину не ходят (C)• When a fool has made up his mind, the market has gone by - После поры не точат топоры (П), После свадьбы в барабаны не бьют (П), Спустя лето в лес по малину не ходят (C)• When a fool made up his mind, the market's over - После поры не точат топоры (П), После свадьбы в барабаны не бьют (П), Спустя лето в лес по малину не ходят (C)• Wise men have their mouth in their heart, fools their heart in their mouth - Глупый болтает, а умный думает (Г), Дурак кричит, умный молчит (Д)• Wise men silent, fools talk - Глупый болтает, а умный думает (Г), Дурак кричит, умный молчит (Д)• Wise seek wisdom; the fool has found it (The) - Умный любит учиться, а дурак учить (У)• World is full of fools (The) - Дуракам счету нет (Д), На наш век дураков хватит (H)• You can fool an old horse once, but you can't fool him twice - Старую лису дважды не проведешь (C) -
13 run
1. I1) set off running пуститься бежать; run and fetch the doctor сбегай за врачом; when I called he came running когда я позвал его, он тут же прибежал /примчался/; the enemy ran противник бежал; he dropped his gun and ran он бросил ружье и пустился наутек; I must run мне надо бежать /срочно идти/2) a ball (a sledge, etc.) runs мяч и т.д. катится; a wheel (a spindle, etc.) runs колесо вращается /вертится/3) water (blood, etc.) runs вода и т.д. течет /льется/; the pus was running сочился гной; the ice cream (the jelly, the coating, etc.) is beginning to run мороженое и т.д. потекло; the candle ran свеча оплыла; the butter ran масло растаяло; this ink does not run эти чернила не расплываются; colours are guaranteed not to run прочность красок гарантируется; I'm afraid the colours ran when I washed that skirt к сожалению, юбка в стирке полиняла; wash this towel separately the dye runs стирай это полотенце отдельно run оно линяет || let water run спустить воду4) the tap (the barrel, the vessel, the kettle, etc.) runs кран и т.д. течет; who has left the tap running? кто оставил кран открытым /не закрыл кран/?; this pen runs ручка течет /сажает кляксы/; his nose is running у него течет из носу, у него насморк; his eyes are running у него слезятся глаза; we laughed till our eyes ran мы смеялись до слез; an ulcer (a wound, a sore, etc.) that runs язва и т.д., которая гноится5) trains (buses, boats, ships, etc.) run поезда и т.д. ходят; trams are not running трамваи не ходят6) a motor (a machine, the works, etc.) runs мотор и т.д. работает; the lift is not running лифт не работает; leave the engine running не выключай мотор; the plant has ceased running завод встал /остановился/; the clock (the watch) runs часы идут /ходят/7) time runs время летит /мчится/8) several days running несколько дней подряд; he hit the target seven times running он попал в цель семь раз подряд9) the agreement (the contract, the lease of the house, etc.) has two more years to run срок соглашения и т.д. действует еще два года10) my stocking has run у меня на чулке спустилась петля; stockings guaranteed not to run чулки с неспускающимися петлями2. II1) run in some manner run run fast (slowly, noiselessly, etc.) бегать быстро и т.д.; the horse runs well лошадь хорошо бежит /идет/, у лошади хороший ход; run somewhere run about бегать повсюду, суетиться, сновать взад и вперед; let the dogs run about пусть собаки побегают /порезвятся/; the children are running about дети играют /резвятся/; chickens run about as soon as they are out of the shell стоит только цыплятам вылупиться, как они начинают бегать; run up /upstairs/ (down/downstairs/) бегать вверх (вниз) [по лестнице]; run upstairs and get the iodine сбегай наверх и принеси йод; run at some time I must run now мне пора бежать /уходить/2) run in some manner the river runs quietly (smoothly, sluggishly, etc.) река течет спокойно и т.д.; the current is running strong сейчас сильное течение; the tide is running strong вода сильно поднимается (при приливе), blood ran in torrents кровь лилась ручьями; his ideas ran freely его мысли текли свободно; run somewhere the water has run out вся вода вытекла3) run at some time these pens (such taps, etc.) often run эти ручки и т.д. часто текут4) run at some time these trains (the steamers, the buses, etc.) run daily /every day/ (every ten minutes, etc.) эти поезда и т.д. ходят ежедневно и т.д.; the traffic runs day and night движение на улице не прекращается ни днем ни ночью; the 9 o'clock train is not running today девятичасовой поезд сегодня отменен /не ходит/5) run in some manner an engine (a sewing-machine, etc.) runs smoothly (well, badly, efficiently, etc.) мотор и т.д. работает ритмично и т.д.; the саг is running nicely машина идет хорошо; the printing-press doesn't run properly печатный станок плохо работает; the drawer doesn't run easily ящик открывается /выдвигается/ с трудом; how does your new watch runrun? как идут ваши новые часы?6) run for some time is the film still running? этот фильм еще идет?7) run somewhere the road (the boundary, the forest, etc.) runs east (north and south, up, etc.) дорога и т.д. идет /тянется/ на восток и т.д.; the river runs south река течет на юг; new streets will run here здесь пройдут /будут проложены/ новые улицы8) run in some manner months (years, days, etc.) run fast быстро проходит месяц за месяцем; time runs fast время летит быстро; his life runs smoothly (quietly, etc.) жизнь его течет спокойно /гладко/ и т.д.; how time runs! как бежит /летит/ время!9) run for some time this law (this bill) will run much longer этот закон (этот билль) будет действовать значительно дольше; run at /in/ some place regions (places, offices, etc.) where these rules do not run районы и т.д., где не действуют эти правила /на которые не распространяются эти правила/; this writ doesn't run here здесь это постановление /распоряжение/ не действует / не имеет силы/10) run in some manner the letter (the note, the clause, the contract, etc.) ran thus... письмо и т.д. гласило следующее...; so the story ran вот что говорилось в рассказе; this is how the tune runs вот как звучит эта мелодия; I don't remember how the first line runs я не помню первую строку11) run somewhere the ship /the boat/ ran aground корабль сел на мель; the boat ran ashore лодка врезалась в берег12) run at some time silk stockings often (sometimes) run на шелковых чулках часто (иногда) спускаются петли; run in some manner these stockings run easily на этих чулках очень легко спускаются петли; эти чулки быстро рвутся13) run in some manner all my arrangements ran smoothly все шло, как было обусловлено; is everything running well in your office? на работе у вас все в порядке?, дела на работе идут нормально?3. III1) run smth. run a mile (six miles. etc.) пробежать милю и т.д., участвовать в беге на одну милю и т.д.; run a distance бежать на какую-л. дистанцию; run a race участвовать в забеге /в скачках/; the children ran races дети бегали наперегонки2) run smth. run errands /messages/ быть посыльным; быть на посылках; I want you to run an errand я хочу послать тебя с поручением3) run smb., smth. run a fox (a hare, a stag, etc.) гнать /преследовать лису/ и т.д.; run a false scent идти по ложному следу; run cattle (horses, etc.) гнать скот и т.д.; run logs сплавлять /гнать/ лес /бревна/4) run smth. run extra (special) trains пускать дополнительные (специальные) поезда5) run smth. run cargoes (a cargo of coffee, etc.) перевозить /транспортировать/ грузы и т.д.; run arms (drugs, liquor, narcotics. etc.) нелегально /контрабандой/ ввозить в страну оружие и т.д.6) run smth., smb. run a blockade прорвать /прорваться через/ блокаду; run the rapids пройти /преодолеть/ пороги; run the guard проскользнуть /пройти незамеченным/ мимо охраны7) run smth. run a саг (a bus, a taxi, etc.) водить машину и т.д.; he runs a blue Volga он ездит на голубой "Волге"; run the engine запускать мотор /двигатель/; run a tractor (a sewing-machine, a ferry, etc.) работать на тракторе и т.д.; can you run a washing-machine? вы умеете обращаться со стиральной машиной?; run a bath наполнить ванну8) run some time the play ran one hundred nights пьеса выдержала сто представлений9) run smth. this cinema runs a series of Italian films в этом кинотеатре идет показ итальянских фильмов10) run some distance the river (the road, etc.) run 200 miles река (дорога и т.д.) тянется на 200 миль11) || run its course идти своим чередом; the illness must run its course болезнь должна идти своим ходом; the war was running its course война все продолжалась12) run smth. run a business (a bus company, a factory, etc.) управлять предприятием и т.д.; run a theatre (a newspaper, a youth club, etc.) руководить театром и т.д.; run a shop (a hotel, etc.) заведовать магазином и т.д.; run a competition (a match, a race, etc.) проводить соревнования и т.д.; run the external affairs of a country направлять внешнюю политику государства, руководить внешней политикой страны; run a new system of payment осуществлять /внедрять/ новую систему оплаты; run smb.'s house вести чье-л. хозяйство; she runs the household она ведет хозяйство; весь дом на ней; run the show cool. заправлять чем-л.; who is running the show? кто здесь главный?; run one's life (one's fortune) самому строить свою жизнь (свое счастье); run experiments ставить /проводить/ опыты; run a blood test сделать анализ крови13) run smb. run a candidate выставлять чью-л. кандидатуру, выдвигать кого-л. кандидатом14) semiaux run smth. run debts залезать в /делать/ долги; run a temperature температурить15) id run smth. run a risk (the risk of discovery, the risk of losing one's job, a danger, the danger of being fired, the chance of being suspect of theft, etc.) подвергаться риску и т.д.; run chances положиться на счастье4. IV1) run smth. т some time this bus (a car, ale.) runs 40 miles (an hour, etc.) автобус и т.д. делает сорок миль в час и т.д.; we ran 20 knots a day мы делали двадцать узлов в день2) run smb. in some manner run smb. (too) fast гнать кого-л. (очень) быстро; run smb. somewhere run a horse up and down прохаживать лошадь [взад и вперед]; run the gun out выкапывать орудие; run the car downhill (uphill) ехать на машине с горы (в гору)3) run smth. at some time run a bus every three minutes отправлять автобус каждые три минуты; run cars day and night держать машины на линии круглые сутки, обеспечивать работу у машин круглосуточно4) run smb. somewhere run smb. home отвозить кого-л. домой; run smb. out выгнать кого-л.5) run smth. for (in) some time run the machine (the press, etc.) 24 hours a day работать на машине и т.д. двадцать четыре часа в сутки /круглосуточно/; run 500 barrels of oil daily (1000 bottles of milk a day, etc.) выпускать 500 бочек масла и т.д. в день6) run smth. at some time run a film often (twice a week, six times, etc.) демонстрировать /показывать/ фильм часто и т.д.; I'll run the first part of the film through again я прокручу еще раз первую часть фильма7) run smth. at some time interviews (oral examinations, the programme, etc.) ran twenty minutes behind интервью и т.д. началось на двадцать минут позже; the rehearsal (the meeting, etc.) can ten minutes earlier репетиция и т.д. началась на десять минут раньше8) run smth. somewhere run a ship aground посадить корабль на мель; run a boat (a ship) ashore направить лодку корабль) к берегу5. V1) run smb. some distance run a fox (a hare, etc.) five miles (a long distance, the length of the field, etc.) преследовать /гнать/ лису и т.д. пять миль и т.д.2) run smb. some sum of money the dress (this picture, this boat, the new house, this car, etc.) will run you a considerable sum of money это платье и т.д. будет вам дорого стоить6. VIsemiaux run smb. to some state run smb. breathless гонять кого-л. до изнеможения || run smb. close (hard) не уступать кому-л., быть чьим-л. опасным противником /соперником/; run smth. close быть почти равным чему-л.; run it fine иметь (времени, денег) в обрез7. XI1) be run after she is much run after a) с ней многие ищут знакомства; б) за ней многие ухаживают; I hate to feel that I am being run after терпеть не могу, когда за мной бегают2) || be run off one's feet coll. сбиться с ног; I was run off my feet that day я набегался за день3) be run into smth. molten metal is run into moulds расплавленный металл разливают в формы4) be run at some time sleepingcars (express trains, these boats, etc.) are run twice a week (on week days, etc.) поезда со спальными вагонами и т.д. ходят два раза в неделю и т.д.; be run somewhere these trains are run between X and Y эти поезда курсируют между X и Y5) be run on smth. trains (buses, etc.) are run on electricity (on coal, on steam, etc.) поезда и т.д. работают на электричестве и т.д.; be run at smth. be run at some cost обходиться в определенную сумму (об эксплуатации машины и т.п.); this car can be run at a small cost расходы на эксплуатацию этой машины очень невелика6) be run on smth. this book is to be run on good paper эта книга будет издана на хорошей бумаге7) be run through he was run through and through ему было нанесено множество колотых ран; be run through by smth. he was run through by a bayonet его пронзили штыком, его закололи штыком8) be run at some time the race (the match, the competition, etc.) will be run tomorrow (next week, etc.) скачки и т.д. состоятся /будут проводиться/ завтра и т.д.; the cup will be run for today сегодня состоятся соревнования на кубок /состоится розыгрыш кубка/; be run in some condition the Derby was run in a snowstorm (in rain, etc.) дерби проводилось во время сильного снегопада /вьюги/ и т.д.; be run as (on) smth. this business (it, this scheme, etc.) is run /is being run/ as a commercial enterprise /on a commercial basis/ это дело и т.д. ведется на коммерческой основе; be run by smb. he is (hard) run by his wife (by his secretary, etc.) он под башмаком у своей жены и т.д.; the school is run by a committee школа управляется советом8. XIIIrun to do smth. run to catch the train (to meet us, to see what is going on, etc.) бежать /торопиться/, чтобы успеть на писал и т.д.; she ran to help us она бросилась нам на помощь9. XV1) run in some state run free /loose/ бегать на свободе; let the dog run loose дай собаке побегать на воле2) run in some order run second (third, etc.) a) бежать вторым и т.д.; б) идти /прийти/ вторым и т.д.; my horse ran last моя лошадь пришла последней /заняла последнее место/3) abs run parallel идти /бежать/ параллельно /бок о бок/ || run foul of smth. налететь на что-л.; run foul of a hidden reef налететь на скрытый риф; run foul of the law нарушить закон; run foul of smb. вызвать чье-л. недовольство; the ships ran foul of each other корабли столкнулись [в море]4) semiaux run to some state run low /short/ a) понижаться, опускаться; б) иссякать; our provisions /our supplies, our stock, our stores /are running low /short/ наши запасы кончаются /на исходе/; I am running short of time у меня остается мало времени; run dry высыхать, пересыхать; the well ran dry колодец высох; the river ran dry река пересохла; my imagination ran dry моя фантазия иссякла, мое воображение истощилось; run cold похолодеть; my blood ran cold у меня кровь застыла в жилах; run hot нагреваться; wait till the water runs hot at the tap подожди, пока из крана пойдет горячая вода; run clear быть чистым; rivers run clear вода в реках частая; run high a) подниматься; б) возрастать; the sea runs high море волнуется; the waves run high волны вздымаются; the tide runs high /strong/ прилив нарастает, вода прибывает; feelings /passions/ run high страсти бушуют; the debates ran high споры разгорелись; the prices run high цены растут; run strong набирать силу; run mad сходить с ума; run wild не знать удержу; she lets her children run wild она оставляет детей без присмотра; the garden ran wild сад запущен; we are letting the flowers run wild за цветами у нас никто не ухаживает; his imagination ran wild у него разыгралось воображение; run a certain size apples (pears, potatoes, etc.) run big (small, etc.) this year яблоки и т.д. в этом году крупные и т.д.10. XVI1) run about (across, around, up, down, in, etc.) smth. run about the streets (about the fields, about the garden, in the pastures, in the yard, etc.) бегать по улицам и т.д.; run across the road (across the street, across the square, etc.) перебегать дорогу и т.д.; run down the road (down the street, down the hill, down the path, down the mountain, down the lane, etc.) бежать вниз по дороге и т.д.; run along the wall (along the bank of the river, etc.) бежать вдоль стены и т.д.; run up the path (up the mountain, etc.) бежать вверх по тропинке и т.д.; run out of the house (out of the room, etc.) выбежать из дома и т.д.; run into a room вбежать в комнату; run through the garden (through the yard, through the village, etc.) пробегать через сад и т.д.; every morning he ran around the garden to keep in condition каждое утро он бегал по саду, чтобы быть в форме; run to /towards/ smth., smb. run towards the door (to the coming visitors, to her son, etc.) подбежать /броситься/ к двери и т.д.; run before (behind, past, by, etc.) smb. run before the crowd (behind the marchers, by her past the waiting people, etc.) бежать впереди толпы и т.д.; he ran past her without saying "hello" он пробежал мимо и даже не поздоровался; run before the wind идти по ветру2) run after smb., smth. run after the burglar (after the thief, after a rabbit, etc.) гнаться за грабителем и т.д.; don't bother running after the bus, you'll never catch it какой толк бежать за автобусом, все равно его не догонишь; run after him, he's left his wallet behind догони его, он забыл свой бумажник; who's running after you? кто за вами гонится?; I can't keep running after you all day! coll. я не могу бегать за тобой весь день!; run from smth., smb. run from the village (from the enemy, from danger, etc.) бежать из деревни и т.д.; run to (for) smth., smb. run to smb.'s help поспешить кому-л. на помощь; run to the post-office сбегать на почту; run for the doctor (for the police, etc.) сбегать за врачом и т.д.; run for a prize бежать на приз; run to smb. for help бежать к кому-л. за помощью; run to his mother (to his parents, etc.) with every little problem бегать к матери и т.д. с каждой мелочью; run in smth. run in a race участвовать в забеге /в соревнованиях по бегу/ || run for one's life colt. бежать во весь дух; run for it coll, бежать что есть мочи3) run after smb. coll. she runs after every good-looking man in the village она бегает за каждым красивым парнем в деревне; you shouldn't run after him не надо вешаться ему на шею, run after the great увлекаться великими людьми: run after smth. coll. he runs after the country club set он стремится попасть в круг членов загородного клуба; run after new theories увлекаться новыми веяниями4) run along (over, past, on, etc.) smth. run along the highway (along the streets, over the hill, over slippery roads, through the city, etc.) двигаться /мчаться, нестись/ по шоссе и т.д.; cars run along these roads по этим дорогам движутся автомобили; sledges run well over frozen snow сани хорошо скользят по мерзлому снегу, the train ran past the signal поезд проскочил светофор; the ball ran past the hole шарик прокатился мимо лунки; the ball ran over the curb and into the street мяч перекатился через обочину и попал /выкатился/ на дорогу; run on snow (on macadam roads, etc.) передвигаться /катиться, скользить/ по снегу и т.д.; trains run on rails поезда ходят по рельсам; the table runs on wheels стол передвигается на колесиках; file drawers run on ball bearings каталожные ящики двигаются /выдвигаются, ходят/ на подшипниках; the fire ran along the ground огонь побежал по земле the fire ran through the-building огонь охватил все здание; run at some speed run at a very high speed (at full speed, at 60 miles an hour, etc.) двигаться с очень большой скоростью и т.д. the train ran at an illegal speed поезд шел с превышением предела скорости5) run at smb. run at the enemy (на)броситься на врага6) run down ( along, into, to, from, at, etc.) smth. run down the wind screen (down the rain-pipe, down the slope, down smb.'s face, down her cheeks,.etc.) катится /стекать/ по ветровому стеклу и т.д.; the rapids run over the rocks на камнях вода образовывает пороги; run over the table (over the floor, etc.) растекаться или рассыпаться по столу и т.д.; wax ran down the burning candle воск оплывал и стекал по горящей свече; the river runs into the ocean (into the sea, etc.) река впадает в океан и т.д.; water is running into the bath в ванну наливается вода; water runs from a tap (from a cistern from a cask, etc.) из крана и т.д. бежит /льётся вода; sweat was running from his forehead (from his face) у него по лбу (по лицу) струился пот; blood ran from a wound (from a cut, etc.) из раны и т.д. потекла кровь; tears ran from her eyes у нее из глаз катились слезы; he is running at the nose (at the mouth) у него течет из носу (изо рта); I felt tile blood running to my head я чувствовал, как кровь бросилась мне в голову; good blood runs in his veins в его жилах течет хорошая кровь; the colours (the dyes) run in the washing при стирке краски линяют; run with smth. run with sweat взмокнуть от пота, обливаться потом; his eyes ran with tears у него глаза наполнились слезами; the floor (the streets, etc.) ran with water (with blood, with wine, etc.) пол и т.д. был залит водой и т.д.; run off smb. water ran off him с него стекала вода id run off smb. as /like/ water off a duck's back = как с гуся вода; her words (scoldings, admonitions, etc.) ran off him like water off a duck's back на все ее слова и т.д. он не обращал ни малейшего внимания7) run to (between) smth. a morning train runs to Paris (to the south, to this city, etc.) в Париж и т.д. ходит утренний поезд; trains (boats, buses, etc.) run between the capitals of these countries (between these towns, between London and the coast. etc.) между столицами этих стран и т.д. ходят /курсируют/ поезда и т.д.8) run on (off) smth. cars run on gasoline автомобили работают на бензине; the apparatus runs off the mains аппаратура работает от сети9) run for some time the play ran for 200 nights (for a year) пьеса выдержала двести спектаклей (шла целый год); the picture runs for 3 hours фильм идет три часа; the interval sometimes runs to as much as half an hour антракт иногда длится полчаса; run at some place the play (the film) is now running at the Lyceum пьеса сейчас идет в театре "Лицеум"10) run across ( along, through, over, up, etc.) smth. the road (the path, etc.) runs across the plain (along the river, along the shore, through the wood, over a hill, up the mountain, close to the village, right by my house, at right angles to the highway, etc.) дорога и т.д. проходит по равнине и т.д.; a corridor runs through the house по всей длине дома тянется коридор; shelves run round the walls (round the room) по всем стенам (по всей комнате) идут полки; a fence runs round the house дом обнесен забором: ivy runs all over the wall (up the side of the house, upon other plants, etc.) плющ вьется по всей стене и т.д.; vine.runs over the porch крыльцо увито виноградом; a scar runs across his left cheek через всю его левую щеку проходит шрам; run from smth. to smth. the chain of mountains runs from north to south горная цепь тянется с севера на юг; shelves run from floor to ceiling полки идут от пола до потолка; this road runs from the village to the station эта дорога идет от деревни к станции; run for some distance the river ( the unpaved section, the path, etc.) runs for 200 miles (for eight miles, etc.) река и т.д. тянется на двести миль и т.д.11) run in smth. what sizes do these dresses run in? каких размеров бывают в продаже эти платья?; run in certain numbers иметь определенные номера; on this side house numbers run in odd numbers по этой стороне [улицы] идут нечетные номера домов12) run over smth. his fingers ran over the strings (over the piano, over the keys, etc.) он пробежал пальцами по струнам и т.д.; run over one's pockets ощупать свой карманы; run over the seams of the boat осмотреть /ощупать/ швы лодки13) run down ( over, through, etc.) smth. a cheer ran down the line (down the ranks of spectators) возгласы одобрения /крики ура/ прокатились по строю (по рядам зрителей); a murmur (a whisper) ran through the crowd по толпе пробежал /прокатился/ ропот (шепот); the news ran all over the town новость облетела весь город; rumours ran through the village (through the town, etc.) no деревне и т.д. прошли /разнеслись/ слухи; a thought (an idea, etc.) ran in /through/ his head /his mind/ у него в голове пронеслась /промелькнула/ мысль и т.д.; this idea run-s through the whole book эта идея проходит через /пронизывает/ всю книгу; the song (the old tune, his words, a snatch of their conversation, etc.) kept running in my mind /through my head/ эта песенка и т.д. неотвязно звучала у меня в ушах; his influence runs through every department его влияние чувствуется /ощущается/ во всех отделах; run up /down/ smth. a cold shiver ran up /down/ his spine холодная дрожь пробежала у него по спине; a sharp pain ran up /down/ his arm (his spine, his leg, etc.) он почувствовал острую боль в руке и т.д.14) run into smth. days ran into weeks дни складывались в недели; one year ran into the next шел год за годом15) run (up)on smth. the talk (the whole argument, etc.) ran on this point (on this subject, upon the past, on this problem, on the matter, on the same event, on the recent occurrence, etc.) разговор и т.д. вертелся вокруг этого вопроса и т.д.; the conversation ran on politics разговор шел о политике; the boy's thoughts /mind/ kept running on the same theme (on food, on the event, etc.) мальчик все время думал об одном и том же и т.д. || run along familiar lines касаться привычных тем, думать или говорить традиционно16) run for some time the law (the contract, the lease, etc.) runs for 3 years этот закон и т.д. имеет /сохраняет/ силу в течение трех лет; your interest runs from January 1st to December 31 вам начисляются проценты с первого января по тридцать первое декабря17) run out of smth. we have run out of sugar (out of provisions, out of food, out of petrol, out of tobacco, out of bread, etc.) у нас кончился сахар и т.д.18) run over (through, down) smth. run over one's notes (over these proofs, over the story, through one's mail, through the main points of the subject, down the list of names, etc.) просмотреть /пробежать глазами/ свои заметки и т.д.; her eyes ran over the room она окинула комнату беглым взглядом; his eyes ran down the front row and stopped suddenly он глазами пробежал по первому ряду, и вдруг его взгляд на ком-то задержался; don't run through your work so fast не делайте свою работу в спешке19) run over/through/ smth. just run over /through/ my lines with me before the rehearsal begins повторите со мной роль до начала репетиции; we'll run over that song again мы еще раз пропоем эту песенку; she ran over his good points она перечислила его достоинства; run through the scene оживить в своей памяти эту сцену20) run in (on, etc.) smth. the account (the story, the article, etc.) ran in all the papers сообщение и т.д. было напечатано /опубликовано/ во всех газетах; this item ran under a sensational heading эта информация была напечатана под сенсационным заголовком; political cartoons run on the editorial page политические карикатуры печатаются /помещаются/ на той же полосе, где и передовая статья || run in certain words быть сформулированным определённым образом; the order ran in these words приказ был сформулирован именно следующими словами21) run into /through /smth. the book (his novel, etc.) ran into /through/ 5 editions (10 impressions, thousands of copies, etc.) эта книга выдержала пять изданий и т.д.22) run through smth. run through a fortune (through the money he won, through his winnings, etc.) растратить /растранжирить/ наследство и т.д.; he ran through his father's money very quickly он очень быстро промотал отцовские деньги; money runs through his fingers [like water through a sieve], he runs through money quickly деньги у него не задерживаются; we run through a lot of sugar in a week мы расходуем много сахара за неделю23) run in (to) some amount his income (her bank account, their inheritance, etc.) runs to ten or twelve thousand pounds его доходы и т.д. исчисляются в десять-двенадцать тысяч фунтов; our hotel bill ran to t 500 наш счет за гостиницу достиг суммы в пятьсот фунтов /равняется пятистам фунтам/; the losses run into five figures убытки выражаются в пятизначных числах; a boat like that runs into a lot of money (to a pretty penny) такая лодка стоит больших денег (станет в копеечку); prices run from 50 pence to a pound цены колеблются от пятидесяти пенсов до одного фунта; my money won't run to a car на машину у меня не хватит денег; we can't run to a holiday abroad this year в этом году мы себе не можем позволить провести отпуск за границей; the story (the manuscript, etc.) runs to 16 pages (to three volumes, etc.) рассказ и т.д. занимает шестнадцать страниц и т.д.; her letter ran to a great length она написала очень длинное письмо24) run against (into, on, at, etc.) smth. run against /into/ a tree (into a wall, into a bank of soft mud, at the railing, etc.) налететь на дерево и т.д., врезаться в дерево и т.д.; run against a rock (on a mine, etc.) наскочить на скалу и т.д.; run into a patch of thick mist (into a gale, into a storm, etc.) попасть в густой туман и т.д.25) run into (across, etc.) smb. run into each other (into an old classmate, into an old friend, etc.) случайно встретить друг друга и т.д.; run across smb. in the street столкнуться с кем-л. на улице; when did you last run across him? когда вы с ним последний раз виделись?; you never know whom you'll run into at a party никогда не знаешь, кого встретишь на вечеринке26) run into (across) smth. run into danger (into trouble, into mischief, etc.) попасть в опасное положение и т.д.; run into difficulties очутиться в затруднительном положении; run into debts залезть в долга; run across one of his earliest recordings (across the first edition of this book in a second-hand bookshop, etc.) натолкнуться на /случайно найти/ одну из его ранних записей и т.д.; he ran across her name in the phone book он случайно встретил /увидел/ ее имя в телефонной книге; run against smth. this runs against my interests это идет вразрез с моими интересами27) run for smth. run for parliament (for office, for the presidency, for governor, etc.) баллотироваться в члены парламента и т.д.; run in smth. run in an election баллотироваться на выборах; how many candidates is the Liberal Party running in the General Election? сколько кандидатов выставляет либеральная партия на выборах?; run against smb. whom will the Republicans run against the Democratic candidate? кого выставят республиканцы против кандидата от демократической партии?28) aux run in smth. musical talent (courage, broadmindedness, red hair, etc) runs in the family (in the blood) музыкальность и т.д. - их семейная черта (у них в крови); run to smth. run to sentiment /to sentimentality/ (to fat, etc.) быть склонным /расположенным/ к сентиментальности и т.д.; they run to big noses (to red hair, to being overweight, etc.) in that family в их семье у всех большие носы и т.д.; the novel runs to long descriptions в романе слишком много затянутых описаний11. XIX11) run like smb., smth. run like a deer /like a hare, like the devil, like hell, like blazes, like anything/ бежать во весь опор /что есть мочи/2) run like smth. news (rumours) run like wildfire (like lightning) новости (слухи) распространяются как лесной пожар (с быстротой молнии)12. XX31) run in some manner run as hard as one can бежать во весь опор2) || run as follows гласить следующее; the conversation ran as follows... разговор был такой...13. XXI11) run smth. in (over) smth. run two miles in six minutes проехать две мили за шесть минут; run a race over a mile бежать на дистанцию в одну милю;2) run smb. across (out of, etc.) smth. run a horse across a field погонять лошадь по полю; run oneself out of breath бежать так, что начинаешь задыхаться3) run smb., smth. (in)to (off, out of, etc.) smth. run a fox to cover /to earth/ загнать лису в нору; they ran him off his property его согнали с собственной земля; run smb. out of the country выдворить кого-л. из страны; run a саг into a garage (a ship into harbour, a cart into the yard, etc.) завезти машину в гараж и т.д.4) run smth. in (to) smth. run some water into glasses (milk into casks, lead into moulds, etc.) наливать воду в стаканы и т.д.; run bullets into a mould отливать пули; run oil in a still рафинировать масло; run smth. for smb., smth. run a hot tub for smb. сделать для кого-л. горячую ванну; run the water for a tub наполнять ванну водой5) run smth. to smth. run ships (trains, etc.) to London водить корабли и т.д. в Лондон; run smth. between smth. run trains (buses, etc.) between these towns пускать поезда и т.д. между этими городами; run a ferry between these villages соединить эти деревни паромом; run smth. from smth. to smth. run trains ( line of mail-boats, etc.) from the capital to other cities пускать поезда и т.д. из столицы в другие города; run smth. during smth. run extra trains during rush hours пускать дополнительные поезда в часы пик6) run smth., smb. across (into, to, etc.) smth. run guns (narcotics, drugs, etc.) across the border (into the country) провозить /переправлять/ оружие и т.д. [контрабандой] через границу (в какую-л. страну); run smb. up to town отвозить кого-л. в город7) run smth. at smth. run a factory at a loss иметь от фабрики один убытки; run a саг at small cost тратить на содержание машины немного денег; run smth. off smth. she runs her electric sewing-machine off the mains ее электрическая швейная машина работает от сети; run smth., smb. in smth. run a car (a bicycle, etc.) in a race участвовать в автогонках и т.д.; he runs horses in races a) он жокей; б) он держит конюшню /скаковых лошадей/8) run smth. across (around, from... to, etc.) smth. run a partition across a room разгородить комнату перегородкой; run a rope across the street натянуть канат через улицу; run a fence around the lot обнести участок забором; run a telephone cable from one place to another проложить /провести/ телефонный кабель от одного пункта в другой, соединять два пункта телефонным кабелем9) run smth. against (over, through, etc.) smth. run one's fingers (one's hand) against a door (over a surface, over the seams of the boat, etc.) провести пальцами (рукой) по двери и т.д.; ощупать дверь и т.д.; run a comb through one's hair расчесать волосы гребнем; run one's hand over one's hair пригладить волосы ладонью; run one's fingers over the strings of a harp (over the keys of a piano, etc.) пробежать пальцами по струнам арфы и т.д.; run one's eyes over a page (over a letter, etc.) пробежать глазами страницу и т.д.; run one's finger down the list просмотреть список, водя по строчкам пальцем; run one's pencil through these names (through a word, etc.) зачеркнуть эти фамилии и т.д. карандашом; run a line on a map (over a surface, etc.) провести /прочертить/ линию на карте и т.д.10) run smth. behind smth. run a few minutes behind schedule (behind time) не укладываться в расписание (во времени); if we run ten minutes behind schedule the whole evening's viewing will be thrown out of gear если расписание сдвинется больше, чем на десять минут, то программа всего вечера будет нарушена; the programmes are running 10 minutes behind schedule наши программы сегодня запаздывают на десять минут11) run smb., smth. through smth. run the actors through their parts заставить актеров повторить свои роли или партии; I'd like to run you through that scene я бы хотел, чтобы вы еще раз провели эту сцену12) run smth. to smth. run tile rumour to its source выяснить источник слухов; run a quotation to earth выяснить, откуда взята цитата13) run smth. on smth. run the story (this account, the article, this cartoon, etc.) on page one напечатать рассказ и т.д. на первой странице14) run smth., smb. into (on) smth., smb. run a саг into a tree (into a wall, into a post, etc.) врезаться машиной в дерево и т.д.; run a ship on a rock разбить корабль о скалу; run the troops into an ambush загнать или заманить войска в засаду; he ran me into a сор из-за него я налетел на полицейского; run smb. into a corner загнать кого-л. в угол; run smth. against smth. run one's head against a wall стукнуться /удариться/ головой о стену; run one's nose against a post (against a wall, etc.) разбить нос о столб и т.д.15) run smth. into (through) smth., smb. run a nail into a board забить /загнать/ гвоздь в доску; run a splinter into one's toe (into one's foot, into one's finger, etc.) занозить палец и т.д.; run a thorn (a needle) into one's finger загнать шип (иголку) в палец; run a knife into a loaf разрезать буханку хлеба ножом; run a thread through an eyelet (a rope through a loop) продеть нитку в иголку (веревку в петлю); run a sword through one's enemy пронзить /проколоть/ своего противника шпагой; run smb. through with smth. run a man through with a sword проткнуть кого-л. шпагой16) || run a stocking on smth. рвать чулок обо что-л.; run a stocking on a nail разодрать чулок о гвоздь17) run smth. for smb. who runs his house for him? кто ведет у него хозяйство?18) run smb. (in)to smth. run smb. into expense ввести кого-л. в расход; run smb. into debts заставить кого-л. влезть в долги; run oneself to death до смерти забегаться || this ran me clean off my legs я из-за этого столько бегал, что теперь ног под собой не чую19) aux run smth. on (at) smth. I can't afford to run a car on my salary на свою зарплату я не могу содержать машину; run 60 head of cattle on this ranch держать на ранчо шестьдесят голов скота; run an account at the grocery иметь счет у бакалейщика14. XXV1) run if... (when..., etc.) you'll have to run if you want to catch the train тебе придется бежать, если ты хочешь успеть на поезд; he used to run when he was at college когда он был студентом, он занимался бегом2) run when the colour of the dress ran when it was washed платье полиняло в стирке3) run that... the story (the rumour) runs that... по рассказам (по слухам)... -
14 कर्मन् _karman
कर्मन् -m. Viśvakarmā; शक्रस्य नु सभा दिव्या भास्वरा कर्मनिर्मिता Mb.2.7.1. -n. [कृ-मनिन् Uṇ.4.144]1 Action, work, deed.-2 Execution, performance; प्रीतो$स्मि सो$हं यद् भुक्तं वनं तैः कृतकर्मभिः Rām.5.63.3.-3 Business, office, duty; संप्रति विषवैद्यानां कर्म M.4.-4 A religious rite (it may be either नित्य, नैमित्तिक or काम्य).-5 A specific action, moral duty.-6 (a) Performance of religious rites as opposed to speculative religion or knowledge of Brahman (opp. ज्ञान); अपरो दहृने स्वकर्मणां ववृते R.8.2. (b) Labour, work.-7 Product, result.-8 A natural or active property (as support of the earth).-9 Fate, the certain consequence of acts done in a former life; कर्मायत्तं फलं पुंसां बुद्धिः कर्मानुसारिणी Bh.2.89,94.-1 (In gram.) The object of of an action; कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म P.I.4.49.-11 (In Vaiś. Phil.) Motion considered as one of the seven categories of things; (thus defined:-- एकद्रव्यमगुणं संयोगविभागेष्वनपेक्षकारणं कर्म Vaiś. Sūtra. (It is five-fold:-- उत्क्षेपणं ततो$वक्षेपणमाकुञ्चनं तथा । प्रसारणं च गमनं कर्माण्येतानि पञ्च च ॥ Bhāṣā P.6.)-12 Organ of sense. प्रजापतिर्ह कर्माणि ससृजे Bṛi. Up.1.5.21.-13 Organ of action; कर्माणि कर्मभिः कुर्वन् Bhāg.11.3.6.-14 (In Astr.) The tenth lunar mansion.-15 Practice, training; सर्वेषां कर्मणा वीर्यं जवस्तेजश्च वर्धते Kau. A.2.2.-Comp. -अक्षम a. incapable of doing anything.-अङ्गम् part of any act; part of a sacrificial rite (as प्रयाज of the Darśa sacrifice).-अधिकारः the right of performing religious rites.-अनुरूप a.1 according to action or any par- ticular office.-2 according to actions done in a pre- vious existence.-अनुष्ठानम् practising one's duties.-अनुसारः consequence of, or conformity to, acts.-अन्तः 1 the end of any business or task.-2 a work, busi- ness, execution of business.-3 a barn, a store of grain &c. Ms.7.62 (कर्मान्तः इक्षुधान्यादिसंग्रहस्थानम् Kull.)-4 cultivated ground.-5 a worker; कच्चिन्न सर्वे कर्मान्ताः Rām.2.1.52.-अन्तरम् 1 difference or contrariety of action.-2 penance, expiation.-3 suspension of a religious action.-4 another work or action; कर्मान्तर- नियुक्तासु निर्ममन्थ स्वयं दधि Bhāg.1.9.1.-अन्तिक a. final. (-कः) a servant, workman, Rām.1.13.7.-अपनुत्तिः f. removing, sending away of कर्म; जन्मकर्माप- नुत्तये Bhāg.12.2.17.-अर्ह a. fit or suitable to an act or the rite. (-र्हः) a man.-आख्या f. Name received from the act performed; तस्मात् छिन्नगमनो$श्वो$पि छाग इति कर्माख्या भविष्यति । ŚB. on MS.6.8.37.-आजीवः one who maintains himself by some profession (as that of an artisan &c.)-आत्मन् a. endowed with the princi- ples of action, active; कर्मात्मनां च देवानां सो$सृजत्प्राणिनां प्रभुः Ms.1.22. (-m.) the soul.-आयतनम् see कर्मेन्द्रियम्; शव्दः स्पर्शो रसो गन्धो रूपं चेत्यर्थजातयः । गत्युक्त्युत्सर्गशिल्पानि कर्मायतनसिद्धयः Bhāg.11.22.16.-आशयः receptacle or accumulation of (good and evil) acts; निर्हृत्य कर्माशयमाशु याति परां गतिम् Bhāg.1.46.32.-इन्द्रियम् an organ of action, as distinguished from ज्ञानेन्द्रिय; (they are:- वाक्पाणिपादपायूपस्थानि; Ms.2.99; see under इन्द्रिय also) कर्मेन्द्रियाणि संयम्य Bg.3.6,7.-उदारम् any valiant or noble act, magnanimity, prowess.-उद्युक्त a. busy, engaged, active, zealous.-करः 1 a hired labourer (a servant who is not a slave); आ तस्य गोः प्रतिदानात् कर्मकारी आगबीनः कर्मकरः Mbh. on P.V.2.14. कर्मकराः स्थपत्यादयः Pt.1; Śi.14.16.-2 Yama.-कर्तृ m. (in gram.) an agent who is at the same time the object of the action; e. g. पच्यते ओदनः, it is thus defined:- क्रियमाणं तु यत्कर्म स्वयमेव प्रसिध्यति । सुकरैः स्वैर्गुणैः कर्तुः कर्मकर्तेति तद्विदुः ॥ न चान्तरेण कर्मकर्तारं सकर्मका अकर्मका भवन्ति Mbh. on P.I.3.27-काण्डः, -ण्डम् that department of the Veda which relates to ceremonial acts and sacrificial rites and the merit arising from a due performance thereof.-कारः 1 one who does any business, a mechanic, artisan (technically a worker not hired).-2 any labourer in general (whether hired or not).-3 a black-smith; हरिणाक्षि कटाक्षेण आत्मानमवलोकय । न हि खङ्गो विजानाति कर्मकारं स्वकारणम् ॥ Udb.-4 a bull.-कारिन् m. a labourer, artisan, workman.-कार्मुकः, -कम् a strong bow.-कीलकः a washerman.-कृत्यम् activity, the state of active exertion; यः प्रथमः कर्मकृत्याय जज्ञे Av.4.24.6.-क्षम a. able to perform any work or duty; आत्मकर्मक्षमं देहं क्षात्रो धर्म इवाश्रितः R.1.13.-क्षेत्रम् the land of religious acts, i. e. भरतवर्ष; Bhāg.5.17.11. cf. कर्मभूमि.-गतिः f. the course of fate; अथ कर्मगतिं चित्रां दृष्ट्वा$स्य हसितं मया Ks.59.159.-गृहीत a. caught in the very act (as a thief.).-ग्रन्थिः f. a term in Jaina metaphysics connoting 'weakness in the form of वासनाs produced by अज्ञान'.-घातः leaving off or suspending work.-च(चा)ण्डालः 1 'base in deed', a man of very low acts or deeds; Vasiṣṭha mentions these kinds:-- असूयकः पिशुनश्च कृतघ्नो दीर्घरोषकः । चत्वारः कर्मचाण्डाला जन्मतश्चापि पञ्चमः ॥-2 one who com- mits an atrocious deed; अपूर्वकर्मचण्डालमयि मुग्धे विमुच्च माम् U.1.46.-3 N. of Rāhu.-चेष्टा active exertion, action. कर्मचेष्टास्वहः Ms.1.66.-चोदना 1 The motive impelling one to ritual acts. ज्ञानं ज्ञेयं परिज्ञाता त्रिविधा कर्मचोदना Bg.18.18.-2 any positive rule enjoining a religious act.-च्छेदः The loss caused by absence on duty; Kau. A.2.7.-जः a. resulting from an act; सिद्धिर्भवति कर्मजा Bg.4.12. कर्मजा गतयो नॄणामुत्तमाधममध्यमाः Ms.12.3.(-जः) 1 the holy fig-tree.-2 the Kali age.-3 the banian tree.-4 the effect arising from human acts:-- संयोग, विभाग &c.-5 heaven.-6 hell.-ज्ञ a. one acquaint- ed with religious rites.-त्यागः renunciation of worldly duties or ceremonial acts.-दुष्ट a. corrupt in action, wick- ed, immoral, disrespectable.-देवः a god through religious action; ये शतं गन्धर्वलोक आनन्दाः स एकः कर्मदेवानामानन्दः Bṛi. Up.4.3.33.-दोषः 1 sin, vice; अवेक्षेत गतीर्नॄणां कर्मदोष- समुद्भवाः Ms.6.61,95.-2 an error, defect, or blunder (in doing an act); कर्मदोषैर्न लिप्यते Ms.1,14.-3 evil consequence of human acts.-4 discreditable conduct.-धारयः N. of a compound, a subdivision of Tatpu- ruṣa, (in which the members of the compound are in apposition) तत्पुरुषः समानाधिकरणः कर्मधारयः P.I. 2.42. तत्पुरुष कर्म धारय येनाहं स्यां बहुव्रीहिः Udb.-ध्वंसः 1 loss of fruit arising from religious acts.-2 dis- appointment.-नामन् (in gram.) a participal noun.-नामधेयम् N. of an act or sacrifice. These names are not arbitrary or technical such as गुण and वृद्धि but are always significant; सर्वेष्वेव कर्मनामधेयेषु अर्थसमन्वयेनानुवाद- भूतो नामशद्बो वर्तते, न लौकिकार्थतिरस्कारेण परिभाषामात्रेण वृद्धिगुणवत् ŚB. on MS.1.6.41.-नाशा N. of a river between Kaśi and Bihar.-निश्चयः a decision of action; न लेमे कर्मनिश्चयम् Bm.1.648.-निषद्या a manufactory; Kau. A.2.4.-निष्ठ a. devoted to the performance of religious acts; अग्निर्वीरं श्रुत्यं कर्मनिष्ठाम् Rv.1.8.1; Ms.3.134.-न्यासः renunciation of the result of religious acts.-पथः 1 the direction or source of an action.-2 the path of religious rites (opp. ज्ञानमार्ग).-पाकः ripening of actions, reward of actions done in a former life; Pt.1.372.-प्रवचनीयः a term for certain prepositions, particles, or ad- verbs when they are not connected with verbs and govern a noun in some case; literally-the term means, 'Concerned with the setting forth of an action'. According to Indian grammarians it means 'that which spoke of an action (क्रियां प्रोक्तवन्तः)' e. g. आ in आ मुक्तेः संसारः is a कर्मप्रवचनीय; so अनु in जपमनु प्रावर्षत् &c; कर्म प्रोक्तवन्तः कर्मप्रवचनीया इति Mbh. on P.I.4.83. cf. उपसर्ग, गति and निपात also.-फलम् 1 fruit or reward of actions done in a former life; (pain, pleasure); न मे कर्मफले स्पृहा Bg.4.14;5.12;6.1; ˚फलत्याग Bg.12.11,18.2; ˚फलत्यागिन् Bg.18.11; ˚फलप्रेप्सुः Bg.18.27; ˚फलसंयोग Bg.5.14; ˚फलहेतु Bg.2.47. एवं संचिन्त्य मनसा प्रेत्य कर्मफलोदयम् Ms.11.231.-2 the fruit of Averrhoa Carambola (Mar. कर्मर); also कर्मरङ्ग.-बन्धः, -बन्धनम् confinement to repeated birth, as the consequence of religious acts, good or bad (by which the soul is attached to worldly plea- sures &c.); बुद्ध्या युक्तो यथा पार्थ कर्मबन्धं प्रहास्यति Bg.2.39.-भूः, -भूमिः f.1 the land of religious rites, i. e. भरतवर्ष, this world (a place for man's probation); प्राप्येमां कर्मभूमिम् Bh.2.1; K.174,319.-2 ploughed ground.-मासः the Calendar month of thirty days.-मीमांसा the Mīmāṁsā of ceremonial acts; see मीमांसा.-मूलम् a kind of sacred grass called कुश.-युगम् the fourth (the present) age of the world, i. e. the Kaliyuga.-योगः 1 performance of actions, worldly and religious rites; कर्मयोगेन योगिनाम् Bg.3.3;3.7;5.2;13.24.-2 active exertion, industry; Ms.1.115.-वचनम् (with Buddhists) the ritual.-वज्रः an epithet of a Śūdra.-वशः fate considered as the inevitable result of actions done in a former life.-वाटी a lunar day (तिथि).-विपाक = कर्मपाक.-शाला a work-shop.-शील, -शूर a. assiduous, active, laborious; cf. कर्म- शीलस्तु कर्मठे । Nm.-शौचम् humility.-श्रुतिः f. The word expressive of the act; कर्मश्रुतेः परार्थत्वात् MS.11. 2.6. (read या अत्र कर्मश्रुतिः दर्शपूर्णमासाभ्यामिति सा परार्था तृतीया-योगात् &c. शबर).-सङ्गः attachment to worldly duties and their results. तन्निबध्नाति... कर्मसङ्गेन Bg.14.7.-सचिवः a minister.-संन्यासिकः, -संन्यासिन् m.1 a religious person who has withdrawn from every kind of worldly act.-2 an ascetic who performs religious deeds without looking to their reward.-साक्षिन् m.1 an eyewitness; वह्निर्विवाहं प्रति कर्मसाक्षी Ku.7.83.-2 one who witnesses the good or bad actions of man; आदित्य भो लोककृताकृतज्ञ लोकस्य सत्यानृप- कर्मसाक्षिन् Rām.3.63.16. (There are nine divinities which are said to witness and watch over all human actions; सूर्यः सोमो यमः कालो महाभूतानि पञ्च च । एते शुभाशुभ- स्येह कर्मणो नव साक्षिणः ॥)-सिद्धिः f. accomplishment of any business or desired object; success. स्वकर्मसिद्धिं पुनरा- शशंसे Ku.-स्थानम् a public office, a place of business. -
15 गन्धर्व
gandharvám. a Gandharva <though in later times the Gandharvas are regarded as a class, yet in RV. rarely more than one is mentioned;
he is designated as the heavenly Gandharva ( divyág- RV. IX, 86, 36 and X, 139, 5),
andﾠ is alsoﾠ called Viṡvā-vasu ( RV. X, 85, 21 and 22;139, 4 and 5) andﾠ Vāyu-keṡa (in pl. RV. III, 38, 6);
his habitation is the sky, orﾠ the region of the air andﾠ the heavenly waters
( RV. I, 22, 14; VIII, 77, 5; IX, 85, 12; 86, 36; X, 10, 4 AV. II, 2, 3);
his especial duty is to guard the heavenly Soma RV. IX, 83, 4 and 85, 12,
which the gods obtain through his intervention RV. AV. VII, 73, 3 ; cf. RV. I, 22, 14 ;
it is obtained for the human race by Indra, who conquers the Gandharva andﾠ takes it by force ( RV. VIII, 1, 11 and 77, 5);
the heavenly Gandharva is supposed to be a good physician, because the Soma is considered as the best medicine;
possibly, however, the word Soma originally denoted not the beverage so called, but the moon, andﾠ the heavenly Gandharva may have been the genius orﾠ tutelary deity of the moon;
in one passage RV. IX, 86, 36 the heavenly Gandharva andﾠ the Soma are identified;
he is alsoﾠ regarded as one of the genii who regulate the course of the Sun's horses
i, 163, 2; X, 177, 2; cf. 135, 5 ;
he knows andﾠ makes known the secrets of heaven andﾠ divine truths generally
( X, 139, 5 and 6 AV. II, 1, 2; XX, 128, 3 VS. XI, 1; XXXII, 9);
he is the parent of the first pair of human beings, Yama andﾠ Yamī RV. X, 10, 4),
andﾠ has a peculiar mystical power over women andﾠ a right to possess them RV. X, 85, 21 and 22; 40 and 41 ;
for this reason he is invoked in marriage ceremonies AV. XIV, 2, 35 and 36 ;
ecstatic states of mind andﾠ possession by evil spirits are supposed to be derived from the heavenly Gandharva (cf. - gṛihīta, - graha);
the Gandharvas as a class have the same characteristic features as the one Gandharva;
they live in the sky RV. AV. ṠBr. XIV,
guard the Soma RV. IX, 113, 3 ṠBr. III AitBr. I, 27,
are governed by Varuṇa (just as the Apsarasas are governed by Soma) ṠBr. XIII ĀṡvṠr. X, 7, 3,
know the best medicines AV. VIII, 7, 23 VS. XII, 98,
regulate the course of the asterisms ( AV. XIII, 1, 23 BhP. IV, 29, 21 ;
hence twenty-seven are mentioned VS. IX, 7),
follow after women andﾠ are desirous of intercourse with them (AV. ṠBr. III) ;
as soon as a girl becomes marriageable, she belongs to Soma, the Gandharvas, andﾠ Agni Gṛihyās. II, 19 f. Pañcat. Suṡr. ;
the wives of the Gandharvas are the Apsarasas
(cf. gandharvâ̱psarás),
andﾠ like them the Gandharvas are invoked in gambling with dice AV. VII, 109, 5 ;
they are alsoﾠ feared as evil beings together with the Rākshasas, Kimīdins, Piṡācas, etc., amulets being worn as a protection against them ( AV. Suṡr.);
they are said to have revealed the Vedas to Vāc
( ṠBr. III ; cf. PārGṛ. II, 12, 2),
andﾠ are called the preceptors of the Ṛishis ṠBr. XI ;
Purūravas is called among them ( ib.);
in epic poetry the Gandharvas are the celestial musicians orﾠ heavenly singers (cf. RV. X, 177, 2)
who form the orchestra at the banquets of the gods, andﾠ they belong together with the Apsarasas to Indra's heaven, sharing alsoﾠ in his battles;
Yājñ. I, 71 MBh. Hariv. etc..; cf. RTL. p. 238 ;
in the more systematic mythology the Gandharvas constitute one of the classes into which the higher creation is divided
(i.e. gods, manes, Gandharvas AV. XI, 5, 2 ;
orﾠ gods, Asuras, Gandharvas, men TS. VII, 8, 25, 2 ;
cf. ṠBr. X ;
orﾠ gods, men, Gandharvas, Apsarasas, Sarpas, andﾠ manes AitBr. III, 31, 5 ;
for other enumerations cf. Nir. III, 8 Mn. I, 37 RTL. p. 237 ;
III, 196; VII, 23; XII, 47 Nal. etc..);
divine andﾠ human Gandharvas are distinguished
( TUp. II, 8 the divine orﾠ Deva-Gandharvas are enumerated MBh. I, 2550 ff. and 4810 ff.);
another passage names 11 classes of Gandharvas (TĀr. I, 9, 3) ;
the chief orﾠ leader of the Gandharvas is named Citra-ratha Bhag. X, 26 ;
they are called the creatures of Prajāpati Mn. I, 37 ;
orﾠ of Brahmā. Hariv. 11793 orﾠ of Kaṡyapa 11850 ;
orﾠ of the Munis MBh. I, 2550 Hariv. 11553 ;
orﾠ of Prādhā MBh. I, 2556 ;
orﾠ of Arishṭā Hariv. 234 VP. I, 21 orﾠ of Vāc ( PadmaP.);
with Jainas the Gandharvas constitute one of the eight classes of the Vyantaras>;
N. of the attendant of the 17th Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī L. ;
a singer VarBṛS. LXXXVII, 33 BhP. I, 11, 21 ;
the Koïl orﾠ black cuckoo L. ;
a sage, pious man Mahīdh. on VS. XXXII, 9 ;
a horse MBh. III, 11762 ;
cf. II, 1043 ;
the musk deer (derived fr. gandha) L. ;
the soul after death andﾠ previous to its being born again (corresponding in some respects to the western notion of a ghost) L. ;
N. of the 14th Kalpa orﾠ period of the world VāyuP. I, 21, 30 ;
of the 21st Muhūrta Sūryapr. ;
of a Svara orﾠ tone (for gāndhāra?) Hariv. II, 120, 4 ;
m. pl. the Gandharvas ( seeﾠ above);
N. of a people (named together with the Gāndhāras) R. VII, 100, 10 f. and 101, 2 ff. and 11 VarBṛS. XIV, 31 ;
(ā) f. Durgā Hariv. II, 120, 4 (v.l. gāndharvī);
(ī́) f. Gandharvī (daughter of Surabhi andﾠ mother of the race of horses MBh. I, 2631 f. R. III, 20, 28 f. VāyuP.)
RV. X, 11, 2 R. ;
night BhP. IV, 29, 21 ;
+ cf. Gk. κένταυρος fr. κενθαργγος
- गन्धर्वकन्या
- गन्धर्वखण्ड
- गन्धर्वगृहीत
- गन्धर्वग्रह
- गन्धर्वतैल
- गन्धर्वत्व
- गन्धर्वदत्ता
- गन्धर्वनगर
- गन्धर्वपत्नी
- गन्धर्वपद
- गन्धर्वपुर
- गन्धर्वराज
- गन्धर्वर्तु
- गन्धर्वलोक
- गन्धर्वविद्या
- गन्धर्वविवाह
- गन्धर्ववेद
- गन्धर्वहस्त
- गन्धर्वहस्तक
- गन्धर्वाप्सरस्
- गन्धर्वेष्ठा
-
16 षष् _ṣaṣ
षष् num. a. (used in pl., nom. षट्; gen. षण्णाम्) Six; तेषां त्ववयवान् सूक्ष्मान् षण्णामप्यमितौजसाम् Ms.1.16;8.43.-Comp. -अंशः (ष़डंशः) a sixth part.-अक्षीणः (षडक्षीणः) a fish.-अङ्गम् (ष़डङ्गम्) 1 (a) six parts of the body taken collectively: जङ्घे बाहू शिरो मध्यं षडङ्गमिदमुच्यते । (b) The other six parts of the body are 'हृदयशिरःशिखा- नेत्रकवचास्त्राणि' as in Māl.5.2 (नित्यं न्यस्तषडङगचक्रनिहितं हृत्पद्यमध्योदितम्); cf. com. on the verse.-2 the six works auxiliary to the Veda; शिक्षा कल्पो व्याकरणं निरुक्तं छन्दसां चितिः । ज्योतिषामयनं चैव षडङ्गो वेद उच्यते ॥ see वेदाङ्ग also. ˚विद् knowing the six वेदाङ्गs; Ms.3.145.-3 six auspicious things, i. e. the six things obtained from a cow; गोमूत्रं गोमयं क्षीरं सर्पिर्दधि च रोचना । षडङ्गमेतन्माङ्गल्यं पठितं सर्वदा गवाम् ॥-3 any set of six articles.˚जत् m. N. of Viṣṇu.-अङ्घ्रिः (षडङ्घ्रिः) a bee; किमिह बहु षडङ्घ्रे गायसि त्वम् Bhāg.1.47.14.; Śi.1.4.-अधिक a. (-षडधिक) exceeded by six; षडधिकदशनाडीचक्रमध्यस्थितात्मा Māl.5.1.-अभिज्ञः (षडभिज्ञः) a Buddhist deified saint.-अशीत (षडशीत) eighty-sixth.-अशीतिः f.(-ष़डशीतिः) 1 eighty-six.-2 N. of the four passages of the sun from one zodiacal sign to the other; L. D. B.-अष्टकम् (in astr.) a particular Yoga.-अहः (ष़डहः) a period of six days.-आननः, -वक्त्रः, -वदनः, (षडाननः, षड्वक्त्रः, षड्वदनः) epithets of Kārtikeya; षडाननापीतपयोधरासु नेता चमूनामिव कृत्तिकासु R.14.22.-आम्नायः (षडाम्नायः) the six-fold Tantra.-ऊर्मिः the six waves of existence.-ऊषणम् (ष़डूषणम्) six spices taken collectively; पञ्चकोलं समरिचं षडूषणमुदाहृतम्.-ऋतुः m. pl. the six seasons (i. e. वसन्त, ग्रीष्म, वर्षा, शरद्, हेमन्त and शिशिर).-कर्ण a. (-षट्कर्ण) heard by six ears; i. e. by a third person other than the speaker and the person spoken to; told to more than one listener (as a counsel, secret &c.); षट्कर्णो भिद्यते मन्त्रः Pt.1.99. (-र्णः) a kind of lute.-कर्मन् n.(षट्कर्मन्) 1 the six acts or duties enjoined on a Brāhmaṇa; they are अध्यापनमध्ययनं यजनं याजनं तथा । दानं प्रतिग्रहश्चैव षट्कर्माण्यग्र- जन्मनः ॥ Ms.1.75.-2 the six acts allowable to a Brāhmaṇa for his subsistence:- उच्छं प्रतिग्रहो भिक्षा वाणिज्यं पशुपालनम् । कृषिकर्म तथा चेति षट्कर्माण्यग्रजन्मनः ॥.-3 the six acts that may be performed by means of magic:- शान्ति, वशीकरण, स्तम्भन, विद्वेष, उच्चाटन and मरण.-4 the six acts belonging to the practice of Yoga:- धौतिर्वस्ती तथा नेती नौलिकी (नौलिकः) त्राटकस्तथा । कपालभाती चैतानि षट्कर्माणि समाचरेत् ॥ (-m.)1 a Brāhmaṇa skilled in the above six acts.-2 one well-versed in the Tantra magical rites.-कोण a. (-षट्कोण) hexangular.(-णम्) 1 a hexagon.-2 the thunderbolt of Indra.-3 a diamond.-गया the sixfold gayā; गयागजो गयादित्यो गायत्री च गदाधरः । गया गयासुरश्चैव षड्गया मुक्तिदायकाः ॥-गवम् (षड्गवम् 1 a team or yoke of six oxen.-2 a yoke of six (sometimes after the names of other animals); i. e. हस्ति˚, अश्व˚ 'six elephants, horses &c.'.-गवीय a. drawn by six oxen; न यद्वहेच्छकटं षड्गवीयम् Mb.8.76.17.-गुण a.(-षड्गुण) 1 sixfold.-2 having six attributes.(-णम्) 1 an assem- blage of six qualities.-2 the six expedients to be used by a king in foreign politics; see under गुण (21); cf. षाड्गुण्य also.-ग्रन्थः a kind of Karañja tree.-ग्रन्थि n. (-षड्ग्रन्थि) the root of long pepper.-ग्रन्थिका (षड्- ग्रन्थिका) zedoary (शठी).-चक्रम्, (षट्चक्रम्) the six my- stical circles of the body, i. e. मूलाधार, स्वाधिष्ठान, मणिपूर, अनाहत, विशुद्ध and आज्ञाख्य.-चत्वारिंशत् (षट्चत्वारिंशत्) forty-six.-चरणः (षट्चरणः) -1 a bee.-2 a locust.-3 a louse.-जः, (ष़ड्जः) the fourth (or first according to some) of the seven primary notes of the Indian gamut; so called because it is derived from the six organs: नासां कण्ठमुरस्तालु जिह्वां दताञ्श्च संस्पृशन् । षड्जः सञ्जायते (षढ्भ्यः संञ्जायते) यस्मात्तस्मात् षड्ज इति स्मृतः ॥ it is said to resemble the note of peacocks; षड्जं रौति मयूरस्तु Nārada; षड्जसंवादिनीः केकाः द्विधा भिन्नाः शिखण्डिभिः R.1.39.-तन्त्री N. of the six philosophical systems.-त्रिंशत् f. (-षट्त्रिंशत्) thirty-six; (-षट्रत्रिंश a. thirtysixth).-तिलिन् m. one performing six acts with sesamum seeds; तिलोद्वतीं तिलस्नायी तिलहोमी तिलप्रदः । तिलभुक् तिलवापी च षट्तिली नावसीदति ॥-दर्शनम् (षड्दर्शनम्) the six principal systems of Hindu philosophy; they are: सांख्य, योग, न्याय, वैशेषिक, मीमांसा and वेदान्त. (-नः) one conversant with the above six systems.-दीर्घः the six long vowels: आ, ई, ऊ, ऐ, औ.-दुर्गम्, (षड्दुर्गम्) the six kinds of forts taken collectivelly; धन्वदुर्गं महीदुर्गं गिरिदुर्गं तथैव च । मनुष्यदुर्गं मृद्दुर्गं वनदुर्गमिति क्रमात् ॥-नवतिः f. (-षण्णवतिः) ninety-six.-पञ्चाशत् f. (-षट्पञ्चाशत्) fifty-six.-पदः (षट्पदः) 1 a bee; न पङ्कजं तद्यदलीनषट्पदं न षट्पदो$सौ न जुगुञ्ज यः कलम् Bk.2.19; Ku.5.9; R.6.69.-2 a louse.-3 a verse consisting of six padas. ˚अथितिः1 the mango tree.-2 the Champaka tree. ˚आनन्दवर्धनः the Aśoka or Kiṅkirāta tree. ˚ज्य a. having bees for the bow-string (as the bow of Cupid); प्रायश्चापं न वहति भयान्मन्मथः षट्पदज्यम् Me.75. ˚प्रियः the tree called नाग- केशर.-पदी (षट्पदी) 1 a stanza consisting of six lines.-2 a female bee.-3 a louse.-4 the six states ('यो$शनायापिपासे शोकं मोहं जरां मृत्युमत्येति' इति श्रुत्युक्ताः Mb. 3.314.9 Com.):-- hunger, thrist, sorrow, disordered intellect, old age and death; other version is:-- कामक्रोधौ लोभमोहौ मदमानौ च षट्पदी ।.-पादः (षट्पादः) a bee.-प्रज्ञः, (षट्प्रज्ञः) 1 one who is well acquainted with six subjects i. e. the four Puruṣārthas or objects of human existence, the nature of the world, and the nature of the Supreme Sprit; धर्मार्थकाममोक्षेषु लोक- तत्त्वार्थयोरपि । षट्सु प्रज्ञा तु यस्यासौ षट्प्रज्ञः परिकीर्तितः ॥-2 a lustful or licentious man.-3 a good-hearted neighbour.-बिन्दुः (षड्बिन्दुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu.-भागः (षड्भागः) a sixth part, one-sixth; तपःषड्भागमक्षय्यं ददत्यारण्यका हि नः Ś.2.14; Ms.7.131;8.33.-भाववादिन् a maintainer of the theory of the six भावs (i. e. द्रव्य, गुण, कर्मन्, सामान्य, विशेष and समवाय).-भुज a.(-षड्भुज) 1 six-armed.-2 six-sided, hexagonal. (-जः) a hexa- gon.(-जा) 1 an epithet of Durgā.-2 the water- melon.-मतस्थापकः (षण्मतस्थापकः) N. of Śaṁkarāchārya.-मासः (षण्मासः) a period of six months. ˚निचय a. one who has a store (of food) sufficient for six months; Ms.6.18.-मासिक a. (-षण्मासिक) half-yearly, occurring every six months.-मुखः (षण्मुखः) an epithet of Kārtikeya; स गुणानां बलानां च षण्णां षण्मुख- विक्रमः R.17.67; Mv.1.33. (खा) a water-melon.-रसम्, -रसाः (m. pl.) (-षड्रसम् &c.) the six flavours taken collectively; see under रस.-रात्रम् (षड्रात्रम्) a period of six nights.-रेखा, (षड्रेखा) a water-melon.-वर्गः (षड्वर्गः) 1 an aggregate of six things.-2 espe- cially, the six enemies of mankind; (also called षड्रिपु); कामः क्रोधस्तथा लोभो मदमोहौ च मत्सरः; कृतारिषड्वर्गजयेन Ki.1 9; व्यजेष्ठ षड्वर्गम् Bk.1.2.-3 the five senses and Manas.-र्विशम् N. of a Brāhmaṇa belonging to the Sāma Veda.-विंशतिः f. (-षड्विंशतिः)twenty-six; (-षड्विंश twentysixth).-विध (षड्विध) a. of six kinds, sixfold; षड्विधं बलमादाय प्रतस्थे दिग्जिगीषया R.4.26.-शास्त्रिन् m. one conversant with the six Śāstras or darśanas.-षष्टिः f. (-षट्षष्टिः) sixty-six.-सप्ततिः (षट्सप्ततिः) seventy-six. -
17 ὥρα
ὥρα or [full] ὤρα (B), only in [dialect] Ion. form [full] ὥρη, or [full] ὤρη, some part of a sacrificial victim,Aλάψεται γλῶσσαν, ὀσφῦν δασέαν, ὤρην SIG1037.2
(Milet., iv/iii B.C.); τοὺς Ἴωνας λέγειν φασὶ τὴν κωλῆν ὥρην καὶ ὡραίαν Sch.HQ Od.12.89: but distd. fr. κωλῆ, λάψεται.. κωλῆν ἀντὶ τῆς ὤρης SIGl.c.5; cf. ἄωρος(B). (Perh. cogn. with Lat. sūra.)------------------------------------ὥρα (C), [dialect] Ion. [full] ὥρη, ἡ: [dialect] Ep. gen. pl. ὡράων, [dialect] Ion. ὡρέων: loc. pl. ὥρασι, q. v.A any period, fixed by natural laws and revolutions, whether of the year, month, or day (the sense 'day' is implied in the compd. ἑπτάωρος, q. v.),νυκτός τε ὥραν καὶ μηνὸς καὶ ἐνιαυτοῦ X.Mem. 4.7.4
, cf. E.Alc. 449(lyr.), Pl.R. 527d;τοῦ γνώμονος ἡ σκιὰ ἐπιοῦσα ἐπὶ τὰς γραμμὰς σημαίνει τὰς ὥρας τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ καὶ τῆς ἡμέρας IG12(8).240
([place name] Samothrace): but specially,I in Hom., part of the year, season; mostly in pl., the seasons, , 19.152;ἀλλ' ὅτε δὴ μῆνές τε καὶ ἡμέραι ἐξετελεῦντο, ἂψ περιτελλομένου ἔτεος, καὶ ἐπήλυθον ὧραι 11.295
, 14.294;ἀλλ' ὅτε δή ῥ' ἐνιαυτὸς ἔην, περὶ δ' ἔτραπον ὧραι 10.469
, cf. Hes. Th. 58;Διὸς ὧραι Od.24.344
, cf. Pi.O.4.2; , cf. 1.32;δυώδεκα μέρεα δασαμένους τῶν ὡρέων ἐς [τὸν ἐνιαυτόν] Id.2.4
; οὐ μεταλλάσσουσι αἱ ὧραι ib.77;περιτελλομέναις ὥραις S.OT 156
(lyr.); πάσαις ὥραις at all seasons, Id.Fr.592.6 (lyr.), Ar.Av. 696 (anap.);ὧραι ἐτῶν καὶ ἐνιαυτῶν Pl.Lg. 906c
, cf. Smp. 188a, etc.;τῆς.. ὥρας τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ταύτης οὔσης, ἐν ᾗ ἀσθενοῦσιν ἄνθρωποι μάλιστα Th.7.47
; χαλεπὴ ὥ. a bad season, Pl.Prt. 344d;ἀ δ' ὤρα χαλέπα Alc.39
; ἡ ὥ. αὕτη this season, X.Cyn.7.1, cf. 5.6; κατὰ τὰς ὥρας according to the seasons, Arist.GA 786a31;οἱ περὶ τὴν ὥραν χρόνοι Id.Pol. 1335a37
.—Hom. and Hes. distinguish three seasons, and express each by the sg. ὥρη, with a word added to specify each:a spring,ἔαρος.. ὥρη Il.6.148
;ὥρη εἰαρινή 2.471
, 16.643, Od.18.367, etc.; so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., ἦρος ὥρα or ὧραι, Ar.Nu. 1008 (anap.), E.Cyc. 508 (lyr.); ; (lyr.); v. infr. 2.c winter,χείματος ὥρη Hes.Op. 450
;ὥρῃ χειμερίῃ Od.5.485
, Hes.Op. 494; χειμῶνος ὥρᾳ in winter, And.1.137;χιονοβόλος Plu.2.182e
.—A. also names three seasons, Pr. 454sq.; an Egyptian division of the year, acc. to D.S.1.26.—A fourth first appears in Alcm.76, θέρος καὶ χεῖμα κὠπώραν τρίταν καὶ τέτρατον τὸ ϝῆρ; and in Hp.Vict.3.68,χειμών, ἦρ, θέρος, φθινόπωρον; ὥρας φαίνομεν ἡμεῖς ἦρος χειμῶνος ὀπώρας Ar.Av. 709
(anap.); τετράμορφοι ὧραι E(?).Fr. 943 (hex.): later, seven seasons are named,ἔαρ, θέρος, ὀπώρα, φθινόπωρον, σπορητός, χειμών, φυταλιά Gal.17(1).17
.2 esp. prime of the year, springtime,ὅσα φύλλα καὶ ἄνθεα γίγνεται ὥρῃ Od.9.51
, cf. Il.2.468;παρὰ τὴν καθεστηκυῖαν ὥραν Th.4.6
.b in historians, the campaigning season,τὸν τῆς ὥρας εἰς τὸν περίπλουν χρόνον X.HG6.2.13
; esp. in the phrase ὥρα ἔτους, Th.2.52, 6.70, Pl.Phdr. 229a, Lg. 952e, D.50.23, Thphr.CP3.23.2; εἰς ἔτους ὥραν next season, Plu.Per.10.3 the year generally,τῆς ὥρης μέσον θέρος Hdt.8.12
; ἐν τῇ πέρυσιν ὥρᾳ last year, D.56.3; εἰς ὥρας next year, Philem.116, Pl.Ep. 346c, LXX Ge.18.10, AP11.17 (Nicarch.), cf. Plu.Ages.22; also hereafter,E.
IA 122 (lyr.);ἐς τὰς ὥρας τὰς ἑτέρας Ar.Nu. 562
(lyr.);ἐκ τῶν ὡρῶν εἰς τὰς ὥρας Id.Th. 950
(anap.); κἠς ὥρας κἤπειτα next year and for ever, Theoc.15.74; alsoὥραις ἐξ ὡρᾶν Isyll.25
; cf. ὥρασιν.4 in pl., of the climate of a country, as determined by its seasons, Hdt.1.142, cf. 149, 4.199 (here perh. three harvest seasons);τὰς ὥ. κάλλιστα κεκρημένας Id.3.106
; cf. Pl.Criti. 111e, Phd. 111b; climatic conditions, Hdt.2.26.II time of day,νυκτὸς ἐν ὥρῃ h.Merc.67
, 155, 400; αἱ ὧ. τῆς ἡμέρας the times of day, i.e. morning, noon, evening, and night, X.Mem.4.3.4; δι' ὥραν ἡμέρας by the time of day (fixed for meetings), D.Prooem.49, etc.;πᾶσαν ὥ. τῆς ἡμέρας Arist.Mete. 371b31
;μεσονυκτίοις ποθ' ὥραις Anacreont.31.1
: without ἡμέρας orνυκτός, ἑκάστης ἡμέρας μέχρι τρίτου μέρους ὥρας Pl. Lg. 784a
;τῆς ὥρας μικρὸν πρὸ δύντος ἡλίου X.HG7.2.22
; ψευσθεὶς τῆς ὥ. having mistaken the hour, And.1.38; ἐποίησαν ἔξω μέσων νυκτῶν τὴν ὥραν, i.e. they prolonged the day beyond midnight, D.54.26;τῆς ὥρας ἐγίγνετ' ὀψέ Id.21.84
;ὀψίτερον τῆς ὥ. PTeb. 793 xi 12
(ii B. C.); it being late,Plb.
5.8.3;ἤδη ὥρα πολλή Ev.Marc.6.35
; ἄχρι πολλῆς ὥρας till late in the day, D.H.2.54.b duration, interval or lapse of time,μετὰ ἱκανὴν ὥραν τοῦ κατενεχθῆναι τὸν πέλεκυν ἐξακούεται ἡ τῆς πληγῆς φωνή S.E.M.5.69
; length of time, term, Ἄρτεμις ἐννέ' ἐτῶν δεκάδας βίον Ἀρτεμιδώρῳ ἔκχρησεν, τρεῖς δ' ὥραι(date.)ἔτι προσέθηκε Προνοίη IG12(3).1350.3
(Thera, ii B. C.); ἐπὶ πολλὴν ὥ. for a long time, J.AJ8.4.4.2 the νυχθήμερον was prob. first divided into twenty-four hours by Hipparch., ἐν πόσαις ὥραις ἰσημεριναῖς (equinoctial hours) , cf. Ptol.Alm.3.9, 4.9, al.b in ordinary life the day from sunrise to sunset was divided into twelve equal parts called ὧραι ( ὧραι καιρικαί when it was necessary to distinguish them from the ὧραι ἰσημεριναί, v. καιρικός 2 c),ἡμέρα ἡ.. δωδεκάωρος, τουτέστιν ἡ ἀπὸ ἀνατολῆς μέχρι δύσεως S.E.M.10.182
;οὐχὶ δώδεκά εἰσιν ὧραι τῆς ἡμέρας; Ev.Jo.11.9
;ὡράων ἀμφὶ δυωδεκάδι AP9.782
(Paul.Sil.); the time of day was commonly given without the Art.,ὥρᾳ ᾱ PHamb.1.96.3
(ii A. D.),τρίτης ὥρας Plu.Rom.12
; ὀγδόης, ἐνάτης, δεκάτης ὥ., Id.Alex.60, Aem.22, Ant.68, etc.; but we have περὶ τὴν τρίτην ὥραν, περὶ τὴν ἑνδεκάτην, Ev.Matt.20.3,6, beside περὶ ἕκτην καὶ ἐννάτην ὥ. ib.5;χθὲς ὥραν ἑβδόμην Ev.Jo.4.52
, cf. IG5(1).1390.109 (Andania, i B. C.), etc.; ἐρωτᾷ σε Χαιρήμων δειπνῆσαι.. αὔριον, ἥτις ἐστὶν ιε, ἀπὸ ὥρας θ ¯ - to-morrow the 15th at 9 o'clock, POxy.110 (ii A. D.): prov., δωδεκάτης ὥ., as we say 'at the eleventh hour', Plu.Crass.17.cτὰ δυώδεκα μέρεα τῆς ἡμέρης παρὰ Βαβυλωνίων ἔμαθον οἱ Ἕλληνες Hdt. 2.109
; here ἡμέρη means the νυχθήμερον, and the μέρεα were each = 2 ὧραι ἰσημεριναί; these double hours (Assyr. kaš-bu) are called ὧραι by Eudox.,ἥμισυ ζῳδίου.., ὅ ἐστιν ὥρας ἥμισυ Ars14.11
, cf. 16.2; cf.δωδεκάωρος 11
.III Astrol., degree of the zodiac rising at the nativity (cf.ὡρονόμος 11
,ὡροσκόπος 11
), ὥ. μεροποσπόρος, τεκνοσπόρος, Man.4.577, 597; ἐξ ὥρης ἐσορῶν Ζεὺς Ἑρμείην Jupiter in the ascendant in aspect with Mercury, Id.3.186, cf. 32, al.B the fitting time or season for a thing (mostly without Art., even in [dialect] Att.), freq. in Hom. (v. infr.);ὥρα συνάπτει Pi.P.4.247
;ὧραι ἐπειγόμεναι Id.N.4.34
;ὅταν ὥ. ἥκῃ X.Mem.2.1.2
; but with Art.,τῆς ὥ. ἐνθυμεῖσθαι Id.Cyn.8.6
: freq. in later writers,τῆς ὥρας ἐπιγενομένης Plb.2.34.3
, etc.2 c. gen. rei, ὥρη κοίτοιο, μύθων, ὕπνου, the time for bed, tale-telling, or sleep, Od.3.334, 11.379, cf. Hdt.1.10;ὥρη δόρποιο Od.14.407
;περὶ ἀρίστου ὥραν Th.7.81
, X.HG1.1.13;πολυηράτου ἐς γάμου ὥρην Od.15.126
;ἐς γάμου ὥρην ἀπικέσθαι Hdt. 6.61
;γάμων ἔχειν ὥραν D.H.5.32
; so εἰς ἀνδρὸς ὥραν ἥκουσα time for a husband, Pl.Criti. 113d; ὥρη ἀρότου, ἀμήτου, Hes.Op. 460, 575;μέχρι ἀρότου ὥρης IG7.235.3
(Oropus, iv B. C.);καρπῶν ὧραι Ar.Ra. 1034
(anap.);ἡ ὥρα τῆς ὀχείας Arist.HA 509b20
; τοῦ φωλεύειν ib. 579a26, etc.; also ὥραν εἶχον παιδεύεσθαι I was of age to.. Is.9.28.3 ὥρα [ἐστίν] c. inf., it is time to do a thing,ἀλλὰ καὶ ὥρη εὕδειν Od.11.330
, cf. 373; so also in Trag. and [dialect] Att., E.Ph. 1584, Heracl. 288 (anap.), Ar.Ec.30, Pl.Prt. 361e, 362a; soδοκεῖ οὐχ ὥρα εἶναι καθεύδειν X.An.1.3.11
, cf. HG7.2.13 (dub. l.): c. acc. et inf., , cf. S.OT 466 (lyr.): c. dat. et inf., X.Cyr.4.5.1, Pl.Tht. 145b: in these phrases the inf. [tense] pres. is almost universal; the [tense] aor., however, occurs in Od.21.428, S.Aj. 245 (lyr.), Ar.Ach. 393 (where also ἐστί is added to ὥρα, as in Philyll.3, ἀφαιρεῖν ὥρα 'στὶν ἤδη τὰς τραπέζας); and the [tense] pf. inὥρα πεπαῦσθαι Plu.2.728d
: sts. the inf. must be supplied,οὐδέ τί σε χρή, πρὶν ὥρη, καταλέχθαι Od.15.394
, cf. E.El. 112 (lyr.), Ar.Ec. 877; ὥρα κἠς οἶκον (i. e. ἰέναι εἰς οἶκον) Theoc.15.147.4 in various adverb. usages, at the right time,Hdt.
2.2, 8.19, X.Oec.20.16: but τὴν ὥ. at that hour, Hes.Sc. 401; ταύτην τὴν ὥραν at this season, X.Cyn.9.1;[ἡ ἶρις] πᾶσαν ὥραν γίγνεται τῆς ἡμέρας Arist.Mete. 371b31
;δείελον ὥρην παύομαι ἀμήτοιο A.R. 3.417
; ὥραν οὐδενὸς κοινὴν θεῶν at an hour.., A.Eu. 109, cf. E.Ba. 724, Aeschin.1.9; αὐτῆς ὥρας immediately, PMich. in Class.Phil.22.255(iii A. D.); ἐν ὥρῃ in due season, in good time, Od.17.176, Hdt. 1.31, cf. Pi.O.6.28, Ar.V. 242, etc.; also αἰεὶ εἰς ὥρας in successive seasons, Od.9.135; ἐς τὰς ὥρας for all time, Ar.Ra. 382 (lyr. cf. supr. A. 1.3) (hence in an acclamation [ε] ἰς ὥρας πᾶσι τοῖς τὴν πόλιν φιλοῦσιν hurrah for.., POxy.41.29 (iii/iv A. D.));οἱ ὧδε χέζοντες εἰς ὥ. μὴ ἔλθοιεν Milet.2(3)
No.406, cf.ὥρασι; καθ' ὥραν Theoc.18.12
, Plb.1.45.4, cf. 3.93.6, etc.; opp.παρ' ὥρην AP7.534
(Alex.Aet. or Autom.), cf. Plu.2.784b, etc.:—πρὸ τῆς ὥρας X.Oec.20.16
;πρὸ ὥρας Luc.Luct.13
;πρὸ ὥρας τελευτῆσαι IG42(1).84.26
(Epid., i A. D.);πρὶν ὥρας Pi.P.4.43
(cf.πρίν A. 11.4
).II metaph., the spring-time of life, the bloom of youth, Mimn.3.1;ὥραν ἐχούσας A.Supp. 997
, cf. Th.13, 535;παῖδας πρὸς τέρμασιν ὥρας Ar.Av. 705
(anap.);πάντες οἱ ἐν ὥρᾳ Pl.R. 474d
; οὐκ ἐνὥ., = πρεσβύτερος, Id.Phdr. 240d;ἐὰν ἐπὶ ὥρᾳ ᾖ Id.R. 474e
;ἕως ἂν ἐν ὥρᾳ ὦσι Id.Men. 76b
; παυσαμένου τῆς ὥ. prob. in Id.Phdr. 234a;ἀνθεῖν ἐν ὥ. Id.R. 475a
;τὴν ὥ. διαφυλάξαι ἄβατον τοῖς πονηροῖς Isoc.10.58
; λήγειν ὥρας, opp. ἀνθεῖν, Pl.Alc.1.131e;ἑς ἐπιγινόμενόν τι τέλος, οἷον τοῖς ἀκμαίοις ἡ ὥρα Arist.EN 1174b33
, cf. 1157a8.2 freq. involving an idea of beauty,φεῦ φεῦ τῆς ὥρας τοῦ κάλλους Ar.Av. 1724
(lyr.);ὥρᾳ.. ἡλικίας λαμπρός Th.6.54
;κάλλει καὶ ὥρᾳ διενεγκόντες Aeschin.1.134
, cf. ib.158;καλὸς ὥρᾳ τε κεκραμένος Pi.O.10(11).104
, cf. X.Mem. 2.1.22, Pl.Lg. 837b; quaestum corpore facere,Plu.
Tim..14, cf. X.Mem..1.6.13, Smp.8.21;τὴν ὥ. πεπωληκότες Phld.Rh.1.344
S.:—then,b generally, beauty, grace, elegance of style, D.H.Pomp.2, Plu.2.874b, etc.;γλυκύτης καὶ ὥ. Hermog.Id.2.3
, cf. Men.Rh.p.335 S., Him.Or.1.2; of beauty in general,χάρις καὶ ὥρα Plu.2.128d
.III = τὰ ὡραῖα, the produce of the season, fruits of the year,ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐτρέφοντο X.HG2.1.1
.C personified, αἱὯραι, the Hours, keepers of heaven's cloudgate, Il.5.749, 8.393; and ministers of the gods, ib. 433;Ζεῦ, τεαὶ.. Ὧραι Pi.O.4.2
; esp. of Aphrodite, h.Hom.6.5,12; also Ὧ. Διονυσιάδες, Καρνειάδες, Simon.148, Call.Ap.87; three in number, Eunomia, Dike, Eirene, daughters of Zeus and Themis, Hes.Th. 901;Ωραι πολυάνθεμοι Pi.O.13.17
, cf. Alex.261.6, Theoc.1.150, etc.: freq. joined with the Χάριτες, h.Ap. 194, Hes.Op.75; worshipped at Athens, Paus.9.35.1; at Argos, Id.2.20.5; at Attaleia, BMus.Inscr. 1044 (i B. C.).
См. также в других словарях:
The Man with Two Brians — Family Guy episode … Wikipedia
The Crab with the Golden Claws — (Le Crabe aux pinces d or) Cover of the English edition Publisher Casterma … Wikipedia
The Man from U.N.C.L.E. — THRUSH redirects here. For other uses, see Thrush (disambiguation). The Man from U.N.C.L.E. Genre Spy fi Format … Wikipedia
The Man Who Sold the Moon — Cover of Shasta edition collection The Man Who Sold the Moon is a science fiction novella by Robert A. Heinlein written in 1949 and published in 1950. A part of his Future History and prequel to Requiem , it covers events around a fictional first … Wikipedia
Woman with seven sons — Antonio Ciseri s Martyrdom of the Seven Maccabees (1863), depicting the woman with her dead sons. The woman with seven sons was a Jewish martyr described in 2 Maccabees 7 and other sources. Although unnamed in 2 Maccabees, she is known variously… … Wikipedia
The Darkness Series — is a series of six fantasy novels by Harry Turtledove. Though a fantasy the general history, geography, and combatants are analogs of World War II, or the Derlavai War in this universe.[1] Many of the characters are also the equivalents of… … Wikipedia
The Adventure of the Dying Detective — by Arthur Conan Doyle Released 1913 Series His Last Bow Client(s) None Set in 1890 Villain(s) Culverton Smith The Adventure of the Dying Detective , in some editions simply titled The Dying Detective … Wikipedia
The Book of Dreams — Infobox Book name = The Book of Dreams title orig = translator = image caption = first edition cover of the The Book of Dreams author = Jack Vance illustrator = cover artist = Ken W. Kelly country = United States language = English series = Demon … Wikipedia
The Warriors (novel) — infobox Book | name = The Warriors author = Sol Yurick country = United States language = English genre = Crime novel publisher = Grove/Atlantic Inc. pub date = 1965 (Original hardcover); 2003 (Paperback Reprint) media type = Print (Paperback)… … Wikipedia
The Rockettes — For the Finnish synchronized skating team, see Rockettes (synchronized skating team). The Rockettes performing at the Christmas Spectacular … Wikipedia
The Irish (in Countries Other Than Ireland) — The Irish (in countries other than Ireland) † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Irish (in countries other than Ireland) I. IN THE UNITED STATES Who were the first Irish to land on the American continent and the time of their arrival are … Catholic encyclopedia
